Skip to main content

Full text of "Upper lakes of North America; being a guide from Niagara Falls and Toronto, to Mackinac, Chicago, Saut Ste Marie, etc., passing through lakes Michigan and Superior; returning through lakes Huron and St. Clair, to Detroit and Buffalo .."

See other formats


^> 

9                                                7 

m 

The  Admiral  Franklin  Hanford 

Collection  in 

The  New  York  Public  Library 

•  1929  ' 


riD 


D I  stu 


Y  oe 


AST01»,  !■■ ., 


i^^ 


'mm% 


■W'i\u'""'  iiitiir  i!!.'''»iJi'  ;l^ 


UPPER  LAKES 


OF 


NOETH  AMERICA; 

^        BEING 

E  dKuiire 

FROM 

I^IAGAKA  FALLS  Al^TD  TOEOXTO 

TO  MACKI}fAC,  CHICAGO,  SAUT  STE  MAEIE,  ETC., 


PASSrSQ  THEOTTGH 


EETUENING  THEOITSH 

LAKES  HURON  AND  ST.  CLAIR, 

TO 

DETROIT    AND    BUFFALO 


NEW   YORK: 

^     PUBLISHED    BY   J.   DISTURNELL, 
.  No.    16    BEEKMAN  ^STREET. 

•""]  1857. 


i 


THE  l.'S'*?f  TORK 
PUBLIC  LianAI^Y 

■475197  A 

AiT©R,  LEMUf:   • 


EXTEEED,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  tlie  year  1857,  by 
JOHN  DISTUENELL, 
the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States  for  the 
Southern  District  of  New  York. 


•    aa,4  31  Beeksian  St.,  N. 


TO  THE  TRAVELING  PUBLIC. 


The  volume  entitled  the  "  Upper  Lakes  of  North  Amer- 
ica" Tvill  be  found  to  contain  all  the  information  necessary  to 
be  obtained  before  visiting  the  Inland  Seas  of  America,  now 
opened  to  Commerce  and  Pleasure  Excursions — affording,  dur- 
ing the  Summer  months,  a  Trip  of  the  most  interesting  char- 
acter. 

Lakes  Erie,  Huron,  Michigan,  and  Superior,  together  with 
the  numerous  Bays,  Lilets,  and  Islands,  afford  a  variety  of  in- 
structive scenery  unequaled  in  grandeur,  both  on  land  and 
water.  The  Georgian  Bay  and  North  Channel,  within  the  con- 
fines of  Canada,  together  with  the  Straits  of  ^Mackinac  and 
Green  Bay,  lying  wholly  within  the  United  States,  are  of  them- 
selves large  and  attractive  bodies  of  water,  alike  interesting  to 
the  seeker  of  health  or  pleasure. 

The  most  convenient  approach  to  Lake  Superior,  the  present 
season,  for  Eastern  travelers,  is  to  take  a  steamer  at  Cleveland 
or  Detroit,  passing  through  Lake  St.   Clair  and  River  into 
Lake  Huron,  thence  through  the  beautiful  St.  INIary's  Pdver  to— 
Lake  Superior.     The  Western  traveler  can  approach  the  sar^j^^ 
point  by  starting  from  Chicago,  or  jNIilwaukee,  and  pa  ^^^ 


TO    THE    TRAVELING    PUBLIC. 

through  the  Straits  of  Mackinac,  affording  an  aUke  grand 
and  instructive  excursion. 

The  Collingwood  Route,  passing  through  Georgian  Bay, 
although  for  the  present  time  discontinued,  is  no  doubt  des- 
tined to  form  the  great  thoroughfare  from  the  Eastern  and 
Northern  States  and  Canada  into  the  Upper  Lakes,  and  from 
thence  to  the  head  sources  of  the  Mississippi  and  Red  River 
country,  by  railroad,  passing  westward  to  the  Upper  ^lissouri, 
and  thence  to  the  confines  of  the  Pacific  Ocean— thus  forming, 
altogether,  an  International  Route  extending  from  ocean  to 
ocean.  ^  j^ 

New  Tobk,  June,  185T. 


CONTENTS. 

Page 
Table  of  Distances,  etc. 

Koute  from  New  York  to  Montreal,  Canada 13 

Route  from  New  York  to  Niagara  Falls,  Toronto,  e^^ 14 

Route  from  Toronto  to  Collingwood  and  Saut  Ste  Marie. .  15 

Route  from  Saut  Ste  Marie  to  Superior  City,  Wis 16 

Route  from  New  York  to  Falls  of  St.  Anthony,  via  Lake 

Superior : 16 

Railroad  Route  from  Toronto  to  Collin^gwood,  axd  Trip 
aroujvd  Lake  Simcoe.  —  Toronto — Thornhill — Aurora — 
New  Market — Holland  Landing — Bradford — Bell  Ewart — 
Lake  Simcoe  — Beaver  ton  —  Atherly  —  Orillia  —  Rama  — 
Hawkstone —  Barrie — Collikgwood — Nottawassaga  Bay — 
Toronto  and  Georgian  Bay  Canal Page  17-26 

Trip  from  Orillia  to  Georgian  Bay. — SeTern  River — Rap- 
ids and  Falls — Penetanguishene — Christian  Island — Georgian 
Bay — Innumerable  Islands — French  River 27-32 

Trip  from  Collingwood  to  the  Saut  Ste  Marie. — Owen's 
Sound — Lonely  Island — Squaw  Island — Smyth's  Bay — La 
Cloche  Mountains  —  She-ba- wa-nah-ning  —  Man-i-tou- wah- 
ning — Little  Current — Clapperton  Island — Cockburn  Island — 
Drummond  Island — Bruce  Mines— Campement  D'Ours — Sugar 
Island,  etc 33-37 

Trip  through  Georgian  Bat  and  North  Channel.- — Great 
Manitoulin — Indians — Wequamekong — St.  Joseph's  Island — 
Saut  Ste  Marie — Ship  Canal — Upper  Lake  Country . . .  38-49 

Trip  from  Collingwood  to  Mackinac,  Green  Bat,  Chi- 
cago, ETC. — Yeo  Island  and  Fitzwilliam  Island — Lake  Hu- 
ron— Straits  of  Mackinac — Mackinac — Potawatomee  Island — 
Green  Bay — Astor — Appleton — Neenah — Oshkosh — Fond  du 
Lac — Lake  Winnebago — Lake  Superior  Region 50-56 

Trip  from  Saut  Ste  Marie  to  the  Different  Ports  on 
Lake  Superior. — Iroquois  Point — Tequamenon  Bay — White 
Fish  Point — Pictured  Rocks — Grand  Island — Marquette — 
Iron  Region — Stanard's  Rock — L'Ance — Portage  Entry — 
Portage  Lake — Keweenaw  Point — Copper  Harbor — Agate 
Harbor — Eagle  Harbor — Ontonagon — Copper  Region — La 
Pointe — Bayfield — Ashland — Superior  City — Fond  du  Lac — 


VIU  CONTENTS. 

St.  Louis  River — Encampment — Grand  Portage — Pigeon  Bay 
and  River — =Islo  Royale — Pie  Island — Fort  William — Kamin- 
istequoi  River — Neepigon  Bay  and  River Page  57-82 

RsD  River  of  the  North. — Pembina,  etc 83,  84: 

HiTDsojv  Bay  Company. — Charter  and  Territory — Hudson 
Bay 85-91 

North  Shore,  Lake  Superior. — Ste  Ignace  Island — Slate 
Islands — Pic  Island  and  River— Michipicoten  Island,  Harbor, 
and  River — Caxnbou  Island — Grand  Pleasure  Excursion  92,  93 

Geology  of  La.ke  Superior  Country 94 

Fisheries  of  Lake  Superior 95,  96 

Chicago. — Railroads — Progress  of  Chicago,  etc 97-100 

Ports  of  Lake  Michigan,  East  and  South  Shores. — Mich- 
igan City — New  Buffalo — St.  Joseph — St.  Joseph  River — 
Niles,  etc 101-102 

Trip  from  Chicago  to  Mackinac  and  Saut  Ste  Marie. — 
Lake  Michigan — AVaukegan — Kenosha — Racine — IMilwaukee 
— Port  "Washington— Sheboygan — Manitouwoc — Two  Rivers 
— Kewaunee — Little  and  Great  Manitou  Islands — Fox  Isl- 
ands— Great  and  Little  Beaver  Islands — Garden  and  Hog 
Islands — Mackinac,  Town,  Fortress,  and  Island — Bois  Blanc 
Island — Point  De  Tour — Drummond  Island — St.  Joseph  Isl- 
and— Lime  Island — jNIud  Lake — Sugar  Island — Nebish  Rap- 
ids— Lake  George — Church's  Landing — Garden  River  Settle- 
ment—St. Mary's  River 103-117 

Sunday  on  Lake  Huron 118,  119 

Table  of  Distances. 
Route  from  Chicago  to  Mackinac  and  Saut  Ste  Marie . , .  120 
Route  from  Saut  Ste  Marie  to  Detroit 121 

Trip  from  Detroit  to  Mackinac  and  Saut  Ste  Marie. — 
Lake  St.  Clair — Mt.  Clemens — Chatham — Algonac — New- 
port—St.  Clair — Port  Sarnia— Port  Huron — Fort  Gratiot — 
Point  Edward — Goderich— Saugeen — Lake  Huron — Forrest- 
ville— Saginaw  Bay — Saginaw  City— Thunder  Bay— Presque 
Isle — Mackinac,  etc 122-127 

Bays  and  Rivers,  etc.,  of  Lower  Peninsula  of  Michigan. 
— Lumber — Climate — Soil— Cheboygan  River — Grand  Trav- 
erse Bay — River  Aux  Bees  Sceis — Beaver  Islands — Manistee 
River — Pere  Marquette  River — White  River — Muskegon  River 
— Newaygo— Grand  Haven— Grand  Rapids — Grand  River 
Pineries 128-133 

Detroit. —  Railroads  —  Detroit  River —  Islands  —  Fisheries — 
Steamboat  Routes,  etc 134-140 


CONTENTS.  IX 

Steamboat  Routes  from  Detroit  to  Toledo,  etc. — ^Wy- 
andotte— Trenton — Monroe — Sandusky — Toledo— Perrysburg 
— Maumee  City Page  141-144 

Trip  from  Buffalo  to  Detroit,  direct. — Long  Point — 
Port  Dover— Port  Burwell — Port  Stanley — Point  aux  Pins 
— Point  Pelee — Point  Pelee  Island — Detroit  River — Am- 
herstburg —  Fort  Maiden — Brownstown —  Sandwich — Wind- 
sor— Detroit 145-146 

Steamers  Running  from  Buffalo  to  Different  Ports. 
149 

Railroad  Route  from  Buffalo  and  Niagara  Falls  to 
Detroit,  via  Great  Western  Railway  of  Canada. — Suspen- 
sion Bridge — Thorold — St.  Catherine's — Hamilton — Dundas 
— ^Paris — Woodstock — London — Chatham — Windsor.  150-152 

Buffalo  to  Goderich,  via  BuflFalo  and  Lake  Huron  Railway. 
— Black  Rock — Fort  Erie — Dunnville — Brantford — Paris — 
Stratford— Goderich 153-155 

Table  of  Distances — from  Buffalo  to  Toledo,  etc 156 

Trip  from  Buffalo  to  Cleveland,  Sandusky,  Toledo, 
etc. — Sturgeon  Point — Dunkirk — Barcelona — Erie — Conne- 
aut  —  Ashtabula  —  Fairport  —  Painesville  —  Cleveland  — • 
Black  River — Vermilion — Huron — Kelley's  Island — Bass  Isl- 
ands— Put-in  Bay — Naval  Battle  on  Lake  Erie ....  157-162 

Railroad  Route  around  Lake  Erie. — Ohio  River  and  Lake 
Erie  Canals 163 

Opening  of  Navigation  on  Lake  Erie,  etc 164 

Buffalo. — Trade  and  Commerce 165-170 

Trip  from  Buffalo  to  Mackinac,  Chicago,  etc. — Lake 
Erie — Huron,  etc 171, 172 

First  Vessel  which  Navigated  the  Upper  Lakes. — 
Navigation  of  the  Lakes 173-179 

Magnitude  of  the  Lakes 180, 181 

Coast  Line  of  the  Great  Lakes 182 

Tributaries   of   the  Lakes   and  St.  Lawrence   River 

183 

Extent  of  Lake  and  River  Navigation,  etc 184 

List  of  Steamers  Built  on  Lake  Erie,  etc.  . . .   185-188 
Proposed  Ship  Canal. — Lake  Erie  to  Lake  Michigan.  189, 190 

Lake  and  Ocean  Navigation 191, 192 

Commerce  of  the  Lakes 193-200 


ADVERTISElSENTS. 


IMEcKSriGHT'S 


LAKE   SUPERIOR  LINE. 


The  Splendid  Low  Pressure  Steamer  ILLINOIS,  (Japt.  John 
WilsojV,  "will  run  the  ensuing  season  between  Cleveland,  De- 
troit, Saut  Ste  Marie,  Superior  City,  and  intermediate 
ports  on  Lake  Superior,  as  follows  : 


Leaves  Cleveland  at  7  o'clock  p.m. 

Tuesday May  5 

Friday* "15 

Tuesday "  26 

Friday* June  5 

Tuesday -'16 

Friday* "26 

Tuesday July  7 

Friday* "17 

Tuesday "28 

Friday* August  7 

Tuesday "     18 

Friday* "     28 

Tuesday Sept.  8 

Friday* "    18 

Tuesday "   29 


Leaves  Detroit  10  o'clock  a  m. 

Wednesday May  G 

Saturday* ,.    "*16 

Wednesday "27 

Saturday* June  6 

Wednesday "  17 

Saturday* "27 

Wednesday July  8 

Saturday* "    18 

Wednesday "   29 

Saturday* Aug.  8 

Wednesday "19 

Saturday* "   29 

Wednesday Sept.  9 

Saturday* "    19 

Wednesday "   30 


The  days  of  leaving  Cleveland  and  Detroit  after  Oct.  1st 
will  be  irregular,  but  will  be  as  near  the  above  schedule  as 
weather  will  permit. 

The  ILLINOIS  is  a  first-class  upper-cabin  Steamer,  1,000 
tons  burthen,  fitted  and  furnished  with  spacious,  airy  state- 
rooms, and  all  the  modern  improvements  for  safety  and  comfort. 

Pleasure-seekers  will  find  this  route  unrivaled  for  salubrity 
of  climate,  beauty  and  variety  of  scenery  ;  while  an  opportunity 
is  afforded  to  visit  the  rich  Iron  Mines  at  Marquette,  and  the 
unrivaled  Copper  Mines  at  Eagle  River  and  Ontonagon. 

E^^  Parties  at  a  distance  wishing  to  secure  State-Kooms,  can 
do  so  by  addressing  the  Subscriber, 

S.  Mcknight,  Detroit. 


In  addition  to  Steamer  Illinois,  two  first-class  Propel- 
lers are  run  in  this  line,  carrying  heavy  freight,  etc. 


*  Goes  to  ScPEEioR  Cut.    All  othw  trips  terminate  at  Oxtonagon. 


ADYERTISEMENTS. 


THE   STEADIER 


IN'ORTEE    ST^R 


B.  G.  SWEET,  Master, 


Leaves  Cieveland,  as  follows, 
AT  8  o'clock  p^. 

Thursday April  30th 

Monday May  11th 

Thursday "     21st 

Monday June  1st 

Thursday "  11th 

Monday "    22d 

Thursday July  2d 

Monday "  13th 

Thursday "    23d 

Monday Aug.  3d 

Thursday "   13th 

Monday "  24th 

Thursday Sept.  3d 

Monday '^  14th 

Thursday "  24th 

Monday' Oct.  5th 

Thursday "15th 

Monday "  26th 

Thursday Nov.  5th 

Monday "    16th 


Leaves  Detboit,  as  follows, 

AT  10  o'clock  A.M. 

Friday Mav  1st 

Tuesday "  'l2th 

Friday "    22d 

Tuesd'ay June  2d 

Friday "  12th 

Tuesday "    23d 

Friday July  3d 

Tuesday "  14th 

Friday "  24th 

Tuesday Aug.  4th 

Friday "    14th 

Tuesday "   25th 

Friday Sept.  4th 

Tuesday "    15th 

Friday "    25th 

Tuesday Oct,  6th 

Friday "   16th 

Tuesday "  27th 

Friday Nov.  6th 

Tuesday "    17th 

The  XOETH  STAE  is  not  suepassed,  in  point  of  speed  and  accommo- 
dations, by  any  boat  on  the  Lakes.  She  is  built  for  this  particular  trade, 
is  over  1,100  tons  burthen,  is  fast,  staunch,  and  new.  She  performs  her 
trips  with  surprising  regularity,  and  is  so  well  appointed  and  furnished  as 
to  make  her  a  PALAC£  HOME  to  the  pleasure  traveler. 

The  LAKE  SUPERIOE  EOUTE,  in  the  Summer  Season,  is  altogether 
the  most  picturesque,  healthful,  and  delightful  to  be  found  on  the  Ameri- 
can Continent.  It  contains  the  grand,  the  beautiful,  and  the  useful ;  and 
bids  fair  to  be  one  of  the  most  fashionable  resorts  in  the  Fnited  States.  It 
includes  in  its  circuit  the  Detroit,  St.  Clair,  and  St.  Mary's  Eivers  ;  Lakes 
St.  Clair,  Huron,  and  Superior ;  the  beautiful  Islands  on  the  Eoute,  the 
Pictured  Eocks,  Marquette,  Copper  Harbor,  Eagle  Harbor,  Eagle  Eiver, 
Ontonagon,  La  Pointe,  and  Superior  City,  besides  many  other  localities  of 
great  interest  and  attractive  scenery. 

To  the  invalid,  the  cool  and  bracing  climate  will  be  highly  salubrious, 
while  sportsmen  find  the  facilities  for  fishing  and  hunting  oif  the  most  invit- 
ing character.  The  Copper  and  Iron  Mines,  the  leading  business  interest  of 
this  region,  will  always  continue  to  attract  the  enterprising  and  scientific 
to  their  vicinity,  and  the  new  and  easj' communication  by  the  Saut  Ste 
Marie  Canal,  have  made  the  voyage  one  of  uninterrupted  comfort  and 
pleasure. 

5^°^  Eooins  secured  for  the  round  trip  (time  8  davs,  distance  2.000 
miles),  by  addressing  S.  &  A.  TUEXEPv,  Cleveland,  O. 

S.  P.  BEADY,  and  CEAGG  &  BEOTHEE.  ) 
Agents,  Detroit,  Michigan.  f 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


7ZZ»arB    ZiAZO'DS    1ST    l^ICHiaAIT. 

THE  SAINT  MAEY'S  FALLS 

I]i|}  Canal  Cnmpng 

orr:BR  for  saziB 


THEIR    ENTIRE    SELECTION   OF 


550,000  Acres  of  Pine  and  Farming  Land 

IN     MICHiaAN. 


These  comprise  some  of  tlie  choicest  and  most  desirable  lands 
in  the  West,  either  for  settlement,  as  an  investment,  or  for 
lumbering  purposes. 

Unlike  a  considerable  portion  of  the  Pine  Lands  of  the 
country,  these  lands  are  valuable  for  farmijig  purposes  after 
the  timber  is  cut  off.  They  Tvere  selected  with  great  care,  with 
particular  reference  to  the  quality  and  quantity  of  the  Pine, 
and  their  locality  on  the  large  streams  of  the  State. 

These  lands  are  more  favorably  situated  in  reference  to  the 
Chicago  Market,  than  any  other  Western  timber  lands.  Some 
of  the  finest  Pine  timber  is  located  within  16  miles  of  Lake 
Michigan,  with  good  water  communication  to  the  Lake,  and 
with  but  150  miles  of  Lake  navigation  to  Chicago. 

Particular  information  given,  and  description  of  land  fuf- 
nished,  on  application  to 

GEO.  S.  FROST,  Land  Agent 

Land  Office  St.  Mary's  Falls  Ship  Canal  Co.,  V 
Detroit,  Mich  ^.g an.  S 


RAILROAD  AND  STEAMBOAT  ROUTES. 


STEAMBOAT  AND  EAILEOAD  EOUTE  FEOM  NEW  YOEK  TO 
MONTEEAL,  ma  LAKE  CHAMPLAIN. 

Stations,  etc. 

NEW  YORK 

Albany,  (Steamer) 

Troy,  (Steamer) 

Saratoga  Springs,  (Railroad) 

Whitehall,  (Railroad) 

Ticonderoga,       ( Steamer) . . 

BURLI-VGTON,  Vt.         "     .     , . 

Plattsburgh,  N.  Y.     "     

Rouse's  Point,  N.  Y.  "     

St.  John's,  Can.  (Railroad). 
MONTREAL,   (Railroad)... 

Note. — This  line  of  travel  affords  one  of  the  most  delightful 
excursions  during  warm  weather — passing  through  Lake  Cham- 
plain,  a  most  lovely  and  picturesque  sheet  of  water,  surrounded 
by  romantic  and  mountainous  scenery. 


Miles. 

0  

Usual  Time. 

H.  M. 

145  

10  00 

151  

10  30 

182  

223  

14  00 

247  

300  

325  

20  00 

350  

24  00 

374  

395  

26  00 

EAILEOAJ)  EOUTE  FEOM   NEW  YOEK  TO  MONTEEAL,  via 
EUTLAND  AND  BUELINGTON,  VT. 

Stations,  etc.  Miles.  ^T^m""^' 

NEW  YORK 0     

Poughkeepsie 75 2  40 

Albany 144     5  00 

Trwy 150     5  15 

North  Bennington 182     6  30 

Rutland 234     8  80 

Middlebury 266     10  30 

Burlington  (S.toPlattsVh)  301     11  00 

Rouse's  Point 356     14  00 

St.  John's,  C.  E 379     15  00 

MONTREAL 400     16  00 

Usual  Fare  from  New  York  to  Montreal,  $9  to  $10  50. 

9. 


14  RAILROAD    AND    STEAMBt  AT    ROUTES. 

EAILROAD  AND  STEAMBOAT  EOTTTE    FEOM  NEW  TOEK  TO 

NIAGAEA  FALLS  AND  TOEONTO,  C.  W.,   LEAVING 

NEW  YOEK  AT    6  P.M.  BY  STEAMEE. 

oi  *•  *  n/T-i^  Usual  Time. 

Stations,  etc.  Miles.  ^     ^ 

NEW  YORK 0  

Albany,  ( Steamer) 145  12  00 

Schenectady,  {Railroad)  ...  162  13  00 

Utica,                      "     240  16  00 

Rome,                      «     254  16  30 

Syracuse,                 "     293  18  00 

'B.oc-a^sT^-R,  {St.  to  Toronto)  374  22  45 

Lockport,         {Railroad)...  430  25  00 

Suspension  Bridge,  "         ...  448  26  00 

Lewiston,               "         ...  452  

TORONTO,  {Steamer) 494  30  00 


EAILEOAD  AND  STEAIMBOAT  EOUTE  FEOM  NEW  YOEK  TO 

OSWEGO,   TOEONTO,  ETC.,  LEAVING  NEW  YOEK 

AT  6  A.M.  BY  HUDSON  EIVEE  EAILEOAD. 


Stations,  etc. 
NEW  YORK. 

Miles. 

0     

usual  xiu 
H.     M. 

Poughkeepsie, 
Hudson, 

{Railroad) . . . 

cc 

(C 

^i 
<( 
(( 

C( 

cc 

mmer  140  i7i.) . 
'teatner  150  m.) 

75     

2   40 

116     

4  00 

Albany, 

Schenectady, 
Utica, 

144     

162     

5  00 

6  00 

240     

8  30 

Rome, 

254     

9  00 

Syracuse, 
Oswego, 

293     

10  30 

328     

13  00 

Lewiston,  {Sti 
TORONTO,  (5 

468     

478     

27  00 

Note. — Passengers  by  continuing  on  by  Railroad  from  Syra- 
cuse, via  Rochester  and  Lockport,  will  arrive  at  Suspension 
Bridge,  448  miles,  in  sixteen  hours  after  leaving  New  York, 
stop  at  Niagara  Falls  if  desired,  and  reach  Toronto  by  Rail- 
road, via  Hamilton,  C.  W.,  81  miles  farther;  making  the  total 
distance  from  New  York  to  Toronto  by  Railroad,  via  Suspen- 
sion Bridge,  529  miles. 

\ 


RAILROAD    AND    STEAMBOAT    ROUTES. 


15 


EAELEOAD  AND  STEAMBOAT  ROUTE  FPwOM  TORONTO  TO 
COLLINGWOOD  AND  SAUT  STE  MAEIE,  MICH. 

ToRoifTO  TO  CoLLiNGwooD  {Railroad  Route),  94  miles. 

Steamboat  Route. 

(Collingwood  to  Saut  Ste  Marie,  Mich.,  passing  through  Geor- 
gian Bay  and  North  Channel. ) 


Ports,  etc.  Miles. 

COLLIJVGWOOD 0 

Cape  Rich 30 

Cabot's  Head 80 

Lonely  Island 100 

Cape  Smyth 125 

She-ba-wa-nah-Jiing . . . .   145 
Man-i-tou-"R^ah-ning  (25  m.) 
Little  Current,  ^ 

Great  Manitoulin  Is.  5 

Clapperton  Island 190 

Barrie  Island 220 

Cockburn  Island 255 

Drummond's  Island,  iNIich.  270 

Bruce  Mines,  C.  TV. 290 

St.  Joseph  Island 296 

Campement  D'Ours Is. . . .   302 

The  Narrows 305 

Sugar  Island,  Mich 315 

Nebish  Rapids 316 

Lake  George 320 

Churches  Landing 326 

Garden  Rirer  Set 330 

Saitt  Ste  Marie 340 

Steamboat  Fare,  $8  50. 
Including  meals. 


Ports,  etc.  Miles. 

Saut  Ste  Marie 0 

Sugar  Island 4 

Garden  River  Set 10 

Churches  Landing 14 

Lake  George 20 

Nebish  Rapids 24 

St.  Joseph  Island 25 

The  Narrows 35 

Campement  D'Ours  Is  ... .     38 

Bruce  Mines 50 

Drummond's  Island,  Mich.     70 
Cockburn  Island,  C.  W. . .     85 

Barrie  Island 120 

Clapperton  Island 150 

Little  Current,  ^ 

Great  Manitoulin  Is.  5 
Man-i-tou--w"ah-ning;25  m.) 
She-ba-wa-nah-ning .  .  . .   195 

Cape  Smyth 215 

Lonely  Island 240 

Cabot's  Head 260 

Cape  Rich 310 

COLLIXGWOOD 340 

Usual  Time,  36  hours. 


170 


lei, 


Note. — Landings  in  Italic. 


ec 


16  RAILROAD    AND    STEAMBOAT    ROUTES. 


STEAMBOAT  ROUTE  FROM  SAUT  STE  MARIE  TO  SUPERIOR 
CITY,  WIS.,  PAS3IXG  ALONG  THE  SOUTH  SHORE  OF 
LAKE  SUPERIOR. 

Ports,  etc.                              Miles.  Ports,  etc.                              Miles. 

SAtTT  Ste  Marie 0     Superior  City 0 

Point  Iroquois 15     Point  de  Tour 70 

White  Fish  Point 40    Bayfield 80 

Point  au  Sable 90    La  Pointe 83 

Pictured  Rocks 110     Ontonagon 158 

Grand  Island 125     Eagle  River 218 

Marquette,  (Fare,  S6.) . .   170     Eagle  Harbor 228 

Manitou  Island 235     Copper  Harbor 244 

Copper  Harbor 250    Manitou  Island 259 

Eagle  Harbor 266     Marquette 824 

Eagle  River 276     Grand  Island 369 

Ontonagon,  (Fare,  $9.)  .  336     Pictured  Rocks 384 

La  Pointe,  (Fare,  $11) . .  410    Point  au  Sable 404 

Bayfield 414    White  Fish  Point 454 

Point  de  Tour 424    Point  Iroquois 479 

Superior  CiTY(Fare  S13)  494    Saut  Ste  Marie 494 

Usual  Time  from  Saut  Ste  Marie  to  Superior  City,  54  hours, 
including  landings. 


ROUTE  FROM  NEW  YORK  TO  THE  FALLS  OF  ST.  ANTHONY, 
via  LAKE  SUPERIOR. 

Stopping  Places.                                                  Total  Miles.  Usual  Time. 

New  York  to  Albany,  by  ( Steainboat)  . .             145  12  hours. 

Albany  to  Niagara  Falls,  (Railroad) ....     303  448  1  day. 

Niagara  Falls  to  Toronto,  {R.R.  and  St.)     46-494  li  " 

Toronto  to  Collingwood.  (Railroad) 94-588  li-  " 

Collingwood  to  Saut  Ste  Marie,  (.Sfeo?.>26oaO  340-928  3"  " 

Saut  Ste  Marie  to  La  Pointe,  ( Steamboat)  350-1,278  4^  " 

La  Pointe  to  Superior  City,  (Steamboat) .   84-1,362  5'  " 

Superior  City  to  Falls  St.  Croix,  (Portage)  120-1,482  8     " 
Falls  St  Croix  to  StiUwater,  ( S^eamftoaO  30-1,512 

Stniwater  to  St.  Paul,  (  Stage) 18-1,530 

St.  Paul  to  Falls  of  St.  Anthony,  (Stage)     8-1,538  9    " 

From  the  Falls  of  St.  A7ithony  to  Dubuque 326  miles. 

"     Dubuque  to  iS^.  Louis, (Steamboat) 474      " 


Total 800  mil 


A    TRIP 


THEOITGH  THE 


LAKES  OF  ^^ORTH  AMERICA. 


RAILROAD  ROUTE  FROM  TOROXTO  TO  COLLIXG- 
WOOD,  AND  TRIP  AROUND  LAKE  SIMCO'-. 


After  passing  over  the 
delightful  and  usually- 
smooth  waters  of  Lake  On- 
tario, the  Tourist,  on  ap- 
proaching Toronto,  either 
from  Cape  Vincent,  Os- 
wego, Rochester,  Buffalo, 
or  the  Falls  of  Xiagara,  usually  experiences  sensations 
which  incite  him  to  further  travel  and  enjoyment.  From  this 
place  the  tourist  can  proceed  direct  to  Montreal  and  Quebec,  by 
railroad  or  steamer,  or  to  Hamilton  and  Detroit  on  the  west — 
while  the  Collingwood  route  extends  north  through  a  beautiful 
section  of  country. 

2* 


\j  TORONTO    TO    COLLINGWOOD,    ETC. 

On  landing  at  Toronto  from  American  ports,  it  is  usual  for 
the  custom-house  officers  to  question  passengers  in  regard  to  the 
contents  of  their  baggage,  which  if  it  consists  of  nothing  but 
common  "wearing  apparel,  is  passed  without  further  delay,  and 
the  porters  take  charge  of  the  same,  delivering  the  articles  as 
directed.  All  persons,  however,  taking  into  Canada  manufac- 
tured goods,  whether  subject  to  pay  duty  or  otherwise,  are  ex- 
pected to  enter  the  same  at  the  custom-house. 

The  hotels  are  principally  situated  on  Front  Street,  facing 
the  bay,  Church  Street,  or  King  Street,  the  latter  being  the 
principal  promenade,  or  Broadway,  of  Toronto.  Yonge  Street 
is  another  principal  thoroughfare,  extending  from  the  Espla- 
nade, or  water's  edge,  for  many  miles  into  the  interior,  affording 
a  delightful  drive  in  pleasant  weather.  The  attractions  of  this 
thriving  city,  in  connection  with  the  beautiful  bay  and  harbor, 
are  well  worthy  the  attention  of  the  tourist.  For  a  further  de- 
scription of  Toronto,  see  page  240. 

The  railroads  diverging  from  Toronto  are  the  Ontario,  Sim- 
coe  and  Huron  Railroad,  extending  north  to  Collingwood,  94 
miles ;  the  Grand  Trunk  Railnay,  extending  northeast  to 
Montreal  and  Quebec,  and  west  through  Guelph  to  Port  Sarnia, 
situated  at  the  foot  of  Lake  Huron,  and  the  Hamilton  and 
Toronto  Branch  of  the  Great  Western  Railway  of  Canada,  run- 
ning from  Clifton  at  the  Suspension  Bridge,  to  Hamilton,  and 
thence  through  to  Windsor,  on  the  Detroit  River.  These  rail- 
roads, in  connection  with  the  steamers,  render  Toronto  a  great 
thoroughfare  and  mart  of  commerce.  It  now  takes  about 
thirty  hours  to  reach  Toronto  from  New  York ;  five  hours  from 
Buffalo,  and  only  twelve  hours  from  Montreal,  since  the  com- 
pletion of  the  Grand  Trunk  Railway  :  the  favorite  steamboat 
route  down  the  St.  Lawrence  River  consumes  about  twice  as 
much  time.  In  four  hours  more  the  traveler  can  be  landed  at 
Collingwood,  at  the  head  of  Georgian  Bay,  from  whence  steam- 
ers leave  almost  daily,  during  the  season  of  navigation,  for 
Mackinac,  Green  Bay,  Chicago,  Saut  Ste  Marie,  and  other  ports 
on  the  Upper  Lakes. 


TORONTO    TO    COLLINGWOOD,    ETC.  19 

Passenger  trains  leave  Toronto  morning  and  afternoon  for 
Collingwood,  etc.,  starting  from  the  depot  near  the  corner  of 
Front  and  Bay  Streets.  The  first  objects  of  interest  passed  are 
the  Parliament  House,  University  Building,  Lunatic  Asylum, 
the  Barraoks,  and  Old  Fort,*  the  latter  being  situated  near  the 
water's  edge,  for  the  protection  of  the  bay  and  harbor. 

The  Grand  Trunk  Ptailway  also  runs  for  two  or  three  miles 
parallel  with  the  Ontario,  Simcoe  and  Huron  Railroad.  The 
farming  land  through  which  the  latter  road  runs  is  very  pro- 
ductive, being  in  part  heavily  timbered  with  maple,  birch, 
beech,  oak,  elm,  pine,  and  hemlock.  For  many  miles  there 
seems  to  have  been  a  studied  eflfort  to  avoid  the  villages  and 
thriving  settlements  lying  west  of  Toronto  on  Yonge  Street  road. 

Thorxhill  Station",  14  miles  from  Toronto,  is  located  four 
miles  west  from  the  village,  which  is  situated  on  Yonge  Street. 
Here  are  extensive  flouring-mills,  propelled  by  water-power  de- 
rived from  the  river  Don,  flowing  into  Toronto  Bay. 

The  highest  summit  of  the  Ontario,  Simcoe  and  Huron  Kail- 
road,  being  700  feet  above  Lake  Ontario,  and  226  feet  above  the 
level  of  Lake  Simcoe,  is  passed  about  25  miles  north  of  Toronto. 
The  highest  grade  ascending  is  sixty  feet  to  the  mile. 

Attrora,  29  miles  from  Toronto,  is  a  small  village  situated 
on  Yonge  Street,  where  the  morning  trains  usually  meet  on  their 
way  to  and  from  Collingwood. 

New  Market,  34  miles  from  Toronto,  is  an  old  and  thriving 
town,  surrounded  by  a  fine  section  of  country.  Here  are  sev- 
eral mills  and  other  manufacturing  establishments,  situated  on 
a  stream  which  passes  through  the  village,  flowing  into  Lake 
Simcoe  on  the  north.  Fruit  of  different  kinds,  of  fine  quality, 
as  well  as  grain,  is  raised  in  large  quantities  in  this  vicinity. 

H0L1.AXD  Landing,  38  miles  north  of  Toronto  by  railroad,  is 

*  The  Old  Garrison,  as  it  is  now  called,  is  situated  on  the  lake  shore, 
commanding  the  entrance  to  the  harbor.  On  the  capture  of  Toronto, 
formerly  called  Little  York,  by  the  American  army  in  1S13,  the  magazine 
cf  the  fort  was  fired  by  the  British  on  their  retreat,  causing  the  death  of 
General  Pike,  the  American  commander,  and  many  other  valuable  men. 
Long  may  it  be  before  the  scourge  of  war  again  desolates  the  frontier  bor- 
dering the  waters  of  the  lakes  or  the  St.  Lawrence  Eiver. 


20  TORONTO    TO    COLLINGWOLD,    ETC. 

advantageoiisly  situated  on  Holland  River,  "which  empties  into 
Lake  Simcoe.  It  contains  an  Episcopal,  Presbyterian,  and 
Methodist  church ;  steam  and  water  power,  grist  and  saw  mills, 
an  extensive  tannery,  a  foundry,  and  about  1,500  inhabit- 
ants. The  railway  here  again  intersects  Yonge  Street,  studded 
with  fine  dwellings,  orchards,  and  farms,  all  the  way  through 
from  Toronto,  36  miles,  bearing  evidence  of  wealth,  intelligence, 
and  comfort,  not  surpassed  by  any  other  section  of  Canada. 

Bradford,  42  miles  from  Toronto,  is  a  small  village  situated 
near  Lake  Simcoe.  The  afternoon  train  of  cars  meets  at  this 
station  on  its  way  to  and  from  Toronto.  Large  quantities  of 
wheat  and  other  farming  products  are  annually  sent  from  this 
place  to  Toronto,  and  other  markets. 

Bell  Ewart,  53  miles  from  Toronto,  is  situated  on  Cook's 
Bay,  lying  at  the  south  end  of  Lake  Simcoe.  Here  are  a  con- 
venient steamboat  landing,  several  stores  and  lumber  yards,  and 
a  population  of  some  300  or  400  inhabitants.  The  stumps  and 
decayed  trees  by  which  it  is  surrounded  indicate  that  it  is  of 
recent  origin,  yet  still  the  town-lots  are  held  at  a  high  price, 
showing  that  speculation  is  not  entirely  confined  to  the  Yankees, 
as  the  Americans  are  here  usually  called. 

During  the  summer  of  1856  the  author  accepted  an  invita- 
tion to  visit  Lake  Simcoe,  and  take  a  trip  over  its  lovely  waters, 
now  plowed  by  one  of  the  most  comfortable  steamers,  named 
the  J.  C.  Morrison,  in  honor  of  the  President  of  the  Ontario, 
Simcoe  and  Huron  Railroad.  This  pioneer  work  of  Upper 
Canada  was  first  advocated  and  commenced  through  the  untir- 
ing zeal  of  an  enterprising  citizen  of  Toronto,  now  entirely  dis- 
connected with  its  present  management. 

The  running  of  the  trains  on  the  above  road,  and  the  steamer 
on  the  lake,  is  so  arranged  that  pleasure  travelers  can  leave 
Toronto  in  the  morning,  enjoy  a  most  delightful  sail  around 
Lake  Simcoe,  and  return  to  Toronto  in  the  evening,  or  proceed 
onward  toward  Collingwood,  reaching  the  latter  place  in  ample 
time  for  the  steamer  for  the  Saut  Ste  Marie,  which  usually 
leaves  soon  after  the  arrival  of  the  evening  train. 


LAKE    SIMCOE. 


21 


The  beautiful  steamer  J.  C.  MoRRiiox  dally 
leaves  Bell  Ewart,  on  the  arrival  of  the  morning 
train  from  Toronto,  making  a  trip  around  Lake 
SiMCOE,  a  most  lovely  and  pure  sheet  of  Tvater, 
elevated  474  feet  above  Lake  Ontario  and  134 
feet  above  Lake  Huron.  It  is  about  40  miles 
long  from  north  to  south,  and  25  miles  wide,  embosoming  several 
picturesque  islands,  the  beauties  of  which  are  very  much  height- 
ened by  the  effects  of  light  and  shade  during  the  summer  and 
autumn  months.  This  romantic  lake  is  elevated  above  Lake 
Superior  about  100  feet;  its  surplus  waters  running  through 
the  Severn  River  into  Georgian  Bay  or  Lake  Huron. 

On  leaving  the  landing  in  Cook's  Bay,  the  steamer  usually 
runs  between  Bird  and  Snake  Islands,  both  being  owned  and 
inhabited  by  Indians  of  the  Mohawk  tribe,  who  here  lead  an 
idle  life,  neglecting  the  noble  pursuit  of  agriculture  for  the  less 
certain  employment  of  fishing  and  hunting. 

Jackson's  Point,  twelve  miles  from  Bell  Ewart,  is  the  first 
landing  usually  made  on  the  upward  trip.  This  is  a  pictu- 
resque spot,  as  yet  unimproved,  although  affording  a  con- 
venient steamboat  landing. 

Georgiana  Island,  eight  miles  farther,  is  next  passed,  lying 
on  the  east,  near  the  main  shore.  This  is  a  large  and  fertile 
island,  at  present  unimproved. 

Beaverton,  29  miles  from  Bell  Ewart  and  21  miles  distant 
from  Orillia,  is  a  flourishing  village,  containing  about  1.000  in- 
habitants. Here  is  a  long  pier  and  good  steamboat  landing. 
A  railroad,  to  be  built,  extending  from  Port  Hope,  lying  on  the 
north  shore  of  Lake  Ontario,  to  Lake  Simcoe,  will  terminate  at 


22  LAKE    SIMCOE 

Beaverton,  which  is  surrounded  Tby  a  fine  section  of  agi'icultural 
lands,  producing  wheat  and  other  kinds  of  grain  of  good  quality. 

Thora  Island  is  next  passed  on  the  west,  and  Point  Mora 
on  the  right,  running  in  a  N.  W.  direction  toward  the  foot  of  the 
lake,  which  here  increases  in  beauty. 

Grape  Island,  lying  near  the  foot  of  the  lake,  is  a  beautiful 
small  uninhabited  island  ;  and  near  by  on  the  west  lies  Chief 
Island,  occupied  by  Indians.  Here  the  islands  and  headlands 
appear  to  great  advantage,  being  clothed  with  rich  foliage, 
varied  in  tint  by  every  passing  cloud. 

Atherly,  18  miles  from  Beaverton,  is  a  steamboat  landing 
and  small  settlement  at  the  foot  of  Lake  Simcoe.  Half  a  mile 
below  Atherly  the  steamer  passes  through  a  narrow  channel 
and  draw- bridge  into  Lake  Couchiching,  or  Severn  River,  here 
some  three  or  four  miles  wide,  containing  several  beautiful 
small  islands,  where  may  usually  be  seen  the  Indians  in  bark 
canoes  gliding  from  island  to  island,  seeming  in  the  distance  to 
resemble  fairies  of  by-gone  days.  The  islands  may  be  thus 
described : 

"  All  the  fairy  crowds 
Of  islands,  which  together  lie, 
As  quietly  as  the  spots  of  sky, 
Among  the  evening  clouds." 

Orillia,  Simcoe  Co.,  C.  W.,  is  pleasantly  situated  three 
miles  beyond  Atherly  by  steamboat  route.  This  is  a  summer 
resort  for  invalids  and  seekers  of  pleasure.  The  village  con- 
tains two  churches,  three  hotels,  and  several  boarding-houses 
for  the  accommodation  of  visitors.  Population  about  800. 
This  place  is  destined  no  doubt  to  become  a  favorite  and  fashion- 
able resort,  being  easily  reached  from  Toronto  or  Collingwood. 

Rama  is  the  name  of  an  Indian  village  situated  across  the 
lake  from  Orillia,  about  four  miles  distant.  The  Indians  may 
here  be  seen  engaged  in  fishing,  or  paddling  from  place  to  place, 
many  of  them  leading  a  roving  and  idle  life,  no  doubt  being 
destined  soon  to  fade  away  as  the  falling  leaf  of  autumn. 

The  Rapids  or  Falls  commence  in  the  Severn  River  some 
seven  or  eight  miles  below;  Orillia,  which  stream  empties  into 


TORONTO    TO    COLLINGWOOD,    ETC.  23 

the  Georgian  Bay  near  Penetanguishene,  after  a  succession  of 
rapids  and  falls  of  134  feet  descent.  In  the  lake  and  river  are 
to  be  found  good  fishing,  and  game  of  different  kinds,  affording 
ample  amusement  to  the  angler  and  sportsman. 

On  returning  from  Orillia,  the  steamer  runs  in  a  southerly 
direction  along  the  west  shore  of  the  lake,  presenting  a  succes- 
sion of  picturesque  headlands,  and  most  beautiful  water  scenery. 

Hawkstone,  15  miles  south  of  Orillia,  is  a  new  settlement, 
where  buildings  are  being  erected  for  the  accommodation  of 
summer  visitors.  On  leaving  Hawkstone  the  steamer  runs 
direct  for  Bell  Ewart,  passing  the  mouth  of  Kempenfeldt  Bay, 
at  the  head  of  which  lies  the  town  of  Barrie.  Big  Bay  Point, 
eight  miles  from  Hawkstone,  is  next  passed,  and  the  steamer 
soon  enters  Cook's  Bay,  on  which  is  situated  Bell  Ewart,  33 
miles  south  of  Orillia.  The  steamer  usually  arrives  at  5  J  p.m., 
in  time  to  take  the  afternoon  cars  for  Collingwood  or  Toronto, 
thus  affording  the  pleasure  traveler  an  opportunity  to  visit  one 
of  the  most  beautiful  lakes  of  Canada. 


At  Lefroy,  one  mile  from  Bell  Ewart  by  branch  road,  and 
52  miles  from  Toronto,  the  journey  by  railroad  is  resumed. 

Barrik  Station,  63  miles  from  Toronto  and  31  miles  from 
Collingwood,  is  situated  on  Kempenfeldt  Bay,  directly  opposite 
the  town  of  Barrie,  about  one  mile  distant,  which  is  reached  by 
a  road  running  round  the  head  of  the  bay,  affording  a  fine  view 
of  the  town  and  surrounding  country. 

Barrie,  the  capital  of  Simcoe  Co.,  is  delightfully  situated 
on  the  northwest  shore  of  Kempenfeldt  Bay  of  Lake  Simcoe. 
Besides  the  county  buildings  there  is  a  handsome  market-house, 
an  Episcopal,  Presbyterian,  INIethodist,  and  Roman  Catholic 
church ;  also,  two  or  three  well-kept  hotels.  The  village  con- 
tains about  1,500  inhabitants,  being  surrounded  by  a  fine  agri- 
cultural country.  A  stage  road  runs  from  Barrie  to  Penetan- 
guishene, 32  miles ;  also,  to  Orillia,  at  the  foot  of  the  lake. 

After  leaving  Barrie  Station,  the  Ontario,  Simcoe  and  Huron 
Railroad  runs  in  a  northwest  direction  to  Collingwood,  passing 


24  TORONTO    TO    l  ^LLINGWOOD,    ETC. 

through  a  level  section  of  country,  abounding  in  lumber  of  dif- 
ferent kinds ;  thare  being  several  large  lumber  establishments 
on  the  line  of  thf  road. 

CoLLi-VGwooD,  94  miles  north  from  Toronto,  is  most  advanta- 
geously situated  near  the  head  of  Nottawassaga  Bay,  an  inden- 
tation of  Georgian  Bay.     The  town,  although  commenced  in 

1854,  at  the  time  of  the  completion  of  the  Ontario,  Simcoe  and 
Huron  Railroad,  now  contains  (1857)  about  2.000  inhabitants, 
and  is  rapidly  increasing.  The  surprising  growth  is  mainly 
owing  to  its  being  the  northern  terminiis  of  the  railway  which 
connects  the  Georgian  Bay  with  Lake  Ontario  at  Toronto. 
Great  numbers  of  travelers  and  emigrants  are  at  this  point 
transferred  to  magnificent  steamers,  bound  for  Mackinac,  Green 
Bay,  Chicago,  and  the  Great  West,  as  well  as  to  the  Saut  Ste 
Marie  and  Lake  Superior,  Here  are  a  long  pier,  800  feet  in 
length ;  a  breakwater,  and  light-house ;  several  large  stores  and 
storehouses ;  four  hotels,  and  two  or  three  churches  in  the 
course  of  erection. 

The  steamers  leaving  Collingwood  for  ^Mackinac  and  Chicago, 
running  along  the  west  shore  of  Lake  Michigan,  are  of  a  large 
class,  affording  good  accommodations  for  pleasure  travelers.  A 
steamer  leaves  weekly  for  Green  Bay,  sometimes  proceeding  to 
the  Saut  Ste  IMarie  and  into  Lake  Superior.  The  steamer 
Canadian  runs  every  day  to  Owen's  Sound,  50  miles  distant ; 
and  the  steamer  Collingwood  runs  weekly  to  Bruce  Mines  and 
the  Saut  Ste  Marie,  affording  a  delightful  steamboat  excursion. 

Immense  quantities  of  fish  are  taken  in  the  waters  of  Notta- 
wassaga Bay,  being  principally  carried  to  the  Toronto  market. 
The  whole  north  shore  of  the  Georgian  Bay  abounds  in  white 
fish,  salmon,  trout,  maskalonge,  and  other  fish  of  fine  quality, 
affording  profitable  employment  to  the  Canadians  and  Indians. 

"  Some  idea  of  the  value  and  extent  of  the  fishing  operations 
promiscuously  pursued  in  Nottawassaga  Bay  may  be  formed 
from  the  knowledge  that  the  average  daily  take  exceeds  one 
thousand  fish,  weighing  from  forty  pounds  down  to  one  pound 
At  this  rate,  that  of  the  season  would  not  fall  short  of  £40,000. 
At  the  mouth  of  the  Nottawassaga  River  the  white  fish  are 
netted  in  perfect  shoals  throughout  the  spawning  season.  Most 
of  the  larger  kinds  of  trout  spawn  about  the  islands,  upon  beds 
of  calcareous  rock,  over  which  a  shifting  drift  of  sand  or  gravel 
passes  by  the  action  of  the  waves,  where  the  water  is  shallow ; 
and  from  being  exposed  to  the  sun,  the  temperature  of  the  lake 
is  warmer  at  these  localities  than  elsewhere.  Thither  the 
fishermen  resort,  and  net  the  fish,  vapid  and  placid  as  they  are, 
in  fabulous  amounts." 


GEORGIAN  BAY  CANAL.  25 

THE  TOEONTO  AOT)  GEOEGIAN  BAT  CANAL. 

This  is  a  new  and  noble  project,  whicli  is  now  interesting  the 
citizens  of  Upper  Canada,  as  well  as  of  the  United  States : 
Toronto  and  Oswego  being  alike  interested  in  connection  with 
the  far  North  and  West.  The  proposed  canal  will  be  80  miles 
long,  extending  from  Nottawassaga  Bay  through  the  valley  of 
the  Nottawassaga  and  Hnmber  rivers  to  Toronto,  advantage- 
ously situated  on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Ontario.  The  sum- 
mit is  650  feet  above  the  waters  of  Lake  Ontario,  requiring  a 
succession  of  locks  in  the  ascent  and  descent  to  Georgian  Bay, 
the  latter  descent  being  only  310  feet — Lake  Ontario  lying  340 
feet  below  Lake  Huron,  or  Georgian  Bay. 

{Extract  from  the  Toeonto  Globe,  of  Septemfjer,  1S56.) 

"  The  geographical  position  of  the  projected  canal,  as  it  re- 
gards the  Atlantic  sea-board  and  those  cities  of  the  United  States, 
each  now  striving  to  grasp  the  trade  and  traflfic  of  the  great 
West  (and  as  it  regards  the  great  West;  itself,  the  northwest  and 
the  north),  would  give  to  the  city  of  Toronto  the  power  to  m-ake 
all  those  vast  countries,  in  a  measure,  tributary  to  her.  Their 
productions  would  seek  the  sea-board  through  your  canal,  and 
their  importations  would  likewise  pay  their  tribute  in  return." 

The  writer  adds :  "  He  wished  only  to  indulge  in  a  few  re- 
marks, and  to  call  attention,  not  to  the  United  States  alone,  but 
to  the  British  Possessions  in  America,  which  ere  long  would 
also  be  pouring  its  flood  of  trade  and  traf&c  through  the  pro- 
posed canal.  Westward,  we  possess  vast  and  fertile  countries, 
adapted  to  all  the  pursuits  of  agricultural  life — countries  sus- 
ceptible of  the  highest  cultivation  and  improvement.  Between 
Lake  Superior  and  the  Lake  of  the  Woods  (above  the  49th  de- 
gree of  N.  lat.)  we  possess  a  country  of  this  description,  in  soil 
and  character  inferior  to  no  part  of  Minnesota,  and  bordering 
upon  tliis  territory  lies  the  valley  of  the  Assiniboine,  or  the  Red 
River  country,  as  it  is  sometimes  called.  As  a  wheat-growing 
country  it  will  rival  Canada.  It  does  so  now  in  soil  and  climate. 
Li  order  to  give  you  some  idea  of  the  extent  of  that  country,  or, 
perhaps  I  should  say,  portion  of  Western  Canada,  I  will  call 
your  attention  to  a  few  facts.  All  Canada,  as  now  usually 
designated,  not  in  connection  with  what  is  termed  Hudson  Bay 
Territories,  contains  about  350,000  square  miles.  The  valley 
of  the  Assiniboine  contains  about  as  many  square  miles,  and  is 
intersected  in  every  direction  by  navigable  rivers.  Beyond 
this,  again,  lies  the  magnificent  valley  of  the  Saskatchawan- 

3 


26  GEORGIAN    BAY    CA:s-^ 

It  contains  about   400,000   square  miles,  larger   again  . 

"Over  the  richest  prairie  lands,  loaded  carts  now  pass  m  any 
direction  for  hundreds  of  miles,  to  the  foot  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains     In  its  present  wild  and  unciiltivated  state  it  affords 
sustenance  to  immense  herds  of  wild  cattle.     What  would  it  do 
if  cultivated  bv  the  hand  of  man  ?     The  future  products  of  these 
immense  countries  must  seek  the  sea-board,  and  all  the  canals 
and  railroads  which  can  be  constructed  will  scarce  sufcce  to 
afford  facilities  for  the  products  of  the  West.     He  wished  to  call 
their  attention  also  to  another  source,  whence  a  trade  wouid 
arise,  and  contribute  to  swell  the  traffic  along  the  canal      Hud- 
son Bay  would  give  to  Canada  a  sea-coast  of  3,000  miles.     iNo 
maritime  power  has  ever  possessed  so  great  a  nur.-^ery  for  a  mer- 
cantile navy  as  this.     It  abounds  with  whales,  and  every  kind 
of  fish :  and,  strange  as  it  may  appear,  that  great  sea  lies,  as  it 
were,  in  the  center  of  Canada.     From  the  proposed  terminus  of 
the  canal  it  is  about  650  miles,  350  miles  of  which  is  a  naviga- 
tion capable  of  bearing  ships  of  any  burden ;  from  Lake  feupe- 
rior  to  Hudson  Bay  is  300  miles.     If  the  route  between  Lake 
Superior  and  Hudson  Bay  was  open  and  improved   they  would 
speedily  establish  fisheries  along  the  coasts  of  that  bay.     ine 
oil  and  fish  now  consumed  in  those  states  is  immense,  and  they 
Tvill  be  furnished  them  from  Hudson  Bay  cheaper  and  more 
speedily  than  from  the  source  they  now  receive  them      A  trade 
like  this  Avill  sooner  or  later  spring  up,  and  create  along  Hud- 
son Bay  an  immense  demand  for  all  those  manufactures  and 
productions  which  the   United  States  can  supply,  and  these 
must  find  their  way  through  their  canal.     A  large  trade  at  this 
moment  is  had  along  that  bay.*     The  Hudson  Bay  Company, 
who  have  seven  forts  there,  and  o^e  above^  lork  Factory ,  re- 
ceive annual  supplies  to  the  amount  of  from  £  /  0,000  to  £90,000 
Many  of  these  goods,  perhaps,  are  of  that  description  which 
Toronto  merchants  could  supply  with  advantage.     To  the  trattic 
which  must  exist  all  along  the  shores  of  Lakes  Huron  and  fcu- 
Derior  I  make  no  allusion.     It  is  evident  to  all  that  it  must  be 
tributary  to  the  canal.     It  may  be  said  that  all  that  I  liave 
alluded  to  as  regards  the  traffic  to  arise  from  our  country  is  tar 
in  prospective,  but  there  is  no  reason  why  we  should  not  pro- 
gress and  advance  westward  as  do  the  United  States. 

*  «  The  Hudson  Bay  Company  have  long  endeavored  Iby  rewards  ami 
ar<^umonts  to  excite  an  exportation  of  tallow,  hides,  wool,  etc.,  to  Jbnj- 
lanrbut  the  bulky  nature  of  the  exports,  the  long  and  da°|er«"«^7^: 
Imtion  to  Hudson  Bay,  and  the  habits  of  the  half-breed  race,  who  form  the 
ifaTo  the  people  and  gencrallyprefer  chasing  the  buffalo  to  agnculmr^ 
or  regular  industry,  have  rendered  their  efforts  meffectual."-K.  Mont- 

GOMEKV  MaETIN. 


TPJP  FRO)I  OPJLLIA  TO  GEUPGIAN    ,AL 


Extract  from  the  Caxapiak  Toueist. 

From  Orillia,  situated  near  the  foot  of  Lake  Simcoe,  the 
author  with  his  companions,  four  in  number,  passed  in  two 
birch  canoes  down  the  Severn,  a  distance  of  about  60  miles,  to 
Georgian  Bay,  and  thence  to  Collingwood  by  steamer.  The 
river  is  navigable  only  for  canoes,  and,  except  by  sportsmen,  is 
as  yet  rarely  visited. 

"  In  our  eyes,  its  solitary  character  and  the  romantic  scenery 
on  its  banks  were  its  principal  attractions.  Having  reduced 
our  lug-o-afife  to  the  smallest  possible  dimensions,  and  put  our 
fishing-tackle  into  good  order,  it  only  remained  tor  us  to  make 
ourselves  comfortable  by  spreading  a  quantity  of  plucked  fern 
and  juniper  branches  at  the  bottom  of  our  canoes.  We  re- 
reclined  sumptuously  in  one,  with  about  as  much  accommoda- 
tion as  a  ship's  hammock  would  aiford  two  moderately  stout 
individuals.  However,  as  we  were  less  likely  to  be  upset  by 
being  so  closely  jammed  together  that  we  could  scarcely  move, 
we  became  reconciled  to  our  position  between  Bonaquum 
('  Thunderbolt'),  who  knelt  at  the  bows  and  paddled,  and  his 
brother  Kabeshquum  ('  Triumphant'),  who  steered.  The  other 
canoe  contained  Captain  A — — ,  whose  experience  in  such  expe- 
ditions, and  knowledge  of  Indian  character  and  language,  were 
most  valuable — and  Babehwum  ('  Snow-Storm'),  whose  son,  as 
an  exemplification  of  the  effect  of  civilization  over  the  elements, 
called  himself  simply  John  Storm.  As  the  wind  was  fair,  we 
rigged  our  blankets  upon  sticks  cut  for  the  purpose;  and,  with 
all  sail  set,  we  glided  rapidly  on  (through  the  lovely  waters  of 
Lake  Couchiching),  sometimes  threading  our  way  through  nar- 
row channels,  past  low- wooded  islands,  \mtil  in  about  two  hours 
we  found  ourselves  upon  the  green  waters  of  the  Severn. 

"  The  scenery  at  the  point  of  debouchure  was  vei-y  beautiful. 
jNIasses  of  rich  variegated  foliage  clothed  the  banks,  and  bent 
over  until  the  river  rippled  among  the  leaves.  Often  dark 
shadows  reached  across  it,  or  were  checkered  by  sunbeams 
glancing  through  the  branches  upon  the  clear  and  singularly 
light-colored  water.  As  we  proceeded,  we  exchanged  for  the 
cabn  surface  of  the  lake,  and  the  islands  which  seemed  to  rest 
on  its  bosom,  rock  and  rapid,  until  at  last  the  torrent  became 
too  tumultuous  for  our  frail  canoes.  Meantime,  we  had  not 
been  engaged  only  in  enjoying  the  beauties  of  nature,  we  had 


28  ORILLIA   TO    GEORGIAN   BAY. 

adopted  the  usual  mode  of  trolling  in  tkis  part  of  the  world, 
"with  copper  spoons,  which,  twisting  rapidly  through  the  water, 
formed  a  bright  and  attractive  bait ;  so  that,  upon  arriving  at 
the  first  portage,  we  congratulated  ourselves  upon  the  prospect 
of  lunching  off  half-a-dozen  black  bass  weighing  from  two  to 
five  pounds  each ;  while  the  Indians  were  engaged  in  culinary 
preparations. 

"  We  were  up  before  daylight  on  the  following  morning,  and, 
after  a  good  fish  breakfast,  were  again  on  our  way.  I  had 
scarcely  thrown  my  trolling-line,  when  it  was  nearly  jerked 
out  of  my  hand  by  a  most  unexpected  and  violent  tug.  A  bark 
canoe  is  not  the  most  convenient  place  from  which  to  play  a 
large  fish ;  and,  in  my  inexperienced  eagerness,  I  hauled  away 
pretty  steadily,  bringing  to  the  surface  with  some  diificulty  a 
fine  maskalonge,  weighing  at  least  twenty-five  pounds.  He 
came  splashing  and  plunging  up  to  the  side  of  the  canoe,  and  I 
had  lifted  him  out  of  water,  when  the  hook  gave  way,  and  I 
lost  as  fine  a  fish  as  I  ever  had  at  the  end  of  a  line.  However, 
I  was  consoled  soon  after  by  taking  some  fine  pickerel,  weigh- 
ing from  five  to  eight  pounds  each;  and,  before  luncheon, 
hooked  another  maskalonge,  when  my  companion,  profiting  by 
experience,  was  ready  with  his  gaff-hook,  and  jerked  him  most 
scientifically  into  the  canoe,  much  to  the  delight  of  the  Indians. 
Though  not  so  lai'ge  as  the  first,  he  was  a  respectable  fish, 
weighing  about  eighteen  pounds.  The  scenery  in  the  place 
was  bold  and  rocky,  the  banks  often  lofty  and  precipitous,  and 
the  current  always  strong,  vrith.  an  occasional  rapid.  We 
lunched  at  a  portage,  which  we  were  obliged  to  make  in  order 
to  avoid  the  falls  of  the  Severn,  which  are  here  about  twenty- 
five  feet  in  height,  and  surrounded  by  fine  scenery.  There  are 
rapids  above  and  below  the  falls,  so  that  the  difference  of  level 
between  the  upper  and  lower  banks  of  the  portage  is  not  less 
than  fifty  feet." 

We  regret  that  we  can  not  make  room  for  more  extracts  from 
these  iuteresting  "  Notes  on  Canada  and  the  Northwest  States," 
but  we  do  the  next  best  thing  by  recommending  the  articles 
themselves  to  the  perusal  of  our  readers. 

The  above  trip  affords  a  favorable  opportunity  to  visit  Pene- 
tanguishene  and  the  "  Million  Islands"  of  Georgian  Bay. 

Penetanguishene,  C.  W.,  50  miles  north  of  Collingwood 
by  steamboat  route,  situated  on  a  lovely  and  secure  bay,  is  an 
old  and  very  important  settlement,  comprising  an  Episcopal 
and  Roman  Catholic  church,  two  hotels,  a  custom-house,  seve- 


ORILLIA    TO    GEORGIAN    BAY.  29 

ral  stores  and  storehouses,  and  has  about  500  inhabitants.  In 
the  immediate  vicinity  is  a  nayal  and  military  depot  and  bar- 
racks, established  by  the  British  government.  The  natural 
beauties  of  the  bay  and  harbor,  combined  with  the  picturesque 
scenery  of  the  shores,  make  up  a  picture  of  rare  beauty.  Here 
may  be  seen  the  native  Indian,  the  half-breed,  and  the  Canadian 
voyageur,  with  the  full-blooded  Englishman  or  Scotchman, 
forming  one  community.  This  place,  being  near  the  mouth  of 
the  river  Severn,  and  contiguous  to  the  numberless  islands  of 
Georgian  Bay,  is  no  doubt  destined  to  become  a  favorite  resort 
for  the  angler  and  sportsman,  as  well  as  the  invalid  and  seeker 
of  pleasure. 

Christian-  Island,  lying  about  25  miles  from  Penetangui- 
shene,  and  25  miles  N.  E.  of  Cape  Rich,  is  a  large  and  fertile 
island,  which  was  early  settled  by  the  Jesuits.  There  are  sev- 
eral others  passed  north  of  Christian  Island,  of  great  beauty, 
while  still  farther  northwest  are  encountered  innumerable 
islands  and  islets,  forming  labyrinths,  and  secluded  passages 
and  coves  as  yet  almost  unknown  to  the  white  man,  extending 
westward  for  upward  of  one  hundred  roiles. 


ISLANDS    OX  NOETH    SHORE,    GEORGIAN   BAT. 
Extract  from  Letters  from  the  North  wad  Lake  Huron. 

She-ba-wa-nah-ioxg,  Georgian  Bat,  C.  TV.,  ) 

August  16,  1856.  j 

"  Among  the  regions  of  the  continent  interesting  to  the 
traveler,  and  which  are  not  frequently  visited,  is  the  north 
shore  of  Georgian  Bay.  Leaving  Penetanguishene  we  crossed 
to  the  mouth  of  the  river  JMushkoss,  a  distance  of  about  eighteen 
miles.  From  this  place  we  proceeded  up  the  shore  in  a  small 
boat,  making  daily  such  journeys  as  suited,  and  lingering  when- 
ever we  found  an  interest  to  repay. 

"  The  Mushkoss  is  one  of  the  lumber  points  on  the  bay.  It 
is  approached  through  a  strip  of  numerous  islands  seven  miles 
in  width,  and  it  is  the  first  inhabited  place  on  the  shore  above 
the  mouth  of  the  Severn.  Here,  as  at  the  Severn,  the  only 
thing  to  attract  a  habitation  is  the  lumber,  which  only  receives 
attention.     But  one  almost  wonders,  when  he  sees  the  country. 


30  ORILLIA    TO    GEORGIAN    BAY. 

■where  the  lumber  comes  from.,  for  the  rock  here  again  appears, 
and  holds  a  dominion  forever  beyond  the  hopes  of  man  to  see 
subdued.  The  rock  is  throughout  the  country.  It  stands  boldly 
along  the  shore,  and  forms  the  islands,  sustains  the  water,  and 
its  bare  surface  appears  everywhere.  Yet  the  country  has  a 
vegetation  which  covers  it  with  verdure.  Bushes,  wild  flowers, 
and  pine  spring  up  everywhere,  where  a  little  earth  has  drifted 
and  found  a  lodgment.  Pine  is  almost  the  only  timber,  and  we 
daily  saw  it  growing  in  places  so  barren,  that  it  seemed  as  if  no 
vegetation  could  be  sustained  either  in  nuti-ition  or  uprightness 
of  position.  Some  dwarfed  oaks  may  be  seen,  and,  perhaps, 
occasionally  some  birch.  The  pine  which  is  sawed  into  lumber 
is  cut  a  distance  back,  along  the  banks  of  the  river,  and  is  then 
drifted  down.  It  is  inferior  in  size  to  that  of  more  southern 
regions,  and,  we  believe,  by  no  means  has  so  good  an  average 
soundness  of  quality. 

"  The  Mushkoss  is  a  stream  of  moderate  size,  but  sends  a 
large  division  to  the  bay,  to  the  westward,  which  diverges  many 
miles  above.  The  river,  in  the  interior  country,  expands  into 
lakes  or  pools,  some  of  which  are  large  and  filled  with  numer- 
ous islands.  This,  with  a  dark-colored  water,  is  characteristic 
of  many  of  the  streams  which  come  down  from  the  north. 
Even  small  streams  sometimes  form  a  small  chain  of  numerous 
lakes,  extending  a  great  distance  back.  It  is  up  these  streams 
and  around  these  lakes  that  many  of  the  Indians  find  their 
hunting-grounds  for  the  winter ;  sometimes  going  almost  to  the 
divide,  beyond  which  the  waters  flow  into  Hudson  Bay.  They 
go  in  the  fall,  and  return  in  the  spring  with  furs,  which  fall 
into  the  hands  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company,  or  those  of  the 
various  traders  along  the  coast,  and  are  paid  for  in  goods  at  a 
large  profit. 

"  Proceeding  westward  the  traveler  encounters  a  maze  of 
innumerable  islands,  which  commences  at  the  eastern  extremity 
of  the  bay,  and  continues  in  an  almost  unbroken  stretch  for  one 
hundred  miles  and  upward.  There  are  myriads  of  them,  and 
we  have  counted  over  fifty  from  a  single  stand-point.  They  are 
mostly  small,  although  some  of  them  are  of  large  size.  One 
may  wander  industriously  amid  them  for  months,  and  find  new 
scenes  to  gladden  his  eyes  every  day,  for  the  chain  has  a  breadth 
of  many  miles.  Countless  channels  run  between  them,  many 
of  which  are  sufficiently  deep  and  clear  for-  the  largest  vessels 
of  the  lakes.  There  are  numerous  small  bays,  and  the  chan- 
nels sometimes  have  a  considerable  width  ;  and,  now  and  then, 
one  runs  a  distance  of  ten  and  twenty  miles  with  scarcely  an 
interruption.  It  is  almost  impossible  to  tell  when  you  approach 
the  mainland.  One  may  think  himself  upon  it  when  he  is  miles 
away,  or  may  pursue  some  lagoon  projecting  deep  into  it,  when 


ORILLIA    TO    GEORGIAN    BAY.  31 

he  supposes  himself  treading  on  an  island  channel,  and  at  last 
be  obliged  to  return. 

"  One  is  earnestly  told  before  he  starts,  by  those  who  have 
been  on  this  shore,  that  if  he  w  jiild  take  his  course  through 
the  islands,  he  must  have  a  guide ;  and  certainly  without,  the 
stranger  can  not  be  sure  of  great  expedition.  We  were  for- 
tunaie  enough  to  have  Bayfield's  chart  along,  which  we  found 
a  great  help,  although  no  attempt  is,  or  could  successfully  be, 
made  to  chart  in  detail  the  interminable  labyrinth  of  islands. 

"  The  better  way  for  one  coasting  thus  is  to  take  a  course 
through  the  outer  edge  of  the  islands,  keeping  the  broad  waters 
in  view.  A  certain  guide  and  a  cool,  bracing  atmosphere  are 
thus  obtained,  while  the  splendor  of  its  scenery  is  almost  un- 
rivaled. Along  the  islands  and  next  to  the  bay  are  numerous 
anl  wide  shoals.  The  rock  floor,  sometimes  level  and  again 
broken,  can  often  be  seen  through  the  clear  water  for  a  long 
distance.  To  the  west  the  islands  grow  less  numerous  and  the 
water  between  them  wider,  until  you  approach  She-ba-wa-nah- 
ning,  when  the  chain  draws  to  a  close.  Islands  after  this  are 
numerous,  but  may  mostly  be  traced  upon  the  chart.  The 
islands  have  the  same  vegetation  and  the  same  physical  con- 
formation as  the  mainland. 

"  The  course  of  the  shore  seems  much  nearer  north  and  west, 
until  you  arrive  at  the  French  River,  when  it  runs  nearly  west. 
The  rock  is  continuous  the  whole  distance.  It  is  chiefly  gran- 
ite, but  sandstone  appears  in  considerable  quantity  this  side  of 
the  French  River.  The  rock  attains  at  times  considerable  height 
and  boldness,  and  as  you  near  She-ba-wa-nah-ning,  it  sometimes 
rises  into  grandeur.  Here  a  mountain  chain  hangs  along  the 
coast,  standing  up  against  the  sky  like  a  large  blue  cloud. 
Between  this  and  the  water  are  a  few  acres  of  tillable  land, 
yet  none  is  under  cultivation  save  a  very  little  which  is  mowed. 
Indeed,  farming  is  a  business  which  is  not  thought  of  on  the 
north  side  Georgian  Bay,  even  by  the  few  white  inhabitants  scat- 
tered there.  There  may  be  a  patch  of  a  few  acres  now  and 
then  along  the  shore  which  might  be  cultivated,  but  we  saw 
scarcely  any.  But  there  are  probably  some  sections  where  a 
little  may  be  found,  for  the  Indians  find  somewhere  here  the 
maple  for  the  manufacture  of  sugar.  They  told  us  that  it  is 
near  the  mouth  of  French  River,  on  the  east  side,  and  that  they 
there  raise  some  potatoes  and  corn.  But  we  believe  that  the 
shore  can  never  be  even  sparingly  settled.  At  some  points 
there  may  be  tillable  lands  a  considerable  distance  back.  Yet 
there  are  no  indications  of  it  along  the  shore.  A  large  grant 
of  land,  we  are  informed,  has  been  obtained  to  construct  a  rail- 
road from  the  Ottawa  to  some  point  near  the  mouth  of  the 
French  River  on  the  bay 


32 


COLLTSGWOOD     TO    THE    SAUT    STE    MARIE. 


"  The  timber  observed  as  far  as  She-ba-wa-nali-ning  is  almost 
entirely  pine.  One  is  almost  surprised  at  the  constancy  of  it. 
Some  spruce,  tamarac,  birch,  and  poplar  are  seen,  however, 
and  probably  cedar  may  be  found  also.  The  juniper  shi-ub  is 
abundant,  and  often  very  productive.  There  are  exhaustless 
quantities  of  whortleberries,  and  as  fine  as  the  world  anywhere 
pi'oduces.  We  hardly  landed  at  a  place  where  they  were  not 
plenty.  Wild,  red  cherries,  currants,  gooseberries,  raspberries, 
blackberries,  and  cranberries  are  frequently  met  with  in  con- 
siderable quantities.  Such  is  the  general  character  of  the 
north  shore,  and  the  islands  of  Georgian  Bay  and  their  pro- 
ductions, up  to  She-ba-wa-nah-ning,  which  is  situated  nearly 
mid-way  on  the  northern  shore  of  the  waters  of  Lake  Huron." 


TRIP  FROM  COLLIXGWOOD  TO  THE  S.  UT  STE  MARIE, 

THKOUGH  GEORGIAN  BAT  AND  NOETH  CHANNEL. 


This  is  a  new  and  liiglily  interesting  steamboat  excursion, 
brought  into  notice  by  the  completion  of  the  Ontario,  Simcoe 
and  Huron  Railroad,  extending  from  Toronto  to  Collingwood, 
at  the  southern  extremity  of  Georgian  Bay. 

NoTTAWAssAGA  Bay,  the  southem  termination  of  Georgian 
Bay,  is  a  large  expanse  of  water  bounded  by  Cape  Rich  on  the 
west  and  Christian  Island  on  the  east,  each  being  distant 
about  30  miles  from  Collingwood.  At  the  south  end  of  the  bay 
lies  a  small  group  of  islands  called  the  Hen  and  Chickens. 

On  leaving  Collingwood  for  Bruce  INIines  and  the  Saut  Ste 
Marie,  the  steamer  usually  runs  direct  across  Georgian  Bay  to 
Lonely  Island,  passing  Cabot's  Head  to  the  right,  and  the  pas- 
sage leading  into  the  broad  waters  of  Lake  Huron,  which  is  the 
route  pursued  by  the  steamers  in  the  voyage  to  Mackinac, 
Green  Bay,  and  Chicago.  During  the  summer  months  the 
trip  from  Collingwood  to  Mackinac  and  Chicago  affords  a  de- 
lightful excursion. 

Owen's  Sound,  or  Sydenham,  50  miles  west  of  Collingwood, 
although  off  the  direct  route  to  the  Saut  Ste  Marie,  is  well 
worthy  of  a  passing  notice.  Here  is  a  thriving  settlement, 
surrounded  by  a  fertile  section  of  country,  and  containing  about 
2,500  inhabitants.  A  steamer  runs  daily  from  Collingwood  to 
this  place,  which  will,  no  doubt,  soon  be  reached  by  railroad. 

Lonely  Island,  situated  about  100  miles  west  of  Collincr- 
wood  and  20  miles  east  of  the  Great  Manitoulin  Islands,  is  a 
large  body  of  land  mostly  covered  with  a  dense  forest,  anr' 
inhabited,  except  by  a  few  fishermen,  who  resort  here  ^j  lies 
tain  seasons  of  the  year  for  the   purpose  of  takir  ;parated 
different  kinds.     The  steamer  usually  passes  thi°iat  elevated, 
north  side,  steering  for  Cape  Smyth,  a  bold 


34  COLLIN<x  tVOOD    TO    SAUT    STE    MARIE. 

out  from  the  Great  Manitoulin,  and  distant  from  Lonely  Island 
about  25  miles. 

Squaw  Island  and  Papoose  Island  are  seen  on  the  north- 
east, "^vhile  farther  inland  are  the  Fox  Islands,  being  the  com- 
mencement on  the  west  of  the  innumerable  islands  which 
abound  along  the  north  shore  of  Georgian  Bay. 

La  Cloche  Mountains,  rising  about  2,000  feet  above  the 
sea,  are  next  seen  in  the  distance,  toward  the  north ;  these, 
combined  with  the  wild  scenery  of  the  islands  and  headlands, 
form  a  grand  panoramic  view,  enjoyed  fi-om  the  deck  of  the 
passing  steamer. 

Smyth's  Bay  is  passed  on  the  west,  some  eight  or  ten  miles 
distant.  At  the  head  of  this  bay,  on  the  Great  Manitoulin  Is- 
land, is  situated  a  village  of  Indians,  and  a  Jesuit's  mission, 
called  We-qua-me-kong.  These  aborigines  are  noted  for  their 
industry,  raising  wheat,  corn,  oats,  and  potatoes  in  large  quan- 
tities. This  part  of  the  island  is  very  fertile,  and  the  climate 
is  healthy. 

She-ba-wa-nah-ning,  signifying,  in  the  Indian  dialect, 
"  Here  is  a  channel,"  is  a  most  charming  spot,  40  miles  dis- 
tant from  Lonely  Island,  hemmed  in  by  mountains  on  the  north, 
and  a  high  rocky  island  on  the  south.  It  is  situated  on  the 
north  side  of  a  narrow  channel,  about  half  a  mile  in  length, 
which  has  a  great  depth  of  water.  Here  is  a  convenient  steam- 
boat landing,  a  church,  a  store,  and  some  ten  or  twelve  dwel- 
lings, inhabited  by  Canadians  and  half-breeds.  Indians  as- 
semble here  often  in  considerable  numbers,  to  sell  their  fish 
and  furs,  presenting  with  their  canoes  and  dogs  a  very  gro- 
tesque appearance.  One  resident  at  this  landing  usually 
attracts  much  attention — a  noble  dog,  of  the  color  of  cream.  No 
sooner  does  the  steamer's  bell  ring,  than  this  animal  rushes  to 
+.he  wharf,  sometimes  assisting  to  secure  the  rope  that  is  thrown 
•e;  the  next  move  he  makes  is  to  board  the  vessel,  as  though 
a  custom-house  officer ;  but  on  one  occasion,  in  his  eager- 
•*-•  into  the  kitchen,  he  fell  overboard;  nothing  daunted, 
shore,  and  thon  again  boarding  the  vessel,  sue- 


C0LLING\YO0D    TO    SAUT    STE    MARIE.  35 

ceeded  in  his  desire  to  fill  his  stomach,  showing  the  instinct 
■which  prompts  many  a  biped  office-seeker. 

On  leaving  She-ba-wa-nah-ning  and  proceeding  westward, 
a  most  beautiful  bay  is  passed,  studded  with  islands — and 
mountains  upward  of  1,000  feet  in  height,  presenting  a  rocky 
and  sterile  appearance,  forming  an  appropriate  background  to 
the  view — thence  is  passed  Badgley  and  Heywood  islands,  the 
latter  lying  oif  Heywood  Sound,  situated  on  the  north  side  of 
the  Great  Manitoulin. 

Max-i-tou-wah-ning,  25  miles  northwest  of  She-ba-wa- 
nah-ning,  is  handsomely  situated  at  the  head  of  Heywood 
Sound.  It  is  an  Indian  settlement,  and  also  a  government 
agency,  being  the  place  annually  selected  to  distribute  the 
Indian  annuities. 

Little  Current,  25  miles  west  of  She-ba-wa-nah-ning,  is 
another  interesting  landing  on  the  north  shore  of  the  Great  Man- 
itoulin, opposite  La  Cloche  Island.  Here  the  main  channel  is 
narrow,  with  a  current  usually  running  at  the  rate  of  five  or  six 
knots  an  hour,  being  much  affected  by  the  winds.  The  steamer 
stops  at  this  landing  for  an  hour  or  upward,  receiving  a  supply 
of  wood,  it  being  furnished  by  an  intelligent  Indian  or  half- 
breed,  who  resides  at  this  place  with  his  family.  Indians  are 
often  seen  here  in  considerable  numbers.  They  are  reported  to 
be  indolent  and  harmless,  too  often  neglecting  the  cultivation 
of  the  soil  for  the  more  uncertain  pursuits  of  fishing  and  hunt- 
ing, although  a  considerable  large  clearing  is  to  be  seen  indif- 
ferently cultivated. 

Clappertox  Island  and  other  islands  of  less  magnitude 
are  passed  in  the  JVorth  Channel,  which  is  a  large  body  of  water 
about  120  miles  long  and  25  miles  wide.  On  the  north  shore  is 
situated  a  post  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company,  which  may  be 
seen  from  the  deck  of  the  passing  steamer. 

CocKBURN  Island,  85  miles  west  of  Little  Current,  lies 
directly  west  of  the  Great  INIanitoulin,  from  which  it  is  separated 
by  a  narrow  channel.  It  is  a  large  island,  somewhat  elevated, 
but  uninhabited,  except  by  Indians. 


36  COLLINGWOOD    TO    SAUT    STE    MARIE. 

Drummond  Island,  15  miles  farther  -westward,  belongs  to 
the  United  States,  being  attached  to  the  State  of  Michigan 
This  is  another  large  body  of  land,  being  low,  and  as  yet  mostly 
uninhabited. 

The  next  island  approached  before  landing  at  Bruce  iMines  is 
St.  Joseph  Island,  being  a  large  and  fertile  body  of  land, 
with  some  few  settlers. 

Bruce  Mines  Village,  C  W.,  is  situated  on  the  north 
shore  of  Lake  Huron,  or  the  "  North  Channel,"  as  it  is  here 
called,  distant  290  miles  from  Collingwood,  and  50  from  the 
Saut  Ste  Marie.  Here  are  a  Methodist  chapel,  a  public-house, 
and  a  store  and  storehouse  belonging  to  the  Montreal  Copper 
Mining  Company,  besides  extensive  buildings  used  for  crushing 
ore  and  preparing  it  for  the  market ;  about  75  dwellings  and 
500  inhabitants.  The  copper  ore,  after  being  crushed  by  power- 
ful machinery  propelled  by  steam,  is  put  into  puddling  troughs 
and  washed  by  water,  so  as  to  obtain  about  20  per  cent,  pure 
copper.  In  this  state  it  is  shipped  to  the  United  States  and 
England,  bringing  about  $80  per  ton.  It  then  has  to  go  through 
an  extensive  smelting  process,  in  order  to  obtain  the  pure  metal. 
The  mines  are  situated  in  the  immediate  %dcinity  of  the  village, 
there  being  ten  openings  or  shafts  from  which  the  ore  is  ob- 
tained in  its  crude  state.  Horse-power  is  mostly  used  to  ele- 
vate the  ore ;  the  whims  are  above  ground,  attached  to  which 
are  ropes  and  buckets.  This  mine  gives  employment  to  about 
300  workmen.  The  capital  stock  of  the  company  amounts  to 
$600,000. 

The  Wellington  Mine,  about  one  mile  distant,  is  also  owned 
by  the  Montreal  ^Mining  Company,  but  is  leased  and  worked  by 
an  English  company.  This  mine,  at  the  present  time,  is  more 
productive  than  the  Bruce  Mines. 

The  Lake  Superior  Journal  gives  the  following  description 
of  the  Bruce  Mine,  from  which  is  produced  a  copper  ore  differ- 
ing from  that  which  is  yielded  by  other  mines  of  that  peninsula. 

"  Ten  years  ago  this  mine  was  opened,  and  large  sums  ex- 
pended for  machinery,  which  proved  useless,  but  it  is  now  un- 


COLLINGWOOD    TO    SAUT    STE    MARIE.  37 

der  new  management,  and  promises  to  yield  profitably.  Twelve 
shafts  have  been  opened,  one  of  which  has  been  carried  down 
some  330  feet.  Some  200  or  300  men  are  employed,  all  from 
the  European  mines.  Some  of  the  ores  are  very  beautiful  to 
the  eye,  resembling  fine  gold.  After  being  taken  out  of  the 
shaft,  they  are  taken  upon  a  rail-track  to  the  crushing-house, 
where  they  are  passed  between  large  iron  rollers,  and  sifted  till 
only  a  fine  powder  remains  ;  from  thence  to  the  '  jigger  works,' 
where  they  are  shaken  in  water  till  much  of  the  earthy  matter 
is  washed  away,  after  which  it  is  piled  in  the  yard  ready  for 
shipment,  having  more  the  appearance  of  mud  than  of  copper. 
It  is  now  mostly  shipped  to  Swansea,  in  Wales,  for  smelting. 
Two  years  since  1,500  tons  were  shipped  to  Baltimore  and  Buf- 
falo to  be  smelted." 

On  resuming  the  voyage  after  leaving  Bruce  Mines,  the 
steamer  runs  along  St.  Joseph  Island  through  a  beautiful 
sheet  of  water,  in  which  are  embosomed  some  few  islands  near 
the  main  shore. 

Campement  D'Otjrs  is  an  island  passed  on  the  left,  lying 
contiguous  to  St.  Joseph  Island.  Here  are  encountered  several 
small  rocky  islands,  forming  an  intricate  channel  called  the 
"  JVarrows."  On  some  of  the  islands  in  this  group  are  found 
copper  ore,  and  beautiful  specimens  of  moss.  The  forest  trees, 
however,  are  of  a  dwarfish  growth,  owing,  no  doubt,  to  the 
scantiness  of  soil  on  these  rocky  islands. 

About  10  miles  west  of  the  "  Narrows,"  the  main  channel  of 
the  St.  INIary's  Eiver  is  reached,  forming  the  boundary  between 
the  United  States  and  Canada.  A  rocky  island  lies  on  the  Ca- 
nadian side,  which  is  reserved  for  government  purposes,  as  it 
commands  the  main  or  ship  channel. 

Sugar  Island  is  now  reached,  which  belongs  to  the  United 
States,  and  the  steamers  run  a  further  distance  of  25  miles, 
when  the  landing  at  the  Saut  Ste  Marie  is  reached,  there  being 
settlements  on  both  sides  of  the  river.  The  British  boats  usu- 
ally land  on  the  north  side,  while  the  American  boats  make  a 
landing  on  the  south  side  of  the  river,  near  the  mouth  of  the 
ship  canal. 

4 


,j8  COLLIKGWOOD    to    8AUT    STE    MARIE. 

TEIP  THPwOUGH  GEOEGIAN  BAY  AND  THE  NOETH  CHANNEL 

OF  LA-KE  HUEON  TO  MANITOULIN  AND  SAUT 

STE  MAEIE. 

{Copied  from  a  Toronto  paper.) 

Dated  on  board  the  Steamer  CoLLrNG-wooD, ) 
Lake  Htjeon,  August  17,  1856.  i 

"  A  LONG,  dark  tongue  of  land  stretches  out  into  the  lake  on 
our  larboard  quarter,  and  the  opposite  view  is  backed  by  a 
rugged  coast,  with  mountains  tall  and  grim.  We  are  just  off 
Cabot's  Head,  near  where  the  Georgian  Bay  attains  its  greatest 
width  (58  miles).  The  east  coast  of  the  Georgian  Bay,  as  de- 
scribed by  Mr.  Murray,  consists  almost  exclusively  of  a  sterile 
rocky  border.  There  are  numerous  harbors,  many  of  which 
are,  however,  so  hemmed  in  by  reefs  and  sunken  islets  as  to 
render  them  almost  inaccessible  to  boats  of  any  considerable 
draught.  As  we  advance  toward  the  north  mainland  past 
Lonely  Island,  the  eastern  extremity  of  the  Great  Manitoulin 
comes  clearly  within  view.  An  abrupt  escarpment  here  forms 
Cape  Smyth,  and  inside  a  deep  sheltered  bend,  called  Smyths 
Bay,  is  located  the  Jesuit  Missionary  village  of  Wequame- 
kong.  This  neat  little  settlement  being  situated  on  a  slope  sur- 
rounded by  extensive  clearances,  and  covered  with  regularly- 
built  frame  houses,  shows  out  favorably  to  the  passer-by. 
Due  north  lies  our  first  stopping-place.  The  distance  from 
Collingwood  to  the  head  of  the  Georgian  Bay  is  about  140  miles, 
and  the  point  of  measurement  is  a  small  trading  port  named 
She-ba-wa-nah-ning,  which  was  reached  early  on  the  forenoon 
of  Thursday.  The  entrance  to  it  is  by  a  strait  so  narrow  as  to 
be  quite  imperceptible  at  any  considerable  distance  from  bhore, 
bounded  on  the  east  side  by  the  mainland,  and  on  the  west  by 
a  high  island.  It  forms  a  secure  harbor  at  all  times,  and  owing 
to  the  great  depth  of  water  and  the  steepness  of  both  sides,  it  is 
not  so  difficult  to  pass,  even  in  stormy  weather,  as  one  would 
suppose.  This  village,  now  for  some  unaccountable  reason 
styled  '  Killarney,'  with  the  exception  of  a  store,  post-office, 
and  diminutive  Roman  Catholic  church,  is  a  mere  collection  of 
fishing  huts  and  Indian  camps.  It  derives  its  original  name, 
as  indeed  do  most  of  these  Indian  localities — from  a  natiiral 
characteristic.  That  name  signifies  '  Here's  a  channel '  and  it 
amounts  to  a  piece  of  great  impertinence  on  the  part  of  any 
one  to  destroy  its  adaptability  by  substituting  Kilhirney,  or 
any  other,  for  it.  The  population  numbers  somewhere  about  40 
whites  and  half-breeds,  with  an  occasional  accession  to  the 
Indian  residents,  bringing  it  to  an  average  between  60  and  70. 
They  employ  themselves  almost  entirely  in  the  pursuits  of  trad- 
ing, hunting,  and  fishing,  but  make  no  attempt  at  cultivation, 


COLLINGWOOD    TO    SAUT    STE    MARIE.  39 

not  even  so  mucli  as  a  cabbage-garden,  although  there  is  some 
tolerably  good  land  in  the  vicinity.  Now  and  again  they  have 
an  odd  visit  from  the  Jesuit  priests  at  the  Wequamekong,  and 
the  Church  of  England  Missionary  at  Manitou-wahning ;  on 
whicli  occasions  the  parishioners  are  called  together  by  a  tin 
horn  instead  of  a  bell.  Just  inside  She-ba-wa-nah-ning  is  one 
of  those  lovely  bayous  so  common  along  the  rocky  and  indented 
northern  coast,  with  countless  small  islets,  very  much  resem- 
bling the  famous  '  Thoin^and  Islands'  in  the  river  St.  Lawrence ; 
and  closing  it  in  on  three  sides  are  the  La  Cloche  Mountains, 
which  here  rise  abruptly  to  a  considerable  altitude.  The 
steamer  does  not  return  by  the  same  channel,  but  passes  around 
the  island,  forming  its  boiindary  on  the  lake  side.  Lookin»' 
back  through  the  narrow  strip  of  water  by  which  we  have 
entered  from  the  main  lake,  it  seems  a  fairy-like  performance 
to  have  threaded  so  small  a  gorge  with  this  huge  steamboat,  and 
the  enchanting  wildness  of  tb.e  scenery  that  bounds  us  on  every 
side  adds  delight  to  such  surprise.  On  rounding  the  west  point 
of  this  island,  the  lake  opens  out  again  before  us,  and  our 
steamer  heads  toward  Manitouwahning,  distant  about  27 
miles.  At  the  head  of  Hey  wood  Sound,  on  the  north  side  of  the 
Grand  Manitoulin,  is  situated  the  village,  where  we  expect 
to  find  a  host  of  "  aborigines''  awaiting  the  receipt  of  a  cargo 
of  trumpery  by  means  of  which  the  commissariat  manages  to 
annually  amuse  their  uncultivated  fancies  and  illustrate  the 
marvelous  solicitude  entertained  for  them  by  their  "  Great 
Father,"  who,  in  the  present  instance,  is  a  Mother.  There  is 
no  wharf,  but  the  water  is  so  deep  close  in  shore,  that  the 
steamboat  sidles  up  to  a  low,  gravelly  beach,  and  our  gangway 
is  laid  from  her  side  to  land  with  perfect  ease.  As  it  seems  not 
altogether  improbable  that  the  chain  of  islands  constituting  an 
Indian  Reserve  in  this  locality  must  ere  long  be  brought  into 
the  market  for  sale,  it  may  prove  serviceable  to  publish  a  few 
descriptive  particulars  relating  to  their  position  and  quality. 
For  such  purpose,  then,  I  shall  here  briefly  relate  them  while 
the  '  small-boy'  in  treasury  uniform  is  superintending  the  em- 
barkation of  government  presents  to  be  distributed  among  that 
heterogeneous  and  expectant  multitude  before  us. 

"  The  belt  of  islands  known  as  the  Manitoulins  embraces 
Fitzwilliam,  an  unimportant  island  southeast  of  the  principal 
of  this  group,  the  Grand  Manitoulin,  and  others,  of  which 
Barrie  and  Cockburn  islands  are  the  only  ones  worthy  of  note. 
The  La  Cloche  and  St.  Joseph  Island  are  sometimes  erroneously 
included  in  the  general  denomination;  but  tliey  are  distin- 
guished by  being  crown  properties,  while  the  Manitoulins  form 
a  portion  of  the  Indian  Reserves.  With  the  exception  of  Great 
Manitoulin,  none  of  these  islands  are  of  much  "onsequence  in 


40  COLLINGWOOD    TO    SAUT    STE    MARIE. 

point  of  value.  The  timber  thereupon  would  indicate  soil  of  a 
workable  description,  but  their  rocky  elevation  seems  to  deny 
the  existence  of  fertile  tracts  of  any  appreciable  extent.  The 
Grand  Manitoulin  is  eighty-one  miles  in  length,  and  averages 
about  twenty  miles  in  width,  and  has  an  area  of  at  least  sixteen 
hundred  square  miles.  Its  geological  features  present  nothing 
remarkable.  The  soil,  over  a  Kmestone  structure,  with  a  lower 
fossiliferous  bed  of  extraordinary  depth,  is  rich ;  and  there  is 
an  abundance  of  soft  and  hard  lumber  covering  it  throughout. 
I  am  unaware  whether  or  not  any  portions  of  it  have  been  sur- 
veyed. Certainly  the  sooner  something  practical  is  done  in  the 
way  of  cultivating  it  the  better.  It  may  be  rather  an  easy  ad- 
ministration of  that  heirloom  of  titled  boobies  and  aristocratic 
sprigs,  the  Indian  Department,  to  keep  these  reserved  lands 
locked  up  in  the  chimerical  pretense  of  benefiting  the  Indians. 
The  majority  of  Indians  derive  no  real  advantage  from  them — 
will  certainly  never  cultivate  them — and,  therefore,  their  con- 
tinuous reservation  operates  but  as  a  bar  to  the  settlement 
of  adjacent  territories.  The  villages  of  Wequamekong  and 
Manitouwahning  are  the  only  extensive  settlements  of  pre- 
tension upon  the  Manitoulin  Islands.  The  latter  being  the 
place  where  we  had  just  landed  at  the  above  digression,  is  the 
locale  of  the  government  agency,  and  the  appointed  residence 
of  Captain  Ironsides,  the  local  superintendent.  In  other  words, 
it  is  the  head-quarters  of  the  Indian  Department.  As  a  culti- 
vated spot  it  has  a  very  enticing  appearance.  The  site  is  favor- 
able, in  some  respects,  for  a  village,  but  building  frame  houses 
for  savages,  and  neither  clearing  off  the  stones  at  similar  cost, 
nor  teaching  the  natives  themselves  to  do  so,  and  afterward  to 
plant  gardens,  potatoes,  corn  and  maize  fields,  is  not  a  model 
plan  of  carrying  out  the  objects  of  such  selections.  The  present 
condition  of  this  place  is  the  best  proof.  The  white  inhabitants 
residing  here  number  about  thirty ;  the  Indian  population  fluc- 
tuates between  six  or  seven  hundred  and  two  thousand.  These, 
however,  seem  never  to  have  appreciated  the  wooden  domiciles 
erected  for  them,  as  upward  of  sixteen  frame  houses  in  the 
village  are  forsaken,  and  the  remainder  may  be  said  to  merely 
serve  as  a  shelter  for  the  families  living  in  them,  as  they  have 
no  signs  of  improvement  near  or  far.  There  is  a  neat  little 
church  in  the  village,  and  a  resident  minister  of  the  Church  of 
England.  There  also  is  a  '  medicine  man.'  The  residences  of 
these  gentlemen  and  that  of  Captain  Ironsides  are  very  com- 
fortable dwellings.  About  £600  worth  of  goods  were  landed 
as  presents.  They  consist  principally  of  blankets,  trinkets, 
calicoes,  pork,  flour,  and  a  small  quantity  of  ammunition.  It 
was  the  custom  formerly  to  give  them  articles  adapted  to  their 
habitual  pursuits,  such  as  shot,  guns,  rifles,  knives,  ammuni- 


COLLIN'GWOOD    TO    SA.UT    STE    MAKIK  41 

tion,  kettles,  hatchets,  etc. ;  but  the  most  serviceable  of  these 
things  have  been  discontinued,  in  accordance  with  the  wisdom 
of  authority.  It  occupies  the  officers  in  charge  sometimes  two 
or  three  weeks  dispensing  these  articles.  The  scraps  of  tribes 
now  present  to  receive  these  gifts  belong  mostly  to  the  Ottawas, 
Chippewas,  and  Pottawatamies.  Some  few  Munsees  and  Del- 
awares  used  at  one  time  to  frequent  the  station,  but  now  there 
is  no  great  variety  of  tribes  about  any  part  of  the  lake.  In- 
deed, at  this  annual  distribution  but  a  very  few  Indians 
attended,  in  comparison  with  the  multitudinous  attendance  of 
former  years.  The  '  forest  children'  are  annually  fading  away, 
and  before  many  more  winters  and  summers  have  elapsed  it 
will  most  probably  be  as  rare  a  thing  to  find  a  handful  of  th  ^m 
about  these  lakes,  as  it  was  in  earlier  dnys  to  discover  the  foot- 
steps of  the  pale-face  away  up  in  these  northern  wilds. 

"  The  next  day  we  accompanied  Captain  Ironsides,  and  a  party 
of  friends,  to  the  Indian  village  of  Wequamekong,  (This  is  the 
Jesuit  mission  mentioned  in  the  preceding  part  of  my  letter. ) 
It  was  reached  by  a  portage  of  about  seven  miles  across  th 
neck  of  the  peninsular  promontory  which  forms  the  east  side  oi 
Heywood  Sound.  The  land  through  which  we  passed  is  said  to 
be  much  more  fertile  than  that  in  any  other  section  of  the 
island.  The  village  of  Wequamekong  is  quite  romantically 
situated,  and  is  altogether  a  very  pretty  little  place.  The 
Indians  here  are  remnants  of  the  Chippewa  and  Ottawa  tribes, 
and  they  appear  cleaner,  more  industrious,  and  civilized  than  I 
had  seen  elsewhere.  They  have  fine  fields  of  Indian  corn, 
patches  of  beans,  potatoes,  etc.,  and  quite  a  respectable  show  of 
garden  vegetables.  We  witnessed  an  interesting  sight  in  the 
'  numbering  of  the  tribes'  by  Captain  Ironsides.  It  gave  us  an 
opportunity  to  see  some  fine-looking  old  chiefs,  several  of  whom 
were  astonished  at  the  idea  of  having  their  likenesses  taken. 
The  villagers  also  turned  out  in  holiday  attire.  We  could  have 
scarce  believed  it  possible  they  were  so  well  to  do  in  worldly 
goods  as  their  '  fashionable'  habiliments  denoted.  Certainly  the 
Jesuits  have  carried  out  their  mission  at  this  village  in  the  most 
praiseworthy  manner.  What  with  good  spirits,  ravenous  appe- 
tites, an  agreeable  host,  and  the  weather  that  an  Italian  might 
almost  envy,  our  time  glid  swiftly  away  until  the  return  of  the 
steamboat  on  Sunday  morning.  And  contented  as  we  had  been, 
the  sight  of  Captain  Butterworth's  jovial  countenance,  and  a  re- 
newal of  our  acquaintance  with  the  '  quite  at  home'  comforts  of 
the  Collingwood,  were  abundantly  relished. 

"After  leaving  Manitouwahning  (on  Friday),  we  have  the 
Great  Manitoulin  on  our  left;  and  up  to  Little  Current,  the 
next  stopping-place,  30  miles  farther  on,  the  course  lies  througb 
picturesque  clusters  of  low  islands,  scantily  wooded,  and  covered 


42  COLLINGWOOD    TO    SAUT    STE    MARIE. 

m  tlie  open  parts  with  a  rank  growth  of  dry -looking  wild  grass, 
and  diversified  by  clumps  of  dwarfish  pines  and  firs.  There  is 
here  a  small  settlement  of  Indians  and  half-breeds.  They 
furnish  wood  for  the  steamer,  and  likewise  supply  meat,  fish, 
vegetables,  etc.  At  dark  we  cast  off  from  Little  Current. 
Thence  our  passage  was  among  woody  islands,  and  through 
narrow  but  deep  channels,  the  main  shore  of  Manitoulin  always 
within  sight,  and  now  and  then  opening  out  into  a  wider  sheet 
of  water,  so  that  the  whole  course  seems  to  be  alternate  narrow 
straits  and  small  lakes.  From  Little  Current  to  the  Bruce 
Mines  the  distance  is  nearly  120  miles,  and  between  the  west 
end  of  Manitoulin  and  the  north  shore,  for  some  distance,  the 
channel  is  very  broad.  We  passed  this  during  the  night-time. 
It  was  a  clear  moonlight  night ;  and  we  could  see  by  the  drift- 
ing clouds  that  hovered  above  the  Great  Manitoulin,  how  rude 
Boreas  was  indulging  himself  with  a  jolly  blow  outside,  in  the 
lake,  while  not  a  gust  moved  the  surface  of  this  inside  lake, 
through  which  our  steamboat  smoothly  plowed  her  way.  After 
a  short  stay  at  the  mines,  we  proceeded  onward  to  Saut  Ste 
Marie,  landing  once  more,  en  voyage,  at  Sugar  Island.  The 
village  of  St.  iNIary,  or  Saut  Ste  Marie,  is  so  well  known  to  most 
people,  I  shall  not  bore  the  reader  with  any  description  of  it. 
Suffice  to  say,  the  canal  on  the  American  side  has  helped  to  build 
up  that  part  at  the  expense  of  its  opposite  settlement.  The  in- 
habitants, however,  seem  to  have  nothing  else  to  do  besides 
smoking,  drinking  gin-slings  and  mint-juleps,  and  catching  fish. 

"  Dr.  Jackson  states  that  the  healthiness  of  the  climate  in 
these  parts  during  summer  months  is  unsurpassable,  and,  above 
all  other  places,  is  calculated  to  restore  the  health  of  invalids 
suffering  from  the  depressive  miasms  of  the  fever-breeding 
Southwestern  States,  or  the  pent-up  enervating  atmosphere  of 
Eastern  cities. 

"  This  route  along  the  North  Channel,  for  the  safe  conveyance 
of  merchandise  and  all  perishable  goods,  is  infinitely  preferable 
to  that  usually  traveled  across  the  lakes,  filling  up  as  it  does  a 
distance  of  not  less  than  400  miles  of  rough  lake  navigation  by 
a  pleasant  course  sheltered  from  storms  and  affording  a  diversity 
of  scenery  calculated  to  relieve  the  tedium  of  so  long  a  voyage." 


ST.  JOSEPH  ISLAND,  C.  W. 
This  important  island,  lying  in  St.  Mary's  River,  near  its 
outlet  into  Lake  Huron,  is  thus  described  by  T.  N,  Moles- 
worth,  provincial  land  surveyor,  and  may  answer  in  part 


COLLINGWOOD    TO    SAUT    ST:E    MAJIIE.  43 

for  a  description  of  Drummond  and  Sugar  islands,  lying  con- 
tiguous and  belonging  to  the  United  States. 

"The  surface  along  the  southern  and  southwestern  shores 
of  St.  Joseph  Island  is  generally  flat,  low,  and  swampy,  being 
in  many  places  wet,  and  very  thickly  timbered.  The  northern, 
northeastern,  and  eastern  shores,  in  general,  rise  with  a  gentle 
inclination  from  the  shore,  being  swampy  only  for  a  short  dis- 
tance inward;  and  along  the  northerly  shore  of  Point- au-Gra- 
vier  there  is  a  precipitous  rise  of  about  30  feet  in  height.  The 
highest  hill,  near  the  center  of  the  island,  has  an  elevation  of 
about  400  feet.        -;. 

"  The  island  is  generally  well  watered,  a  considerable  num- 
ber of  streams  rising  in  the  swamps  in  the  interior,  and  enter- 
ing the  lake.  The  principal  one  is  that  having  its  source  in 
Lake  Hilton,  which  enters  Milford  Haven  with  a  rapid  current, 
and  having  a  very  good  mill-site  near  its  mouth,  and  a  con- 
stant supply  of  water,  and  also  entering  a  safe  and  capacious 
harbor,  is  the  best  adapted  for  the  use  of  the  island.  The 
other  streams  are  of  small  size,  but  appear  to  have  a  constant 
supply  of  water. 

"  The  surface  soil  is  almost  generally  a  red  sandy  loam,  or 
clay  and  sand  mixed  with  mold ;  but  in  some  places  a  white 
sand  appears ;  in  others  a  brown  or  red  clay  ;  under  this  there 
is  a  stiif  clay,  in  some  places  of  a  reddish  color,  in  others  nearly 
white,  which  crumbles  when  exposed  to  the  surface. 

"Very  little  rock  appears  anywhere  on  St.  Joseph  Island, 
and  only  on  the  shore ;  small  particles  of  quartz  rock  rising 
about  ten  feet  above  the  surface,  appear  atPayme-day-giundeg. 
In  the  channel  opposite  Campement  D'Ours  Island  a  mass  of 
syenitic  granite  puts  out  in  irregular  points,  some  parts 
rising  about  20  feet  above  the  water.  In  Lot  10,  Concession  V., 
white  sandstone  appears  just  at  the  edge  of  the  water,  and  at 
the  level  of  its  surface ;  and  in  the  Point-au-Gravier  Conces- 
sion, blue  limestone  appears  rising  abruptly  from  the  water  to 
the  height  of  30  feet — in  the  horizontal  strata,  of  from  six 
inches  to  a  foot  in  thickness.  It  is  used  for  making  lime  and 
building  at  the  Bruce  Mines,  and  by  the  inhabitants. 

"  The  island  is  closely  wooded  ;  the  timber  on  the  hills  and 
dry  surface  being  maple,  beech,  birch — often  mixed  with  hem- 
lock --cedar,  spruce,  basswood,  and  elm.  In  some  parts  the 
timber  is  all  maple,  and  a  great  deal  of  it  is  bird's-eye  and 
curly  maple — the  latter  mostly  where  the  surface  is  stony.  In 
the  swamps  the  timber  is  cedar,  spruce,  balsam,  hemlock,  pine, 
and  tamarack — generally  growing  very  densely  in  most  of  the 
swamps — the  cedar  predominating — in  some,  the  tamarack  or 
spruce. 


44  COLLINGWOOD    TO    SAUT    STE    M  \RTE. 

"  With  regard  to  the  capabilities  of  the  island  for  settlement, 
about  two  thirds  of  its  surface  will  probably  be  available — the 
remaining  third  being  swamps  of  little  use  except  as  meadows 
at  a  future  period. 

"  Its  soil  is  of  good  quality  for  agricultural  purposes ,  raising 
wheat,  oats,  potatoes,  turnips,  carrots,  peas,  beans,  Indian  corn, 
and  melons  equally  well  with  lands  in  other  parts  of  the  prov- 
ince. The  mining  regions  will  ajfford  a  favorable  market  for 
the  surplus  agricultural  produce  raised  upon  the  island,  which 
lies  in  the  course  of,  and  possesses  stopping -places  for,  the  Amer- 
ican and  Canadian  steamers  proceeding  to  the  Saut  Ste 
Marie  and  Lake  Superior. 

"  The  snow  disappearing  off  the  clearings  about  the  middle 
of  April,  the  farmers  commence  farming  operations  a  few  days 
later  :  there  are  very  few  frosts  after  that  time  to  injure  any 
crops.  The  harvest  commences  about  the  middle  of  August, 
There  is  an  abundance  of  fine  fish  in  the  Avaters  around  the 
island,  and  small  fisheries  are  carried  on  in  the  following 
places.  Tenby  Bay.  (White  fish  are  caught  extensively  after 
the  middle  of  October.)  Campement  des  Matelots,  or  St. 
Joseph.  (Black  bass,  pike,  and  white-fish  very  abundant.) 
Opposite  Sugar  Island  there  is  a  herring  fishery ;  and  in  Mud 
Lake,  opposite  the  Campement  des  Matelots,  on  the  American 
shore,  there  is  a  considerable  pickerel  fishery.  Besides  these 
there  are  abundance  of  pike,  trout,  and  maskalonge  in  all  the 
waters  round  the  island,  which  are  very  serviceable  to  the  in- 
habitants. There  are  a  few  moose  and  red  deer,  and  a  num- 
ber of  black  bears  on  the  island,  besides  foxes,  hares,  etc. 

"  The  lake  freezes  over  generally  before  the  middle  of  De- 
cember, the  ice  clearing  off  in  the  spring  about  the  1st  May ; 
and  the  snow  lies  permanently  on  the  ground  from  the  middle 
of  December  to  the  middle  of  April ;  its  average  depth  is  from 
two  to  three  feet,  its  greatest  about  four  feet.  The  lowest 
range  of  the  thermometer  is  in  February,  when  it  reaches  23° 
below  zero  (Fahr.),  for  perhaps  a  fortnight,  the  average  cold 
being  from  10°  above  to  10°  below  zero.  In  June,  July,  and 
August  the  highest  range  is  sometimes  100°  above  zero  ;  aver- 
age range  70°  to  80°." 

This  island  has  been  recently  surveyed,  and  the  lands  sold 
under  the  direction  of  the  Crown  Land  Department  of  Canada, 
thus  offering  inducements  for  settlement  and  cultivation. 


COLLINGWOOD    TO    SAUT    STE    MARIE.  45 

Saut  Ste  Marie,  capital  of  Cluppewa  Co.,  Mich.,  is  advan- 
tageously situated  on  St.  Mary's  River,  or  Strait,  350  miles 
N.N.W.  of  Detroit,  and  15  miles  from  the  foot  of  Lake  Supe- 
rior, in  N.  lat.  46°  31'.  The  rapids  at  this  place,  giving 
the  name  to  the  settlements  on  both  sides  of  the  river,  have 
a  descent  of  20  feet,  within  the  distance  of  a  mile,  and  form 
the  natural  limit  of  navigation.  The  Ship  Canal,  however, 
which  has  recently  been  constructed  on  the  American  side, 
obviatf,^  this  difi&culty.  Steamers  of  a  large  class  now  pass 
throug;h  the  locks  into  Lake  Superior,  greatly  facilitating  trade 
and  commerce.  The  village  on  the  American  side  is  pleasantly 
situated  near  the  foot  of  the  rapids,  and  contains  a  court-house 
and  jail ;  a  Baptist,  a  Methodist,  and  a  Roman  Catholic  church ; 
15  or  20  stores  and  storehouses,  besides  a  few  manufacturing 
establishments,  and  about  1,000  inhabitants.  Many  of  the  in- 
habitants and  Lidians  in  the  vicinity  are  engaged  in  the  fur 
trade  and  fisheries,  the  latter  being  an  important  and  profit- 
able occupation.  Summer  visitors  flock  to  this  place  and  the 
Lake  Superior  country  for  health  and  pleasure.  There  are  two 
hotels  on  the  American  side,  and  one  on  the  Canadian  side  of 
the  river,  affording  good  accommodations. 

Fort  Brady  is  an  old  and  important  United  States  military 
post  contiguous  to  this  frontier  village,  where  is  stationed  a 
regular  garrison  of  troops.  It  commands  the  St.  Mary's  River 
and  the  approach  to  the  mouth  of  the  canal. 

Saut  Ste  Marie,  C.  W.,  is  a  scattered  settlement,  where  is 
located  a  part  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company.  Here  is  a  steam- 
boat landing,  an  hotel,  and  two  or  three  stores,  including  the 
Hudson  Bay  Company's ;  and  it  has  from  200  to  300  inhabit- 
ants. Indians  of  the  Chippewa  tribe  reside  in  the  vicinity  in 
considerable  numbers,  they  having  the  exclusive  right  to  take 
fish  in  the  waters  contiguous  to  the  rapids.  They  also  employ 
themselves  in  running  the  rapids  in  their  frail  canoes,  when 
desired  by  citizens  or  strangers — this  being  one  of  the  most 
exhilarating  enjoyments  for  those  fond  of  aquatic  sports.  (See 
Engraving.) 


ST.  mart's  falls  shii    canal.  47 


THE  SAINT  MAEY'3  FALLS  &HIP  CANAL. 

This  Canal,  which  connects  the  navigation  of  Lake  Superior 
with  the  Lower  Lakes,  is  a  little  more  than  one  mile  in  length, 
and  cost  about  one  million  dollars. 

It  was  built  in  the  years  1853,  '54,  '55  by  the  Saint  Mary's! 
Falls  Ship  Canal  Company,  under  a  contract  with  commission- 
ers appointed  by  the  authorities  of  the  State  of  Michigan  to 
secure  the  building  of  the  canal. 

A  grant  of  750,000  acres  of  the  public  land  had  previously 
been  made  by  Congress  to  the  State  of  Michigan  to  aid  in  the 
construction  of  this  important  work. 

This  grant  of  750,000  acres  was  given  to  the  parties  contract- 
ing for  the  building  of  the  canal,  provided  the  work  should  be 
completed  within  two  years  from  the  date  of  the  contract. 

The  work  was  commenced  in  the  spring  of  1853,  and  completed 
within  the  time  specified  in  the  contract  {two  years  !). 

This  result  was  accomplished  under  Tnany  disadvantages, 
during  a  very  sickly  season,  and  when  great  difi&culty  was  ex- 
perienced in  obtaining  laborers ;  but  the  unremitting  vigor  of 
those  who  had  the  charge  of  the  work  secured  its  completion  in 
the  most  substantial,  permanent,  and  acceptable  manner. 

During  a  great  portion  of  the  time  there  were  from  1,200  to 
1  .GOO  men  employed  upon  the  work,  exclusive  of  the  force  at  the 
difterent  quarries  where  the  stone  Avas  cut  and  prepared  for  the 
locks,  besides  a  large  force  employed  in  necessary  agencies, 
getting  timber,  etc. 

The  stones  for  the  locks  were  cut  at  Anlerden,  Canada  (near 
Maiden),  and  at  Marblehead,  near  Sandusky,  in  Ohio.  These 
were  sent  in  vessels  to  the  work,  some  twenty-five  difi"erent  sail- 
ing vessels  being  employed  in  this  business. 

On  the  completion  of  t]ie  canal  in  June,  1855,  the  Governor 
of  the  State,  the  State  officers,  and  the  Canal  Commissioners 
proceeded  to  Saut  Ste  Marie  for  the  purpose  of  inspecting  the 
work.  It  was  accepted,  and  thereupon,  in  accordance  with  the 
terms  of  the  contract,  the  State  authorities  released  to  the  Canal 


48  ST.  Mary's  falls  ship  canal. 

Compcany  and  issued  patents  for  the  750,000  acres  of  land.  This 
was  all  the  remuneration  the  company  received  for  the  work. 

The  lands  were  selected  during  the  building  of  the  canal  by 
agents  appointed  by  the  Governor  of  IMichigan. 

Of  the  750,000  acres,  39,000  acres  were  selected  in  the  iron 
region  of  Lake  Superior,  147,000  acres  in  the  copper  region, 
and  the  balance,  564,000  acres,  in  the  Lower  Peninsula. 

The  following  figures  will  give  some  idea  of  the  magnitude  of 
this  work : 

Length  of  canal  5,584  feet,  --=  1  mile  304  feet. 

Width  at  top  115  feet— at  water-line  100  feet— at  bottom  64 
feet. 

The  depth  of  the  canal  is  1 2  feet. 

A  slope  wall  on  the  sides  of  the  canal  is  4,000  feet  in  length. 

There  are  two  locks,  each  350  feet  in  length. 

Width  of  locks  70  feet  at  top— 61 J  feet  at  bottom. 

The  walls  are  25  feet  high— 10  feet  thick  at  bottom. 

Lift  of  upper  lock  8  feet — lower  do.,  10  feet;  total  lockage 
18  feet. 

Lower  wharf  180  feet  long,  20  feet  wide. 

Upper  wharf  830  feet  long,  from  16  to  30  feet  wide. 

There  are  three  pairs  of  folding  gates,  each  40  feet  wide. 

Upper  gate  17  feet  high— lower  gate  24  feet  6  inches  high. 

There  are  also  upper  and  lower  caisson  gates,  used^or  shutting 
off  the  water  from  the  canal. 

The  amount  of  lumber,  timber,  and  iron  used  in  the  building 
of  the  piers  and  gates  is  enormous. 

There  were  103, 437  lbs  of  wrought  iron  used  in  the  gates,  and 
38,000  lbs  cast  iron. 

About  8,000  feet  of  oak  timber,  etc. 

The  tolls  on  the  canal  are  collected  by  the  State— are  merely 
nominal— and  only  intended  to  defray  the  necessary  expenses 
of  repairs. 


THE  UPPER  LAKE  COUNTRY.  49 


THE    UPPER   LAKE    COU]JITEY. 
We  copy  the  following  extract  from  an  address  published  in 
the  Lansing  (Mich.)  Republican,  as  containing  interesting  in- 
formation regarding  the  Commerce  of  the  Upper  Lakes  : 

C.  T.  Harvey,  Esq.,  of  Lake  Superior,  agreeably  to  appoint- 
ment, made  an  address  in  the  Hall  of  the  House  of  Represent- 
atives on  the  subject  of  the  '"present  state  and  future  prospects 
of  the  Commerce  of  Lake  Superior." 

"  As  to  the  past,  he  observed  that  in  1839  the  first  steamer 
visited  the  Saut  Ste  Marie,  to  the  great  astonishment  of  the 
Indians  "who  lived  on  St.  Mary's  River.  That  in  1844  Capt. 
Ward  first  established  a  regular  steamboat  line  from  Detroit  to 
the  entrance  of  Lake  Superior  via  Mackinac.  That  in  1849 
Mr.  S.  McKnight  (a  member  of  the  house)  did  all  the  trans- 
portation of  merchandise  around  the  Falls  of  St.  Mary's  with 
one  or  two  horses,  and  it  was  not  till  1851  that  the  first  steamer 
floated  on  the  waters  of  Lake  Superior  only  six  years  ago. 

"  After  some  further  reminiscences  showing  at  how  very  re- 
cent a  date  business  in  that  quarter  had  commenced,  the  speaker 
proceeded  to  the  present. 

"  He  referred  to  the  report  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  Saut 
Canal,  to  show  that  in  the  season  of  1856  just  closed  there  was 
over  11,000  tons  of  iron  ore  shipped  through  it  to  Detroit  and 
eastward.  An  increase  of  800  per  cent,  over  1855,  when  only 
1,400  tons  were  sent  down.  That  1,040  tons  of  bloom  iron  were 
sent,  an  increase  of  25  per  cent. ;  but  the  most  remarkable  fact 
was  that  ten  millions  four  hundred  and  fifty-two  thousand 
pounds  of  copper  were  sent  through  the  canal  in  the  raw  state 
-—over  two  and  a  quarter  millions  of  dollars — an  increase  of 
some  67  per  cent.  Mr.  H.  remarked  that  this  noticeable  in- 
crease did  not  look  like  a  failure  of  the  mining  interests,  al- 
though public  excitement  respecting  them  had  subsided. 

"  The  business  eastward  through  the  canal  of  mineral  and 
fish  exported  from  the  lake,  amounted  to,  as  estimated  by  the 
Superintendent,  $2,875,000 ;  while  the  imports  of  merchandise 
and  supplies  were,  in  round  numbers,  $2,500,000  ;  making  a 
total  of  $5,375,000,  of  which  he  calculated  full  $5,000,000  was 
commerce  of  the  Upper  Peninsula.  Remarking  that  a  trade 
of  this  magnitude,  which  had  sprung  up  out  of  nothing  within 
fifteen  years,  must  in  the  next  fifteen  years  increase  in  almost 
the  same  ratio,  till  the  results  would  be  almost  incredible,  he 
hazarded  the  conjecture,  that  within  25  years  as  many  vessels 
of  all  kinds  would  pass  and  re-pass  in  the  St.  Mary's  River,  as 
now  frequent  the  waters  of  the  St.  Clair." 

5 


TRIP  FROM   COLLIXGWOOD  TO  MACKIXAC,  GREEN 
BAY,  CHICAGO,  ETC. 


This  excursion  is  an  interesting  one  for  the  pleasure  traveler, 
as  well  as  the  man  of  business.  The  steamer  on  leaving  Col- 
lingwood  runs  direct  for  Cabofs  Head,  80  miles,  skirting  the 
main  shore  of  Canada  to  Cape  Hurd,  about  20  miles  farther,, 
passing  the  Bear's  Rump,  Flower  Pot,  Echo  and  Cove  islands. 

Yeo  Island  and  Fitz  William  Island  (a  large  island)  are 
seen  on  the  north ;  several  smaller  islands  are  also  passed,  when 
the  broad  waters  of  Lake  Huron  are  entered,  the  steamers 
usually  running  direct  for  Mackinac. 

The  Great  Maxitoulin  may  be  seen  in  the  distance, 
toward  the  north,  in  pleasant  weather,  and  the  Outer  Duck 
and  Great  Duck  islands  are  passed  about  80  miles  westward 
of  Cape  Hurd. 

The  steamer  then  pursues  a  westerly  course  toward  Mackinac, 
about  100  miles  farther,  sighting  Presque  Isle  on  the  main 
Michigan  shore,  and  passing  Bois  Blanc  and  Round  islands. 
The  Straits  of  Mackinac  are  now  entered,  being  here  about 
twenty  miles  across,  but  soon  diminishes  in  width;  opposite 
old  Fort  Mackinac  it  is  four  or  five  miles  in  width. 

The  Straits  of  Mackinac,  with  the  approaches  thereto 
from  Lakes  Huron  and  ^Michigan,  will  always  command  atten- 
tion from  the  passing  traveler.  Through  this  channel  will  pass, 
for  ages  to  come,  a  great  current  of  commerce,  and  its  shores 
will  be  enlivened  with  civilized  life,  where  at  present  the  Indian 
now  lingers,  but,  alas !  is  fast  fading  away. 

It  is  proposed  to  construct  a  railroad  running  from  Detroit 

or  Saginaw  to  Old  Fort  Mackinac,  which,  when  completed,  will 

^nd  to  open  the  whole  northern  portion  of  this  part  of  the 

State  of  Michigan,  one  of  the  most  favorably  situated  States  of 


COLLINGWOOD    TO    MACKINAC,    ETC.  51 

the  whole  Union ;  having  two  peninsulas,  rich  in  soil  and  mine- 
ral pi'oductions,  and  from  which  are  now  exported  immense 
quantities  of  lumber,  copper,  and  iron  ore. 

In  this  great  commercial  route  Lake  Huron  is  traversed  for 
about  180  miles,  often  affording  the  traveler  a  taste  of  sea-sick- 
ness and  its  consequent  evils.  Yet  there  often  are  times  when 
Lake  Huron  is  hardly  ruffled,  and  the  timid  passenger  enjoys 
the  voyage  vrith.  as  much  zest  as  the  more  experienced  mariner. 

]\L^.CKiivAc,  the  gem  of  the  Upper  Lake  islands,  may  vie  with 
any  other  locality  for  the  salubrity  of  its  climate,  for  its  pic- 
turesque beauties,  and  for  its  vicinity  to  fine  fishing-grounds. 
Here  the  invalid,  the  seeker  of  pleasure,  as  well  as  the  sports- 
man and  angler,  can  find  enjoyment  to  their  heart's  content 
during  warm  weather.     For  further  description  see  page  110. 

On  leaving  Mackinac  for  Green  Bay  the  steamer  generally 
runs  a  west  course  for  the  mouth  of  the  bay,  passing  several 
islands  in  Lake  ^Michigan  before  entering  the  waters  of  Green 
Bay,  about  150  miles  distant. 

Summer  Island  lies  on  the  north  side  and  Rock  Island 
lies  on  the  south  side  of  the  entrance  to  Green  Bay,  forming  a 
charming  view  from  the  deck  of  the  steamer. 

Potawatomee  Island,  Chambers'  Island,  and  other 
small  islands,  are  next  passed  on  the  upward  trip  toward  the 
head  of  the  bay. 

Green  Bay,  about  100  miles  long  and  from  20  to  30  miles 
wide,  is  a  splendid  sheet  of  water,  destined  no  doubt  to  be 
enlivened  with  commerce  and  pleasure  excursions.  Here  are 
to  be  seen  a  number  of  picturesque  islands  and  headlands. 
Several  important  streams  enter  into  Green  Bay,  the  largest 
of  which  is  Neenah  or  Fox  River,  at  its  head,  and  is  the  outlet 
of  Winnebago  Lake.  Menomonee  River  forms  the  boundary 
between  the  States  of  Wisconsin  and  Michigan,  and  empties 
into  the  bay  opposite  Green  Island. 

The  town  of  Green  Bay,  the  capital  of  Brown  Co.,  Wis.,  is 
finely  situated  near  the  mouth  of  Fox  or  Neenah  River,  at  ita 
entrance  into  Green  Bay,  where  is  a  good  and  secure  harbor. 


52  COLLINGWOOD    TO    MACKINAC,    ETC. 

It  lies  25  miles  due  west  of  Kewaunee,  on  the  west  shore  of 
Lake  Michigan,  and  115  miles  north  from  Milwaukee.  The 
town  is  handsomely  situated,  and  contains  many  large  ware- 
houses and  elegant  residences,  together  with  several  churches, 
hotels,  and  stores  of  different  kinds,  and  about  3.000  inhab- 
itants. The  improvement  of  Fox  River  by  dams  and  locks,  in 
connection  with  the  improvements  on  the  Wisconsin  River, 
afford  an  uninterrupted  steam  navigation  from  Green  Bay  to 
Prairie  du  Chien,  on  the  Mississippi  River — thus  making  Green 
Bay  a  great  point  for  the  trans-shipment  of  goods  and  produce 
of  every  variety ;  the  largest  class  steamers  running  to  Chicago 
on  the  south,  Saut  Ste  Marie  on  the  north,  as  well  as  to  Colling- 
wood,  to  Detroit,  and  to  Buffalo  on  the  east.  The  lumber  trade 
of  Green  Bay  is  immense,  this  whole  section  of  country  abound- 
ing in  timber  of  different  kinds  the  most  useful  for  building 
purposes. 

AsTOR  is  the  name  of  a  suburb  of  Green  Bay,  lying  at  the 
mouth  of  Fox  River,  while  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  stream 
stands  Fort  Howard,  surrounded  by  a  village  of  the  same 
name. 

Nenomonee  City,  Oconto  Co.,  Wis.,  is  a  new  settlement, 
situated  on  the  west  side  of  Green  Bay,  near  the  mouth  of  Ne- 
nomonee  River.  The  country  to  the  west  and  north  of  this 
place  is  as  yet  a  wilderness,  inhabited  only  by  a  feW  roving 
Indians. 

In  regard  to  the  route  from  Green  Bay  to  Lake  Superior,  the 
Advocate  says : 

"  A  road  from  Green  Bay  to  the  most  southerly  point  of  Kee- 
wenaw  would  be  less  than  200  miles  in  length,  and  while  it 
would  shorten  the  travel  over  the  present  route  (by  water)  at 
least  100  miles,  would  open  one  of  the  most  beautiful  and  fer- 
tile sections  in  the  Union— a  section  which  will  remain  unknown 
and  unoccupied  until  such  a  road  is  opened  by  the  government. 
The  Lake  Superior  people  need  it  most  especially  for  procuring 
supplies,  driving  cattle,  etc. 

"  The  traveler  finds  the  whole  distance,  to  within  a  few  miles 
of  Lake  Superior,  abounding  in  every  resource  which  will  make 
a  country  wealthy  and  prosperous.     Clear,  beautiful  lakes  are 


COLLINGWOOD    TO    MACKINAC,    ETC.  53 

interspersed,  and  these  have  plenty  of  large  trout  and  other 
fish.  Water  and  water -powers  are  everywhere  to  be  found,  and 
the  timber  is  of  the  best  kind — maple  groves,  beech,  oak,  pine, 
etc.  Nothing  is  now  wanted  but  a  few  roads  to  open  this 
rich  country  to  the  settler,  and  it  will  soon  teem  with  vil- 
lages, schools,  mills,  farming  operations,  and  every  industrial 
pursuit  which  the  more  southern  portion  of  our  State  now  ex- 
hibits." 

Fox  or  JVeenah  River  rises  in  Marquette  Co.,  Wis.,  and 
passing  through  Lake  Winnebago,  forms  its  outlet.  This  im- 
portant stream  is  rendered  navigable  for  steUmers  of  a  small 
class  by  means  of  dams  and  locks,  forming  in  connection  with  a 
short  canal  to  the  Wisconsin  Eiver  a  direct  water  communica- 
tion from  Green  Bay  to  the  Mississippi  River,  a  distance  of 
about  200  miles.  The  rapids  in  the  lower  part  of  Fox  River 
afford  an  immense  water-power,  while  the  upper  section  of 
country  through  which  it  flows,  produces  lumber  and  grain  in 
great  abundance. 

Appletopj-,  Outaganie  Co.,  Wis.,  is  situated  on  Fox  or  Nee- 
nah  River,  30  miles  from  its  entrance  into  Green  Bay,  and  five 
miles  from  Lake  Winnebago,  where  are  rapids  called  the 
Gi^and  Chute.  Here  the  river  descends  about  30  feet  in  one 
mile  and  a  half,  affording  an  inexhaustible  amount  of  water- 
power.  Here  are  located  two  flouring  mills,  four  saw  mills,  a 
paper  mill,  and  sash  factory.  This  is  the  capital  of  the  county, 
and  is  no  doubt  destined  to  become  a  large  manufacturing  and 
commercial  place,  from  the  facilities  which  it  possesses,  by 
means  of  navigation  and  hydraulic  power.  Steamers  rim  south 
into  Lake  Winnebago,  and  north  into  Green  Bay. 

Neenah,  situated  at  the  foot  of  Lake  Winnebago,  where 
commences  the  river  improvement,  is  a  growing  place.  Here 
is  a  fine  water-power,  which  gives  motion  to  several  mills. 

The  City  of  Oshkosh,  situated  on  the  west  side  of  Lake  Win- 
nebago, is  a  flourishing  place,  and  the  capital  of  Winnebago 
County,  Wis.  It  contains  the  county  buildings,  7  churches,  a 
land-office,  several  public  houses,  40  or  50  stores  of  different 
kinds,  2  steam  grist-mills,  12  steam  saw-mills,  2  iron  foundries, 

5* 


54  COLLINGWOOD    TO    MACKINAC,    ETC. 

and  a  number  of  other  manufacturing  establishments,  and  about 
7,500  inhabitants. 

The  Fox  and  Wo//"  rivers  uniting,  form  a  large  and  important 
stream,  flowing  into  the  lake  at  Oshkosh,  which,  together  with 
plank-roads  and  a  railroad  to  extend  south  to  Fond  du  Lac, 
and  another  road  to  Ripon,  give  great  facilities  for  trade  and 
commerce,  in  connection  with  lake  and  river  navigation.  The 
Fox  River  Improvement  here  leaves  Lake  Winnebago,  and  ex- 
tends in  a  southwest  direction  toward  the  junction  with  the 
Wisconsin  River  at  Portage  City. 

Fond  du  Lac,  capital  of  Fond  du  Lac  County,  is  a  flourish- 
ing city  favorably  situated  at  the  head  of  Lake  Winnebago, 
87  miles  N.N.W.  from  Milwaukee  by  railroad  route,  and  42 
miles  west  of  Sheboygan,  lying  on  Lake  Michigan.  Here  are 
located  the  county  buildings,  a  city  hall,  several  churches  and 
public  houses,  60  stores  of  diff"erent  kinds,  two  banking  houses, 
a  car  factory,  an  iron  foundry,  and  several  other  manufacturing 
establishments,  and  7,000  inhabitants.  Steamers  run  daily  to 
Oshkosh,  Appleton,  Green  Bay,  and  other  ports. 

The  Chicago,  St.  Paul  and  Fond  du  Lac  Railroad,  when 
finished,  will  form  a  direct  and  speedy  communication  with  al- 
most every  part  of  Wisconsin,  Illinois,  and  Minnesota. 

Lake  Winnebago,  which  is  a  most  beautiful  sheet  of  water, 
about  30  miles  long  and  10  broad,  forms  a  link  in  the  chain  of 
navigable  waters,  connecting  Green  Bay  and  Lake  Michigan 
vrith  the  Wisconsin  and  Mississippi  River  at  Prairie  du  Chien. 
Railroads  will  soon  reach  the  waters  of  this  lake  from  several 
points. 

The  Trip  from  Chicago  to  Mackinac,  etc.,  connecting 
at  the  latter  place  with  the  Green  Bay  route,  is  fully  described 
in  another  part  of  this  work 


LAKE  SUPERIOR  REGION.  55 

MmEEAL  WEALTH  OF  THE  LAKE  SUPEEIOE  REGION. 

Native  Copper  ^— "  This  useful  metal  is  in  every  respect  the 
most  interesting  substance  found  in  connectioa  with  the  trap- 
pean  rocks  of  the  Lake  Superior  region,  is  widely  distributed, 
and  possesses  great  mineralogical  interest.  In  addition  to  the 
enormous  masses  which  occur  in  the  veins  of  this  region,  some- 
times attaining  at  the  Cliff  Mine  the  weight  of  several  hundred 
tons,  a  great  variety  of  crystalline  forms  are  occasionally  found. 
The  most  interesting  localities  of  the  crystallized  copper  are  at 
the  Copper  Falls,  the  Cliff,  the  Phoenix,  and  the  Eagle  Harbor 
mines.  Many  of  these  beautiful  specimens  are  highly  valued 
by  those  interested  in  the  mines,  and,  of  course,  difficult  to  be 
obtained,  except  by  those  residing  at  the  localities  where  they 
occur." 

Native  Silver. — "  This  valuable  metal  occurs,  diffused 
through  the  trap,  at  various  localities  on  Keweenaw  Point  and 
Isle  Royal.  In  fact,  its  distribution  is  coextensive  with  that  of 
native  copper ;  but  the  principal  portion  of  that  which  has  been 
obtained  thus  far  was  from  the  old  Lake  Superior  (now  Phoe- 
nix), the  Cliff,  the  Copper  Falls,  and  the  Minnesota  mines. 
The  silver  occurs  in  connection  with  the  metallic  copper,  both 
metals  being  united  together  at  their  edges,  and  yet  each  being 
almost  entirely  pure  and  free  from  alloy  with  the  other.  The 
silver  is  almost  invariably  accompanied  by  a  greenish,  hydrous 
silicate  of  alumina  and  iron.  The  largest  mass  of  silver  ob- 
tained, up  to  this  time,  weighed  more  than  six  pounds.  This 
was  found  at  the  Phoenix  Mine.  Beautiful  specimens  of  native 
silver,  in  Prehnite,  have  also  been  picked  up  on  the  beaches  of 
Washington  Harbor,  Isle  Royal." 

A  Diamond  Found. — We  had  been  well  aware  that  this 
country  was  very  rich  in  minerals  and  some  kinds  of  precious 
stones,  but  we  had  not  expected  to  see  a  Lake  Superior  dia- 
mond, yet  such  is  the  case.  We  were  shown  one  yesterday 
that  would  measure  three  fourths  of  an  inch  in  length,  and  at 
least  one  fourth  of  an  inch  in  thickness.     It  is  a  regular  formed 


56  LAKE    SUPERIOR    REGION\ 

octagon,  and  all  who  have  seen  it  pronounce  it  a  diamond,  but 
of  what  exact  value  is  yet  uncertain,  it  being  in  the  rough 
state.  It  cuts  glass  and  shows  all  the  brilliancy  of  a  diamond 
of  the  first  water,  which,  if  it  should  prove  to  be,  will  make  its 
value  not  less  than  two  thousand  dollars.  The  diamond  was  found 
by  the  wife  of  Mr.  Alfred  HauflFman.  while  walking  on  the  shore 
of  the  Lake.  The  waves  washed  it  up,  and  on  receding  left  it 
exposed  to  the  rays  of  the  sun,  when  i<s  brightness  attracted 
her  attention,  and  she  picked  it  up.  Mr.  H.  is  a  poor  laboring 
man,  and  should  it  prove  as  valuable  as  is  supposed,  it  will  be 
quite  a  handsome  windfall  (we  might  say  water-fnW)  for  him. 
This  is  a  great  country. — Lake  Superior  Journal — 1856. 
For  a  description  of  Lake  Superior  Iron  Region,  see  page  66. 


LAKE  COMMERCE— IMPOETANT  IMPEOYEMENTS. 

Deepening  or  the  St.  Clair  Flats. — We  understand, 
says  the  Detroit  Daili/  Advertiser  (June,  1855),  that  the  con- 
tract for  deepening  the  channel  of  the  St.  Clair  Flats  has  been 
let  to  Mr.  Barton,  of  Buffalo.  The  contract  is  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  War  Department,  and  should  it  be  approved  by 
the  first  of  next  month,  it  will  be  prosecuted  with  vigor.  Mr. 
Barton  is  also  connected  with  Mr.  Osgood  in  the  contract  for 
deepening  the  channel  of  the  St.  Mary  River,  which  has  been 
approved  by  the  War  Department.  The  machinery  to  be  used 
in  the  work  will  be  taken  up  in  a  few  days,  and  every  prepara- 
tion is  being  made  to  commence  the  work  about  the  1st  of  July, 
and  to  drive  it  successfully  forward.  We  hear  that  both  the 
above-named  gentlemen  have  had  much  experience  in  this  kind 
of  business,  and  being  men  of  energy  and  perseverance,  ■\^'ill 
push  the  work  forward  with  all  possible  dispatch.  The  deepen- 
ing of  both  these  channels  is  all- important  to  the  commercial 
community,  and  it  is  earnestly  hoped  that  nothing  may  occur 
to  hinder  or  retard  its  progress  and  speedy  completion. 


TRIP  FROM  SAUT  STE  MARIE  TO  THE  DIFFERENT 
PORTS  OX  LAKE  SUPERIOR. 


Since  the  completion  of  the  St.  Mary's  Ship  Canal  in  the 
tspring  of  1855,  steamers  and  propellers  of  a  large  class  traverse 
the  waters  of  Lake  Superior,  affording  safe  and  excellent  accom- 
dations  for  travelers  and  emigrants.  During  the  year  1856 
three  large  steamers  formed  the  Lake  Superior  Line  running 
from  Cleveland  and  Detroit  through  the  canal  to  Superior  City, 
at  the  head  of  Fond  du  Lac,  and  two  large  steamers,  besides 
several  propellers,  ran  from  Chicago  for  the  same  destination, 
stopping  at  Mackinac,  forming  an  almost  daily  communication 
with  the  different  Lake  Superior  ports. 

The  steamer  Collingwood  also  runs  direct  from  Collingwood, 
C.  "W.,  to  the  Saut  Ste  Marie,  enabling  passengers  taking  the 
Toronto  and  Collingwood  route  to  proceed  direct  into  Lake 
Superior. 

On  leaving  the  Upper  Landing  at  the  Saut  Ste  Marie,  above 
the  rapids,  the  steamer  soon  enters  Tequamenon  Bay,  passing 
Iroquois  Point,  15  miles  distant  on  the  south  shore,  while  Gros 
Cap,  on  the  north  or  Canada  side,  lies  opposite,  being  about  four 
miles  asunder.  This  headland  consists  of  hills  of  porphyry  esti- 
mated to  rise  6  or  700  feet  above  the  waters  of  the  lake.  "  Gros 
Cap  is  a  name  given  by  the  voyageurs  to  almost  innumerable 
projecting  headlands ;  but  in  this  case  appropriate — since  it  is 
the  conspicuous  feature  at  the  entrance  of  the  lake." 

North  of  Gros  Cap  lies  Goidais  Bay,  and  Goulais  Point,  an- 
other bold  headland,  is  seen  in  the  distance.  The  whole  north 
shore,  as  seen  from  the  deck  of  the  steamer,  presents  a  bold  and 
grand  appearance. 

Tequamenon  Bay  is  about  25  miles  long  and  as  many  broad, 
terminating  at  White  Fish  Point,  40  miles  above  Saut  Ste  Marie. 
Parisien  Island  is  passed,  lying  near  the  middle  of  the  above 


58  LAKE    SUPERH.  R. 

bay,  being  attached  to  Canada.  Opposite  this  island,  to  the 
north,  is  seen  Coulee  Point,  and  besides  this,  several  small 
islands  stud  the  north  shore.  Tequameyion  River  enters  the 
bay  from  the  east,  dischai'ging  a  large  quantity  of  water. 

Mamainse  Point  (Little  Sturgeon),  opposite  White  Fish 
Point,  is  another  bold  headland,  near  where  is  situated  the 
Quebec  Copper  Mining  Co.'s  Works,  at  present  abandoned,  owing 
to  their  being  found  unproductive.  Some  15  or  20  miles  north 
are  located  the  Montreal  Company's  Copper  Mine,  which  is  being 
successfully  woi'ked.  While  still  farther  north,  skirting  Lake 
Superior,  is  to  be  found  a  vast  mineral  region,  as  yet  only  par- 
tially explored. 

The  scenery  of  Lake  Superior,  and  the  productions  of  its 
shores,  which  are  so  little  known  to  even  our  professional  tour- 
ists, are  thus  vividly  described  by  an  intelligent  writer : 

"  Situated  between  latitudes  forty -six  and  forty-nine — with 
an  altitude  of  over  two  hundred  yards  above  the  level  of  the 
ocean,  and  a  depth  reaching  far  below  that  level — a  coast  of 
surpassing  beavity  and  grandeur,  more  than  twelve  hundred 
miles  in  extent,  and  abounding  in  geological  phenomena,  varied 
mineral  wealth,  agates,  cornelian,  jasper,  opal,  and  other  precious 
stones — with  its  rivers,  bays,  estuaries,  islands,  presque  isles, 
peninsulas,  capes,  pictured  rocks,  transparent  lakes,  leaping  cas- 
cades, and  bold  highlands,  limned  with  pure  veins  of  quartz, 
spar,  and  amethystine  crystals,  full  to  repletion  with  mineral 
riches ;  reflecting  in  gorgeous  majesty  the  sun's  bright  rays  and 
the  moon's  mellow  blush ;  o'ertopped  with  ever- verdant  groves 
of  fir,  cedar,  and  the  mountain  ash ;  while  the  background  is 
filled  up  with  mountain  upon  mountain,  until  rising  in  majesty 
to  the  clouds,  distance  loses  their  inequality  resting  against  the 
clear  vault  of  heaven." 

On  passing  White  Fish  Point,  where  may  be  seen  a  number 
of  "  sand-dunes,"  or  hills,  and  a  light-house  75  feet  in  height, 
the  broad  waters  of  Lake  Superior  are  reached.  The  steamers 
usually  pursue  a  westerly  course  toward  Grand  Island  or  Mar- 
quette, passing  Point  au  Sable,  50  miles  farther.  During  clear 
weather,  the  steep  sandy  hills  on  the  south  shore,  ranging  from 
400  to  1,000  feet  in  height,  may  be  seen  from  the  deck  of  the 
steamer. 


LAKE    SUPERIOR.  59 

The  Pictured  Rocks,  of  which  almost  fabulous  accounts  are 
given  by  travelers,  are  about  110  miles  west  of  Saut  Ste  Marie. 
Here  also  are  to  be  seen  the  Cascade  Falls  and  the  Arched 
Rock,  both  objects  of  great  interest.  The  Amphitheatre,  Miners' 
Castle,  Chapel,  Grand  Portal,  and  Sail  Rock,  are  also  points  of 
great  picturesque  beauty,  which  require  to  be  seen  to  be  justly 
appreciated. 

Extract  from  Foster  and  Whitney's  Report  of  the  Geology 
of  the  Lake  Superior  Land  District : 

PICTUEED  EOCKS. 

"  The  range  of  cliffs  to  which  the  name  of  the  Pictured  Rocks 
has  been  given,  may  be  regarded  as  among  the  most  striking 
and  beautiful  features  of  the  scenery  of  the  Northwest,  and  are 
well  worthy  the  attention  of  the  artist,  the  lover  of  the  grand 
and  beautiful,  and  the  observer  of  geological  phenomena. 

"  Although  occasionally  visited  by  travelers,  a  full  and  ac- 
curate description  of  this  extraordinary  locality  has  not  as  yet 
been  communicated  to  the  public* 

"  The  Pictured  Rocks  may  be  described,  in  general  terms, 
as  a  series  of  sandstone  bluffs  extending  along  the  shore  of 
Lake  Superior  for  about  five  miles,  and  rising,  in  most  places, 
vertically  from  the  water,  without  any  beach  at  the  base,  to  a 
height  varying  from  fifty  to  nearly  two  hundred  feet.  Were 
they  simply  a  line  of  cliffs,  they  might  not,  so  far  as  relates  to 
height  or  extent,  be  worthy  of  a  rank  among  great  natural 
curiosities,  although  such  an  assemblage  of  rocky  strata, 
washed  by  the  waves  of  the  great  lake,  would  not,  under  any 
circumstances,  be  destitute  of  grandeur.  To  the  'voyager 
coasting  along  their  base  in  his  frail  canoe  they  would,  at  all 
times,  be  an  object  of  dread ;  the  recoil  of  the  surf,  the  rock- 
bound  coast,  affording  for  miles  no  place  of  refuge ;  the  low- 
ering sky,  the  rising  wind ;  all  these  would  excite  his  appre- 

*  Schoolcraft  has  undertaken  to  describe  this  range  of  cliffs,  and  iUus- 
Irate  the  scenery.  The  sketches  do  not  appear  to  have  been  made  on  the 
spot,  or  finished  by  one  who  was  acquainted  with  t'.ie  scenery,  as  they 
bear  no  resemblance,  so  far  as  we  observed,  to  any  of  the  prominent  fea- 
tures of  the  Pictured  Eocks. 

"  It  is  a  matter  of  surprise  that,  so  far  as  we  know,  none  of  our  artists 
have  visited  this  region  and  given  to  the  world  representations  of  scenery 
so  striking,  and  so  different  from  any  which  can  be  found  elsewhere. 
"We  can  hardly  conceive  of  any  thing  more  worthy  of  the  artist's  pencU ; 
and  if  the  tide  of  pleasure-travel  should  once  be  turned  in  this  direction, 
it  seems  not  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  a  fashionable  hotel  may  yet  be 
built  under  the  shade  of  the  pine  groves  near  the  Chapel,  and  a  trip 
thither  become  as  common  as  one  to  Niagara  now  is." 


60  LAKE    SUPERIOR. 

hension,  and  induce  him  to  ply  a  vigorous  oar  until  tlie  dreaded 
wall  was  passed.  But  in  the  Pictured  Kocks  there  are  two 
features  which  communicate  to  the  scenery  a  wonderful  and 
almost  unique  character.  These  are,  first,  the  curious  manner 
in  which  the  cliffs  have  been  excavated  and  worn  away  by  the 
action  of  the  lake,  which  for  centuries  has  dashed  an  ocean- 
like surf  against  their  base ;  and,  second,  the  equally  curious 
manner  in  which  large  portions  of  the  surface  have  been 
coloi-ed  by  bands  of  brilliant  hues. 

"  It  is  from  the  latter  circumstance  that  the  name  by  which 
these  cliffs  are  known  to  the  American  traveler  is  derived; 
while  that  applied  to  them  by  the  French  voyageurs  ('  Les 
Port  ails'*)  is  derived  from  the  former,  and  by  far  the  most 
striking  peculiarity. 

"  The  term  Pictured  Rocks  has  been  in  use  for  a  great 
length  of  time,  but  when  it  was  first  applied  we  have  been 
unable  to  discover. 

"  The  Indian  name  applied  to  these  cliffs,  according  to  our 
voyageurs,  is  Schkuee-archibi-kiing  or  "  The  end  of  the 
rocks,"  which  seems  to  refer  to  the  fact  that,  in  descending  the 
lake,  after  having  passed  them,  no  more  rocks  are  seen  along 
the  shore.  Our  voyageurs  had  many  legends  to  relate  of  the 
pranks  of  the  Menni-boujou  in  these  caverns,  and  in  answer  to 
our  inquiries  seemed  disposed  to  fabricate  stories  without  end 
of  the  achievements  of  this  Indian  deity. 

"  We  will  describe  the  most  interesting  points  in  the  series, 
proceeding  from  west  to  east.    On  leaving  Grand  Island  harbor,t 


*  Le  Portail  is  a  French  term,  signifying  the  principal  entrance  of  a 
church  or  a  portal,  and  this  name  was  given  to  the  Pictured  Eocks  by 
the  voyageurs  evidently  in  allusion  to  the  arched  entrances  which  con- 
stitute the  most  characteristic  feature.  Le  Grand  Portail  is  the  great 
archway,  or  grand  portal.  ,      ,        ,        . 

t  The  traveler  desirous  of  visiting  this  scene  should  take  advantage 
of  one  of  the  steamers  or  propellers  which  navigate  the  lake  and  land  at 
Grand  Island,  from  which  he  can  proceed  to  make  the  tour  of  the  inter- 
esting' points  in  a  small  boat.  The  large  vessels  on  the  lake  do  not  ap- 
proach sutficientlv  near  the  clififs  to  allow  the  traveler  to  gather  more  than 
a  general  idea  of  their  position  and  outlines.  To  be  able  to  p.ppreciate 
ami  understand  their  extraordinary  character,  it  is  indispensable  to  coast 
alono-  in  close  proximity  to  the  cliffs  and  pass  beneath  the  Grand  Portal, 
which  is  only  accessible  from  the  lake,  and  to  land  and  enter  within  the 
precincts  of  the  Chapel.  At  Grand  Island,  boats,  men,  and  provisions 
may  be  procured.  The  traveler  should  lay  in  a  good  supply,  if  it  is  in- 
tended to  be  absent  long  enough  to  make  a  thorough  examination  of  the 
whole  series.  In  fact,  an  old  vovager  will  not  readily  trust  himself  to  the 
mercv  of  the  winds  and  waves  of  the  lake  without  them,  as  he  may  not 
unfrequentlv,  however  auspicious  the  weather  when  starting,  find  himself 
weather-bound  for  days  together.  It  is  possible,  however,  m  one  day,  to 
start  from  Grand  Island,  see  the  most  interesting  points  and  return.  The 
distance  from  WiUiam's  to  the  Chapel— the  farthest  point  of  interest— is 
about  fifteen  miles. 


LAKE    SUPERIOR.  61 

high  clilfs  are  seen  to  the  east,  which  form  the  commence- 
ment of  the  series  of  rocky  promontories,  which  rise  vertically 
from  the  water  to  the  height  of  from  one  hundred  to  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty-five  feet,  covered  with  a  dense  canopy  of  foli- 
age. Occasionally  a  small  cascade  may  be  seen  falling  from 
the  verge  to  the  base  in  an  unbroken  curve,  or  gliding  down 
the  inclined  face  of  the  cliff  in  a  sheet  of  white  foam.  The 
rocks  at  this  point  begin  to  assume  fantastic  shapes ;  but  it 
is  not  until  having  reached  Miners'  Eiver  that  their  striking 
peculiarities  are  observed.  Here  the  coast  makes  an  abrupt 
turn  to  the  eastward,  and  just  at  the  point  where  the  rocks 
break  off  and  the  friendly  sand-beach  begins,  is  seen  one  of  the 
grandest  works  of  nature  in  her  rock-built  architecture.  We 
gave  it  the  name  of  "  Miners'  Castle,"  from  its  singular  resem- 
blance to  the  turreted  entrance  and  arched  portal  of  some  old 
castle — for  instance,  that  of  Dumbarton.  The  height  of  the  ad- 
vancing mass,  in  which  the  form  of  the  Gothic  gateway  may  be 
recognized,  is  about  seventy  feet,  while  that  of  the  main  wall 
forming  the  background  is  about  one  hundred  and  forty.  The 
appearance  of  the  openings  at  the  base  changes  rapidly  with 
each  change  in  the  position  of  the  spectator.  On  taking  a  posi- 
tion a  little  farther  to  tlie  right  of  that  occupied  by  the 
sketcher,  the  central  opening  appears  more  distinctly  flanked 
on  either  side  by  two  lateral  passages,  making  the  resemblance 
to  an  artificial  work  still  more  striking. 

"  A  little  farther  east.  Miners'  River  enters  the  lake  close 
under  the  brow  of  the  cliif,  which  here  sinks  down  and  gives 
place  to  a  sand-bank  nearly  a  third  of  a  mile  in  extent.  The 
river  is  so  narrow  that  it  requires  no  little  skill  on  the  part  of 
the  voyager  to  enter  its  mouth  when  a  heavy  sea  is  rolling  in 
from  the  north.  On  the  right  bank,  a  sandy  drift  plain,  cov- 
ered with  Norway  and  Banksian  pine,  spreads  out,  affording 
good  camping-ground— the  only  place  of  refuge  to  the  voyager 
until  lie  reaches  Chapel  River,  five  miles  distant,  if  we  excep* 
a  small  sand  beach  about  midway  between  the  two  points, 
where,  in  case  of  necessity,  a  boat  may  be  beached. 

"  Beyond  the  sand  beach  at  Miners'  River  the  cliffs  attain 
an  altitude  of  one  hundred  and  seventy-three  feet,  and  main- 
tain a  nearly  uniform  height  for  a  considerable  distance.  Here 
one  of  those  cascades  of  which  we  have  before  spoken  is  seen 
foaming  down  the  rock. 

"  The  cliffs  do  not  form  straight  lines,  but  rather  arcs  of 
circles,  the  space  between  the  projecting  points  having  been 
worn  out  in  symmetrical  curves,  some  of  which  are  of  large  di- 
mensions. To  one  of  the  grandest  and  most  regularly  formed 
we  gave  the  name  of  '  The  Amphitheatre.'  Looking  to  the 
west,  another  projecting  point — its  base  worn  into  cave-lik;- 

6 


62  LAKE    SUPi-  :i. 

forms— and  a  portion  of  the  concave  surface  of  the  intervening] 
space  are  seen. 

"  It  is  in  this  portion  of  the  series  that  the  phenomena  of 
colors  are  most  beautifully  and  conspicuously  displayed.  These 
can  not  be  illustrated  by  a  mere  crayon  sketch,  but  -^ould  re- 
quire, to  reproduce  the  natural  eifect,  an  elaborate  drawing  on 
a  large  scale,  in  which  the  various  combinations  of  color  should 
be  carefully  represented.  These  colors  do  not  by  any  means 
cover  the  whole  surface  of  the  cliff  even  where  they  are  mobi 
(conspicuously  displayed,  but  are  confined  to  certain  portions  of 
ihe  cliffs  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Amphitheatre  ;  the  great  mass 
if  the  surface  presenting  the  natural,  light-yellow,  or  raw- 
denna  color  of  the  rock  The  colors  are  also  limited  in  their 
vertical  range,  rarely  extending  more  than  thirty  or  forty  feet 
above  the  water,  or  a  quarter  or  a  third  of  the  vertical  height 
of  the  cliff.  The  prevailing  tints  consist  of  deep-brown,  yellow. 
and  gray — burnt-sienna  and  French-gray  predominating. 

'■There  are  also  bright  blues  and  greens,  though  less  fre- 
quent. All  of  the  tints  are  fresh,  brilliant,  and  distinct,  and 
harmonize  admirably  with  one  another,  which,  taken  in  con- 
nection with  the  grandeur  of  the  arched  and  caverned  surfaces 
on  which  they  are  laid,  and  the  deep  and  pure  green  of  the 
water  which  lieaves  and  swells  at  the  base,  and  the  rich  foliage 
which  waves  above,  produce  an  effect  truly  wonderful. 

"  They  are  not  scattered  indiscriminately  over  the  surface 
of  the  rock,  but  are  arranged  in  vertical  and  parallel  bands, 
extending  to  the  water's  edge.  The  mode  of  their  production 
is  undoubtedly  as  follows :  Between  the  bands  or  strata  of 
thick-bedded  sandstone  there  are  thin  seams  of  shaly  mate- 
rials, which  are  more  or  less  charged  with  the  metallic  oxides, 
iron  largely  predominating,  with  here  and  there  a  trace  of 
copper.  As  the  surface-water  permeates  through  the  porous 
strata  it  comes  in  contact  with  these  shaly  bands,  and,  oozing 
out  from  the  exposed  edges,  trickles  down  the  face  of  the  cliffs. 
and  leaves  behind  a  sediment,  colored  according  to  the  oxide 
which  is  contained  in  the  band  in  which  it  originated.  It  can 
not,  however,  be  denied  that  there  are  some  peculiarities  which 
it  is  difficult  to  explain  by  any  hypothesis. 

"  On  first  examining  the  Pictured  Eocks,  we  were  forcibly 
struck  with  the  brilliancy  and  beauty  of  the  colors,  and  won- 
dered why  some  of  our  predecessors,  in  their  descriptions,  had 
hardly  adverted  to  what  we  regarded  as  their  most  character- 
istic feature.  At  a  subsequent  visit  we  were  surprised  to  find 
that  the  effect  of  the  colors  was  much  less  striking  than  before  : 
they  seemed  faded  out,  leaving  only  traces  of  their  former  bril- 
liancy, so  that  the  traveler  might  regard  this  as  an  unimport- 
ant feature  in  the  scenery.     It  is  difficult  to  account  for  this 


LAKE    SUFKRIOR.  63 

change,  but  it  may  be  due  to  the  drynesss  or  humidity  of  the 
season.  If  the  colors  are  produced  by  the  percolation  of  the 
water  through  the  strata,  taking  up  and  depositing  the  colored 
sediments,  as  before  suggested,  it  is  evident  that  a  long  period 
of  drouth  would  cut  off  the  supply  of  moisture,  and  the  colors, 
being  no  longer  renewed,  would  fade,  and  finally  disappear. 
This  explanation  seems  reasonable,  for  at  the  time  of  our  second 
visit  the  beds  of  the  streams  on  the  summit  of  the  table-land 
were  dry. 

"  It  is  a  curious  fact,  that  the  colors  are  so  firmly  attached 
to  file  surface  that  they  are  very  little  affected  by  rains  or  the 
dashing  of  the  surf,  since  they  were,  in  numerous  instances, 
observed  extending  in  all  their  freshness  to  the  very  water's 
edge. 

"  Proceeding  to  the  eastward  of  the  Amphitheatre,  we  find 
the  cliffs  scooped  out  into  caverns  and  grotesque  openings,  of 
the  most  striking  and  beautiful  variety  of  forms.  In  some 
places  huge  blocks  of  sandstone  have  become  dislodged  and 
accumulated  at  the  base  of  the  cliff,  where  they  are  ground  up 
and  the  fragments  borne  away  by  the  ceaseless  action  of  the 
surge. 

"  To  a  striking  group  of  detached  blocks  the  name  of  '  Sail 
Rock'  has  been  given,  from  its  striking  resemblance  to  the  jib 
and  mainsail  of  a  sloop  when  spread — so  much  so,  that  when 
\iewed  from  a  distance,  with  a  full  glare  of  light  upon  it,  while 
the  cliff  in  the  rear  is  left  in  the  shade,  the  illusion  is  perfect. 
The  height  of  the  block  is  about  forty  feet. 

"  Masses  of  rock  are  frequently  disloged  from  the  cliff,  if  we 
may  judge  from  the  freshness  of  the  fracture  and  the  appear- 
ance of  the  trees  involved  in  the  descent.  The  rapidity  with 
which  this  undermining  process  is  carried  on,  at  many  points, 
will  be  readily  appreciated  when  we  consider  that  the  cliffs  do  not 
iorm  a  single  unbroken  line  of  wall ;  but,  on  the  contrary,  they 
present  numerous  salient  angles  to  the  full  force  of  the  Avaves. 
A  projecting  corner  is  undermined  until  the  superincumbent 
weight  becomes  too  great,  the  overhanging  mass  cracks,  and 
aided  perhaps  by  the  power  of  frost,  gradually  becomes  loosened, 
and  finally  topples  with  a  crash  into  the  lake. 

•'  The  same  general  arched  and  broken  line  of  cliffs  borders  the 
coast  for  a  mile  to  the  eastward  of  Sail  Rock,  where  the  most  im- 
posing feature  in  the  series  is  reached.  This  is  the  Grand  Portal 
— Lt  Grand  Portail  of  the  voya^eurs.  The  general  disposition 
of  the  arched  openings  which  traverse  this  great  quadrilateral 
mass  may,  perhaps,  be  made  intelligible  without  the  aid  of  a 
gro\ind-plan.  The  main  body  of  the  structure  consists  of  a  vast 
mass  of  a  rectilinear  shape,  p^  ejecting  out  into  the  lake  about  six 
hundred  feet,  and  presenting  a  front  of  three  hundrcl  or  four 


64  LAKE    SUPERIOR. 

hundred  feet,  and  rising  to  a  height  of  about  two  hundred  feet. 
An  entrance  has  been  excavated  from  one  side  to  the  other,  open- 
ing out  into  large  vaulted  passages  which  communicate  "with  the 
great  dome,  some  three  hundred  feet  from  the  front  of  the  cliif. 
The  Grand  Portal,  which  opens  out  on  the  lake,  is  of  magnificent 
dimensions,  being  about  one  hundred  feet  in  height,  ond  ono 
hundred  and  sixty-eight  feet  broad  at  the  water-level.  The  dis- 
tance from  the  verge  of  the  cliif  over  the  arch  to  the  water  is 
one  hundred  and  thiity-three  feet,  leaving  thirty-three  feet  fcr 
the  thickness  of  the  rock  above  the  arch  itself.  The  extreme 
height  of  the  cliif  is  about  fifty  feet  more,  making  in  all  one 
hundred  and  eighty-three  feet. 

"It  is  impossible,  by  any  arrangement  of  words,  or  by  any 
combination  of  colors,  to  convey  an  adequate  idea  of  this  won- 
derful scene.  The  vast  dimensions  of  the  cavern,  the  vaulted 
passages,  the  varied  effects  of  the  light  as  it  streams  through 
the  great  arch  and  falls  on  the  different  objects,  the  deep 
emerald  green  of  the  water,  the  xmvarying  swell  of  the  lake 
keeping  up  a  succession  of  musical  echoes,  the  reverberations 
of  one's  own  voice  coming  back  with  startling  effect,  all  these 
must  be  seen,  and  heard,  and  felt,  to  be  fully  appreciated. 

,"  Beyond  the  Grand  Portal  the  cliffs  gradually  diminish  in 
height,  and  the  general  trend  of  the  coast  is  more  to  the  south- 
east; hence  the  rock  being  less  exposed  to  the  force  of  the 
waves,  bears  fewer  marks  of  their  destructive  action.  The 
entrance  to  Chap?l  River  is  at  the  most  easterly  extremity  of  a 
sandy  beach  which  extends  f  jr  a  quarter  of  a  mile,  and  affords 
a  convenient  landiug-place,  while  the  drift-terrace,  elevated 
about  thirty  feet  above  the  lake-level,  being  an  open  pine  plain, 
affords  excellent  camping-ground,  and  is  the  most  central  and 
convenient  spot  for  the  traveler  to  pitch  his  tent,  while  he  ex- 
amines the  most  interesting  localities  in  the  series  which  occur 
in  this  vicinity — to  wit,  the  Grand  Portal  and  the  Chapel. — 
(See  Engraving.) 

The  Chapel — La  Chapelle  of  the  voyageurs — if  not  the  grand- 
est, is  among  the  most  grotesque,  of  ISTature's  architecture  here 
displayed.  Unlike  the  excavations  before  described,  which  occur 
at  the  water's  edge,  this  las  been  made  in  the  rock  at  a  height 
of  thirty  or  forty  feet  above  the  lake.  The  interior  consists  of 
a  vaulted  apartment,  which  has  not  inaptly  received  the  name 
it  bears.  An  arched  roof  of  sandstone,  from  ten  to  twenty  feet 
in  thickness,  rests  on  four  gigantic  columns  of  rock,  so  as  to 
leave  a  vaulted  apartment  of  irregular  shape,  about  forty  feet 
in  diameter,  and  about  the  sime  in  height.  The  columns  con- 
sist of  finely  stratified  rock,  and  have  been  worn  into  curious 
shapes.  At  the  base  of  one  of  them  an  arched  cavi'y  or  niche 
has  been  cut,  to  which  access  is  had  by  a  flight  of  steps  formed 


LAKE    SUPERIOR.  ~  65 

by  the  projecting  strata.  The  disposition  cf  the  Tvhole  is  such 
us  to  resemble  rery  much  the  |mlpit  of  a  church ;  since  there 
is  overhead  an  arched  canopy,  and  in  front  an  opening  out 
toward  the  vaulted  interior  of  the  chapel,  with  a  flat  tabular 
mass  in  front,  rising  to  a  convenient  height  for  a  desk,  while  on 
the  right  is  an  isolated  block,  which  not  inaptly  represents  an 
altar ;  so  that  if  the  whole  had  been  adapted  expressly  for  a  place 
of  worship,  and  fashioned  by  the  hand  of  man,  it  could  hardly 
have  been  arranged  more  appropriately.  It  is  hardly  possible 
to  describe  the  singular  and  unique  effect  of  this  extraordinary 
structure ;  it  is  truly  a  temple  of  nature — "  a  house  not  made 
with  hands." 

"  On  the  west  side,  and  in  close  proximity.  Chapel  River  enters 
the  lake,  precipitating  itself  over  a  rocky  ledge  ten  or  fifteen 
feet  in  height.  '^ 

"  It  is  surprising  to  see  how  little  the  action  of  the  stream 
has  worn  away  the  rocks  which  form  its  bed.  There  appears  to 
have  been  hardly  any  recession  of  the  cascade,  and  the  rocky 
bed  has  been  excavated  only  a  foot  or  two  since  the  stream 
assumed  its  present  direction. 

"  It  seems  therefore  impossible  that  the  river  could  have  had 
any  influence  in  excavating  the  Chapel  itself,  but  its  excavation 
must  be  referred  to  a  period  when  the  waters  of  the  lake  stood 
at  a  higher  level. 

"  Near  the  Grand  Portal  the  cliffs  are  covered,  in  places,  with 
an  efilorescence  of  sulphate  of  lime,  in  delicate  crystallizations  ; 
this  substance  not  only  incrusts  the  walls,  but  is  found  deposited 
on  the  moss  which  lines  them,  forming  singular  and  interesting 
specimens,  which  however  can  not  be  transported  without  losing 
their  beauty. 

"  At  the  same  place  we  found  numerous  traces  of  organic  life 
in  the  form  of  obscure  fucoidal  markings,  which  seem  to  be  the 
impressions  of  plants,  similar  to  those  described  by  Prof.  Hall 
as  occui'ring  in  the  Potsdam  sandstone  of  New  York.  These 
were  fii'st  noticed  at  this  place  by  Dr.  Locke,  in  1847." 

Grand  Islaivd,  125  miles  distant  from  the  Saut,  is  about  ten 

miles  long  and  five  wide,  lying  close  in  to  the  south  shore.    This 

is  a  wild  and  romantic  island ;  the  cliffs  of  sandstone,  irregular 

and  broken  into  by  the  waves,  form  picturesque  caverns,  pillars, 

and  arches  of  immense  dimensions.     The  main  shore,  also  in 


*  '•  At  this  fall,  according  to  immemorial  usage  among  the  voyagenrs  in 
ascending  the  lake,  the  mangeurs  de  lard,  who  make  their  first  trip,  re- 
ceive baptism ;  which  consists  in  giving  them  a  severe  ducking — a  cere- 
mony somewhat  similar  to  that  practiced  on  green-horns,  when  crossing 
the  line. 

6* 


66  LAKE    SUPERIOR. 

sight,  presents  a  magnificent  appearance.  Here  are  several 
other  small  islands,  and  a  good  harhor.  It  is  proposed  to  con- 
struct a  railroad  from  this  harbor  to  the  head  of  Big  Bay  de 
Noc,  the  most  northern  arm  of  Green  Bay,  only  30  miles  dis- 
tant, thus  forming  an  almost  direct  north  and  south  route  to 
Chicago,  etc. 

Marquette,  Mich.,  170  miles  from  the  Saut,  is  one  of  the 
most  flourishing  places  on  the  borders  of  Lake  Superior,  being 
the  shipping  port  of  the  rich  iron  mines,  which  are  from  four  to 
twelve  miles  distant  from  the  village.  These  mines  yield  from 
GO  to  80  per  cent,  pure  iron,  which  is  exported  in  large  quan- 
tities to  Detroit,  to  Cleveland,  and  to  Pittsburgh.  A  railroad 
extends  some  twelve  or  fourteen  miles  to  the  mines,  affording 
the  mines  facilities  for  transporting  the  ore  to  jMarquette,  where 
is  a  good  harbor.  The  village  contains  two  churches,  a  large 
hotel,  besides  several  taverns  and  stores,  and  about  1,000  in- 
habitants. A  railroad  will  soon  be  constructed  from  this  point 
to  Little  Bay  de  Noc,  about  30  miles  southeast,  which,  when 
completed,  will  greatly  facilitate  the  trafl&c  in  iron  and  copper 
ores,  in  which  this  whole  section  of  country  abounds,  as  well  as 
with  other  valuable  metals,  precious  stones,  etc. 


LAKE    SUPEEIOE    IRON    EEGION. 

"  The  discovery  of  the  iron  mountains  and  mines  of  Lake 
Superior  was  made  in  1846,  but  o-^ving  to  the  cost  of  trans-ship- 
ment and  transportation  across  the  Portage  at  the  Falls  of  St. 
Mary's  River,  but  little  was  done  to  develop  them  until  the  com- 
pletion of  the  Saut  Ste  Marie  ship  canal,  two  years  ago,  which 
gave  a  new  and  lively  impetus  to  the  business ;  audit  now  forms 
an  important  feature  of  the  Lake  iSuperior  trade. 

"  The  mines  are  situated  from  three  to  sixteen  miles  from 
Marquette,  a  pleasant  and  thriving  village  of  1,000  inhabitants, 
overlooking  Lake  Superior,  located  near  the  mouth  of  Carp 
River,  140  miles  above  Saut  Ste  Marie. 

"  The  mine  nearest  to  the  lake  is  the  Eureka,  about  two  and 
a  half  miles  from  Marquette.  The  ore  here  is  not  so  easily  or 
cheaply  obtained  as  at  the  Sharon  or  Cleveland  mountains,  but 
it  is  of  surpassing  richness,  and  yields  an  iron  of  the  finest  and 


LAKE    SUPERIOR  67 

best,  quality  for  cutlery,  etc.  It  has  not  been  worked  so  ex- 
tensively as  the  others,  but  it  is  being  prosecuted  with  vigor. 

"  The  Jackson  Iron  Mountain,  owned  by  the  Sharon  Company, 
is  situated  li  miles  from  ^Marquette ;  and  the  Cleveland  Moxmt- 
ain,  owned* by  Wm.  H.  Gordon  and  others,  of  Cleveland,  is  two 
miles  beyond.  A  plank  road,  laid  with  flat  iron  rails,  is  in 
operation  from  Marquette  to  both  of  these  mines,  and  the  ore 
is  transported  in  cars  dr:iwn  by  horses  and  mubs.  One  span 
of  horses  or  mules  will  draw  a  car  convainng  five  tons  of  ore, 
and  make  one  tr:p  a  day.  The  operative  f orc'S  at  each  of  them 
the  present  season  are  about  equal,  and  thjy  send  to  ^larquette 
an  aggregate  of  from  800  to  l.CUO  tons  per  week  These  mount- 
nius  ris^e  gradually  to  a  height  of  six  or  seven  hundred  feet,  and 
are  a  solid  mass  of  iron  ore,  yielding  from  CO  to  60  per  cent,  of 
the  best  iron  in  the  world. 

"  Two  and  a  half  miles  beyond  the  Cleveland  is  the  New 
England  Iron  ?.Iountain,  which  is  said  to  abound  with  ore  of 
equal  richness  and  quality  with  the  others,  but  as  tlio  railroad 
is  not  yet  completed  to  it,  nothing  has  been  done  to  develop  it. 
A  mile  or  two  farther  on  we  reach  the  Burt  Iron  Mountain ; 
but  as  they  all  bear  so  strong  a  resemblance  to  each  other  in 
quantity,  quality,  and  richness  of  ores,  a  description  of  one 
answers  for  them  all.  That  the  iron  of  this  region  is  inex- 
haustible admits  of  no  doubt,  and  that  it  is  the  richest  and  best 
in  the  world  has  been  clearly  proved  by  analysis  and  practical 
demonstration. 

"The  associates  of  the  late  Heman  B.  Ely,  Esq.,  are  con- 
structing a  substantial  railroad  from  iMarquette  to  the  Burt 
Mountain,  and  a  company  has  been  formed  to  continue  it  on 
to  Wisconsin  State-line.  Six  or  eight  miles  of  this  road  is  com- 
pleted, laid  with  heavy  T  rail,  and  a  locomotive  is  running  upon 
it.  The  grading  is  nearly  completed  to  the  Jackson  Mountain, 
14  miles,  and  the  iron  will  be  laid  this  fall,  or  early  in  the 
spring.  The  completion  of  this  road  will  have  a  tendency  to 
reduce  materially  the  price  of  ore  at  Marquette.  It  is  now 
held  at  $5  per  ton,  delivered  en  the  wharf;  it  can  then  be  sold 
ac  ^3  50,  and  yield  as  fair  a  profit  as  it  now  does  at  '^5. 

'*  The  Sharon  Iron  Company  have  expended  some  $300,000 
in  the  construction  of  a  substantial  breakwater  and  wharf, 
cweive  liundred  feet  long,  at  Marquette.  The  harbor  is  well 
protected,  except  against  an  east  wind,  which  blows  directly 
in  :  l)ut  an  expenditure  of  fifty  thousand  dollars,  in  extending 
the  breakAvater  already  constructed,  would  make  it  safe  at  all 
times. 

"  In.  1818,  two  years  after  the  discovery  of  iron,  the  first 
bloom  forge  on  Lake  Superior  was  built  by  the  .Jackson  Iron 
Company.     It  is  situated  aboat  ten  miles  from  Marquette,  in 


68  LAKE    SUPERIOR. 

the  vicinity  of  the  Jackson  Mountain.  It  is  a  small  affair, 
haying  only  two  fires,  and  as  the  machinery  proved  imperfect, 
but  little  has  been  done  with  it. 

"  The  second  forge  was  built  by  the  Marquette  Iron  Company 
in  1850.  located  at  the  village  of  Marquette.  This  had  four 
fires,  and  was  worked  by  steam.  It  was  in  successful  operation 
about  eighteen  months,  when  it  was  destroyed  by  fire,  in  1852 

"  The  third  bloomery  was  built,  in  1853,  by  Mr.  M'Connell 
It  is  situated  on  the  Dead  River,  six  miles  from  Marquette,  has 
two  fires,  and  is  worked  by  water-power. 

"  The  fourth  and  most  extensive  and  successful  bloom  forge, 
on  Lake  Superior  is  that  of  the  Collins  Iron  Company,  situated 
on  Dead  Kiver,  three  miles  from  Marquette.  This  was  com- 
pleted in  1855.  It  is  worked  by  water-power,  has  eight  fires, 
and  is  capable  of  manufacturing  2,000  tons  blooms  per  annum. 

"  Burt  Mount uin  is  situated  seventeen  miles  west  from  the 
lake,  and  forms  the  present  terminus  of  the  I.  M.  R.  R.  The 
surface  indications  of  the  iron  ore  at  this  point  are  of  the  first 
class,  of  which  we  procured  some  fine  specimens.  It  has  not 
yet  been  opened,  yet  those  who  understand  such  matters  think 
it  will  pay  richly  to  work  it.  We  did  not  find  all  the  surface- 
indications,  yet  what  we  did  find  contained  but  little  jasper, 
being  mostly  diamond,  granulated,  and  slate  ore.  The  weiglit 
of  it  quite  surprised  us — we  took  hold  of  a  piece  about  eight 
inches  square  and  three  in  thickness,  thinking  to  lift  it  with 
one  hand,  but  our  fingers  slipped  off  as  though  it  had  been 
oiled,  and  no  attempt  was  made  afterward  to  lift  any  but  small 
pieces.  The  bed  of  ore  ^'hich  we  found  lay  within  a  few  feet 
of  the  railroad  track,  and  could  be  loaded  on  to  cars  at  a  very 
small  expense.  It  will  probably  be  opened  as  soon  as  the  cars 
are  running  to  this  point ;  from  this  point  we  strike  off  nearly 
south  to  Lake  Angelina. 

"  Cleveland  Mountain  is  sixteen  miles  from  the  lake,  and 
one  mile  east  of  the  Burt  jNlountain.  This  mine  is  now  actively 
worked,  and  sends  down  daily  to  the  lake  from  forty  to  fifty 
tons  of  good  ore.  Mr.  D.  P.  Moore,  the  foreman  of  the  mining 
work,  informed  us  they  had  some  two  hundred  tons  of  ore  ready 
for  transportation,  and  were  constantly  gaining  upon  the  teams 
that  take  it  away.  There  are  now  about  thirty  men  employed 
at  this  mine  constantly,  and  additions  are  expected  soon.  It 
would  be  utterly  impossible  to  give  an  adequate  idea  of  the  im- 
mense amount  of  ore  at  this  point — it  lies  piled  up  in  huge 
masses  above  the  surface,  and  the  depth  of  it  can  not  be  deter- 
mined, but  probably  extends  farther  down  than  ever  will  be 
dug  to  get  it.  Indeed,  there  is  now  enough  upon  the  surface  to 
last  for  ages,  to  say  nothing  of  other  localities,  to  which  this  is 
but  a  commencement.     The  miners  have  struck  a  bed  of  jasper, 


LAKR    SUPERIOR.  69 

where  tliey  are  no^  at  work,  on  a  I'JvjI  Tvith  the  roa^l,  which 
will  not  be  very  profitable  Avor king;  yet  this  is  no  drawback 
at  all,  for  it  is  thought  that  below  it  is  as  good  ore  as  any  ob- 
tainod.  and  even  if  there  was  none,  there  is  enough  above 
ground,  which  can  be  got  out  cheaper  than  that.  This  the 
company  will  probably  do  now,  as  when  the  work  of  mining 
shall  become  thoroughly  systematized,  the  cheaper  ore  can  be 
worked  as  profitably  as  the  best  can  now.  Yet  this  is  not  neces- 
sary, as  there  is  an  unlimited  amount  of  ore  that  yields  from, 
eighty  to  ninety  per  cent,  of  pure  iron.  There  seems  to  be  no 
obstacle  now  in  the  way  of  the  successful  and  profitable  work- 
ing of  this  mine. 

"  Jackson  Aluun'ain,  from  the  lake,  is  fourteen  miles  distant, 
and  east  from  the  Cleveland  ^Mountain  to  the  place  where  the 
miners  are  working,  two  miles.  It  will  be  seen  at  once,  that 
thousands  of  tons  can  be  prepared  with  but  little  labor,  wlien  a 
good  face  is  cleaned  oft"  and  ready  for  blasting.  From  Mr. 
Zimmerman,  the  foreman  of  the  mining  operations,  we  learned 
that  the  company  have  eleven  men  now  at  work  excavating  the 
ore  and  preparing  it  for  removal.  It  may  not  be  amiss  to  re- 
mark here,  that  the  ore  is  broken  up  into  a  convenient  size  for 
handling  and  shipping,  at  all  the  mines,  before  it  is  taken  away. 
They  have  now  at  the  mines  about  five  hundred  tons  ready  for 
transportation.  The  quantity  carried  to  the  lake  as  yet,  this 
season,  is  small,  comparatively ;  but  Ave  understand  the  com- 
pany have  just  received  a  stock  of  mules,  and  will  probably 
commence  the  transportation  of  it  on  a  large  scale  very  soon. 
Where  the  miners  are  now  excavating,  the  surface  exhibits  a 
thin  layer  of  slaty  rock,  which,  being  removed,  shows  ore  of  the 
best  quality,  except  in  a  few  small  veins  which  contain  some 
jasper.  The  surface-indications  upon  the  top  of  the  mountain 
exhibit  a  rather  large  proportion  of  jasper  ;  yet  Avhere  the  side 
has  been  faced  doAvn  it  shows  that  it  is  only  at  the  surface ; 
what  it  may  be  on  penetrating  to  the  heart  of  the  mountain  it 
is  impossible  to  conjecture. 

"  The  Eureka  Mine  is  distant  from  the  lake  but  tAVo  and  a 
half  miles,  and  but  a  short  distance  from  the  raihvay,  AVxth 
which  it  connects  by  a  side  track.  Some  difficulty  has  been 
experienced  here  in  getting  out  the  ore,  in  consequence  of  the 
veins  being  imbedded  in  the  rock,  but  the  work  of  excavating 
has  been  persevered  in,  until  it  now  promises  well.  The  ore 
improTes  as  it  progresses  doAvnward,  and  the  veins  grow  Avider. 
The  close  proximity  of  this  mine  to  the  lake  gives  it  an  ad- 
vantage over  those  more  distant,  as  the  cost  of  transportation 
will  be  materially  lessened.  There  are  many  locations  within 
the  district  Avhich  we  passed  over,  that  Ave  did  not  visit.  They 
are  not  yet  opened,  and  we  did  not  think  it  proper  to  describe 


70  LAKR    SUPERIOR 

them  vintil  they  should  be,  and  theii*  value  ascertained.     Thid 
will  probably  be  done  at  no  distant  day." — Rtj)ort  o/1856. 

Carp  and  Dead  rivers  both  flow  into  Lake  Superior,  near 
Marquette,  on  each  side  of  which  there  are  rapids  and  falls  of 
great  beauty,  aifording  good  water-power.  Chocolate  River 
also  flows  into  the  lake  some  two  or  three  miles  east  of  Marquette, 
hut  through  a  different  geological  formation. 

On  leaving  Marquette,  the  steamer  usually  runs  in  a  N.W. 
direction,  passing  Presqu?  Ih,  Granite  Point,  and  Granite 
Island,  the  latter  having  two  vertical  walls  of  trap  20  feet 
high  and  12  feet  apart,  forming  a  good  boat-harbor. 

Stanahd's  Rock,  discovered  by  Captain  Stanard  in  18-35, 
while  in  the  employ  of  the  American  Fur  Company,  sailing 
the  schooner  John  Jacob  Astor,  is  a  solitary  and  dangerous 
bare  rocky  projection,  rising  out  of  the  lake,  off  the  mouth  of 
Keweenaw  Bay,  in  the  route  of  the  steamers  on  their  way  from 
Marquette  to  Copper  Harbor,  65  miles. 

L'Anck  is  an  excellent  harbor,  where  is  a  small  settlement, 
situated  at  the  head  of  Keweenaw  Bay.  A  short  distance  north 
are  located  a  Roman  Catholic  and  Methodist  mission  house  and 
church.  The  Catholic  being  on  the  west  shore  of  the  bay,  and 
the  Methodist  on  the  cast,  both  are  surrounded  by  Indian 
tribes  and  seitlv-mcn-S.  This  locality,  at  no  distant  day,  must 
become  an  important  point,  being  favorably  situated  between 
the  iron  and  copper  regions  of  Lake  Superior. 

Portage  Extry,  situated  on  the  west  shore  of  Keweenaw 
Bay,  about  fifteen  miles  north  of  L'Ance,  at  the  outlet  of  Port- 
-  age  Lake,  is  a  new  and  important  place,  from  whence  some  of 
the  rich  copper  ore  of  this  region  is  exported. 

Portage  Lake  is  an  extensive  and  beautiful  sheet  of  water, 
(Extending  to  within  half  a  mile  of  the  entire  breadth  of  tht 
peninsula  of  Keweenaw  Point,  in  the  county  of  Houghton.  It 
receives  a  number  of  small  streams,  draining  the  rich  copper 
region  of  Lake  Superior.  No  portion  of  the  south  shore  of  Lake 
.'Superior  exceeds  this  lake  and  its  vicinity  as  a  resort  for  hcaltL 
and  pleasure. 


LAKE    SUPERIOR.  71 

Kewekxaw  Poixt*  is  a  large  extent  of  land  jutting  out 
into  Lake  Superior,  from  ten  to  twenty-five  miles  wide,  and 
about  sixty  miles  in  length.  This  section  of  country  for  up- 
ward of  100  miles,  running  from  southwest  to  northeast, 
abounds  in  silver  and  copper  ores,  yielding  immense  quantities 
of  the  latter ;  much  of  it  being  pure  native  copper,  but  often  in 
such  large  masses  as  to  render  it  almost  impossible  to  be  sepa- 
rated for  the  purpose  of  transportation.  Masses  weighing  from 
]  ,000  to  5,000  pounds  are  often  sent  forward  to  the  Eastern 
markets.  The  geological  formation  is  very  interesting,  produ- 
cing specimens  of  rare  beauty  and  much  value. 

Maxitou  Island  lies  off  Keweenaw  Point,  on  which  is  a 
light-house  to  guide  the  mariner  to  and  from  Copper  Harbor. 
The  island  is  about  seven  miles  in  length  and  four  wide. 

Copper  Harbor,  Houghton  Co.,  Mich.,  situated  on  the  north 
shore  of  Keweenaw  Point,  250  miles  from  the  Saut,  is  one  of 
the  best  harbors  on  Lake  Superior.  The  village  contains  about 
600  inhabitants,  a  church,  and  two  hotels,  besides  several  stores 
and  storehouses.  Fort  Wilkins,  formerly  a  U.  S.  military  post, 
has  been  converted  into  a  hotel  and  water-cure  establishment 
for  the  accommodation  of  visitors  and  invalids. 

The  copper  mines  are  from  four  to  six  miles  back  of  the  land- 
ing, are  very  productive,  and  well  worthy  a  visit. 

Agate  Harbor,  ten  miles  west  of  Copper  Harbor,  is  the 
name  of  a  small  settlement.  This  port  is  not  much  frequented 
as  yet  by  steamers. 

Eagle  Harbor,  16  miles  west  of  Copper  Harbor,  is  a  good 
steamboat  landing.  Here  is  a  good  public-house,  together  with 
several  stores  and  storehouses.  The  mines  are  situated  three 
miles  and  upward  from  the  landing. 


*  "  On  many  maps  spelled  Keiceetcaiwona,  and  otherwise.  Pronounced 
by  our  Indians,  '  Ki-wi-wai-non-ing,'  now  written  and  pronounced  as 
above;  meaning  a  portage,  or  place  where  a  portage  is  made — the 
whole  distance  of  some  eighty  or  ninety  miles  around  the  Point  being 
saved  by  entering  Portage  Lake  and  following  up  a  small  stream,  leaving 
a  portage  of  only  about  a  half  mile  to  Lake  Superior  on  the  other  side." — 
Foster  and  Whitney^s  Report. 


72  LAKE    SUPERIOR. 

Eagle  River  Harbor  and  village  are  favorably  situated  at 
the  mouth  of  a  stream  of  the  same  name.  Here  is  a  thriving 
settlement,  it  being  the  outlet  of  the  celebrated  Cliff  and  North 
American  Copper  mines,  two  of  the  most  successful  copper  min- 
ing companies  probably  in  this  or  any  other  country.  Hera 
the  lamented  Dr.  Houghton  was  drowned,  October,  1845,  while 
engaged  in  exploring  this  section  of  country — Keweenaw  Point 
and  adjacent  country  being  very  appropriately  named  Hough- 
ton County  in  honor  of  his  memory. 

The  following  is  an  account  of  the  melancholy  death  of  Pv 
Houghton : 

"  By  a  friend  direct  from  Lake  Superior,  we  have  the  painful 
intelligence  of  the  death  of  Dr.  Douglas  Houghton,  State  Geolo- 
gist of  Michigan,  who,  with  two  voyageurs  or  half-breeds,  was 
drowned  by  the  swamping  of  their  boat  on  Lake  Superior 
during  a  storm  on  the  13th  of  October,  1845,  as  they  were  com- 
ing down  from  a  portage  to  Copper  Harbor.  They  were 
swamped  about  a  mile  and  a  half  from  Eagle  River.  Dv. 
Houghton  had  been  for  some  time  engaged  in  a  geological  au^l 
linear  survey  of  the  Copper  Region  for  the  Federal  Government, 
and  was  engaged  in  the  discharge  of  this  duty  when  he  met 
with  his  lamented  end.  He  was  about  50  years  old,  univer- 
sally beloved  by  those  who  knew  him,  and  had  by  years  of  pa- 
tient toil  and  study  acquired  a  knowledge  of  the  ]Mineral  Re- 
gion which  no  living  man  possesses  or  can  for  years  acquire. 
His  death  is  not  only  a  sore  blow  to  his  family  and  numerous 
» friends,  but  a  public  calamity.  His  body  had  not  been  recov- 
ered on  the  22d,  when  our  informant  left,  though  search  had 
been  made  for  it.  The  body  of  one  of  his  voyageurs  (Pequette) 
had  been  found,  with  a  few  pieces  of  the  boat.  There  were  fnir 
with  him  at  the  time  of  the  disaster,  two  of  whom  were  hurled 
by  the  waves  upon  the  rocks,  ten  feet  above  the  usual  level  of 
the  waters." 

Ontonagon,  Ontonagon  Co.,  Mich.,  336  miles  from  the  Saut 
Ste  Marie,  is  advantageously  situated  at  the  mouth  of  the  river 
of  the  same  name.  The  river  is  about  200  feet  wide  at  its 
mouth,  with  a  sufficient  depth  of  water  over  the  bar  for  large 
steamers.  Here  is  being  erected  an  extensive  pier  and  break- 
water. The  village  contains  an  Episcopal,  a  Presbyterian,  and 
a  Roman  Catholic  church;   three  good  hotels,  the  Bigelow 


LAKE    SUPERIOR.  73 

House  being  tlie  largest ;  2  steam  saw- mills,  and  10  or  12  stores 
and  storebouses,  §nd  about  1,500  inhabitants. 

In  this  vicinity  are  located  the  Minnesota,  the  Norwich,  the 
National,  the  Rockland,  and  several  other  very  productive  cop- 
per mines.  The  ore  is  found  from  12  to  15  miles  from  the  land- 
ing, being  imbedded  in  a  range  of  high  hills  traversing  Kewee- 
naw Point  from  N.E.  to  S.W.  for  about  100  miles.  Silver  is 
here  found  in  small  quantities,  beautifully  intermixed  with  the 
copper  ore,  which  abounds  in  great  masses. 

"  During  the  month  of  July,  1856,  the  Minnesota  Mine  raised 
152  tons  1,272  pounds  of  copper.  One  mass  from  this  mine 
weighed  7,122  pounds — the  largest,  we  believe,  yet  sent  from 
that  district. 

"  The  Rockland  raised  in  the  same  month  30  tons  848  pounds. 
Some  of  the  masses  raised  were  the  most  beautiful  and  pure 
which  have  ever  been  seen  upon  the  lake." 


LAKE  SUPERIOR  INTELLIGENCE. 

"We  have  received  a  late  copy  of  the  Lake  Superior  Miner, 
and  condense  from  its  columns  some  interesting  intelligence 
concerning  Lake  Superior  matters. 

"  Ontonagon  is  said  to  be  improving  very  rapidly,  and  the 
Miner  thinks  it  destined  to  become  the  most  important  point 
on  the  lake  shore.  During  1856,  some  forty  new  buildings 
were  erected,  various  streets  graded  and  planked,  and  a  large 
amount  of  real  estate  sold  to  actual  settlers. 

"  The  Minnesota  Mine,  fifteen  miles  from  Ontonagon,  shipped 
iuring  the  year  ending  January  1,  1857,  3,718,403  pounds  of 
copper.  Of  this  amount  only  255,854  pounds  was  stamp  work. 
The  copper  will  probably  be  found  of  a  high  purity.  There  are 
now  employed  on  the  location,  above  and  below  ground,  some 
537  persons. 

"  The  Rockland,  National,  Nebraska,  and  other  mines,  are 
also  reported  as  raising  large  quantities  of  copper. 

"  Great  improvements  have  been  made  on  the  Ontonagon 
harbor,  and  several  new  docks  and  piers  erected. 

'•  All  the  mines  are  making  preparations  to  ship  copper 
largely  during  the  coming  season,  when  '  lively  times'  are  ex- 
pected. 

"  It  would  be  well  for  our  Eastern  merchants  to  open  a  larger 
trade  with  Lake  Superior,  in  which  there  is  a  good  chance,  if 
we  mistake  not,  for  investments  of  a  most  profitable  nature." 


74 


LAKE    SUPERIOR. 


COPPPEE  MIXING  MATTEES. 

"  The  Minnesota  has  raised  during  the  year  ending  Jan.  1st, 
1857,  3,718,403  pounds  of  copper.  They  have  built  during  the 
year  one  very  fins  -warehouse  and  office,  25  by  60,  an  excellent 
agent's  house,  a  minister's  house,  and  a  new  engine-house. 

"  The  following  is  the  product  of  the  year  1856,  by  months 
In  that  time  the  iSIinnesota  leads  the  Cliff,  in  mine  production, 
by  more  than  200  tons,  and  we  think  the  difference  in  ingot 
copper  will  be  still  greater  in  favor  of  the  former  mine. 


JaruiarT 31 8,1 77 

Eebniarv 806,532 

March 380,43S 

April 818,311 

Mav 305,117 

June 303,123 


July 305.272 

August 80i',731 

September 800.201 

October 307,135 

November S13.372 

Becember 800,994 


Total  pounds,  nett 3,718,403 

Or  1,S59  tons  403  pounds. 

"  The  Clijf  raised,  during  the  year  preceding  December  1, 
1856,  at  which  their  fiscal  year  terminates,  3,291,229  pounds 
of  copper,  or  1,654  tons  and  1,239  pounds.  They  raised  diiring 
the  preceding  year  a  little  less  than  1.489  tons,  which  shows  an 
increase  of  about  149  tons  in  favor  of  the  year  just  past. 

"  The  following  additional  shipments  were  made  by  the 
various  mines  on  the  Point  during  the  last  season.  We  can 
only  regret  that  we  are  not  able  to  make  the  list  complete  a ; 
present. 


North  America 645,498 

Rockland 89«,1  SS 

Connecticut 44,080 


Central ]  05,487 

Northwestern 30,683 

Copper  Falls,  about 306,000 


"This  last-named  mine  shipped  some  pounds  more  than  the 
^  mount  in  the  table. 

"  The  following  is  the  amount  in  round  tons  shipped  from  the 
Portage  Lake  District. 


Quincy 20 

Pewabic 103 


Isle  Eoyale 293 

Portage 101 

Huron -2  i 

La  Pointe,  La  Pointe  Co.,  Wis.,  situated  on  Madeline  Island, 

one  of  the  group  of  the  Twelve  Apostles,  410  miles  from  the 

Saut,  and  83  miles  from  Superior  City,  is  a  highly  important 

place.     It  was  early  settled  by  the  Jesuits  and  American  Fur 

Traders.     The  population  consists  of  a  mixture  of  Indians, 

French  Canadians,  and  Americans.    In  addition  to  its  fur  trade. 

La  Pointe  J  as  long  been  the  favorite  resort  of  the  "  red  man" 


LAKE    SUPERIOR.  75 

and  the  "  pale  face;"  the  former  will  no  doubt  soon  disappear, 
as  the  spirit  of  speculation  has  entered  this  whole  region  of 
country.  Here,  among  the  islands,  are  to  be  found  some  of  the 
best  fishing-grounds  for  which  Lake  Superior  is  so  justly  famed. 

The  Twelve  Apostles'  Isles  consist  of  the  Madeline,  Cap, 
Line,  Sugar,  Oak,  Otter,  Bear,  Eock,  Cat,  Ironwood,  Outer, 
and  Presque  Isle,  besides  a  few  smaller  islands,  being  grouped 
together  a  short  distance  off  the  mainland,  presenting  during 
the  summer  months  a  most  pictiu'esque  and  lovely  appearance. 
Hera  are  to  be  seen  clay  and  sandstone  cliffs  rising  from  100  to 
200  feet  above  the  waters,  while  most  of  the  islands  are  clothed 
with  a  rich  foliage  of  forest  trees. 

Bayfield,  La  Pointe  Co.,  Wis.,  three  miles  west  of  La  Pointe, 
has  a  good  harbor.  The  village  is  situated  on  the  mainland, 
from  whence  it  is  proposed  to  build  a  railroad  for  a  distance  of 
120  miles  to  the  St.  Croix  Ptiver,  terminating  at  a  point  where 
the  above  river  becomes  navigable. 

Ashland,  12  miles  south  of  La  Pointe,  at  the  head  of  Chag- 
wamegon  Bay,  is  another  new  settlement  no  doubt  destined  to 
rise  to  some  importance,  it  having  a  very  spacious  and  secure 
harbor. 

Maskeg  River,  a  considerable  stream,  the  outlet  of  several 
small  lakes,  enters  Lake  Superior  about  15  miles  east  of  Ashland , 
some  ten  miles  farther  eastward  enters  Montreal  River,  form- 
ing the  boundary,  in  part,  between  the  States  of  jVlichigan  and 
Wisconsin. 

On  proceeding  from  La  Pointe  westward,  the  steamer  usually 
passes  around  Point  de  Tour,  ten  miles  north,  and  enters  Fond 
du  Lac,  a  noble  bay  situated  at  the  head  of  Lake  Superior.  It 
may  be  said  to  be  50  miles  long  and  20  miles  wide,  abounding 
in  good  fishing-grounds. 

Superior,  or  Superior  City,  Douglass  Co.,  Wis.,  is  most 
advantageously  situated  on  a  bay  of  Superior,  at  the  west  end 
of  the  lake,  near  the  mouth  of  St.  Louis  River.  Here  is  a  church, 
two  hotels,  and  ten  or  fifteen  stores  and  storehouses,  and  about 
1,500  inhabitants     A  small  river  called  the  Nemadji  runs 


76  LAKE    SUPERIOR. 

througli  Superior,  and  enters  into  the  bay.  Perhaps  no  plac^j 
on  Lake  Superior  has  commercial  advantages  equal  to  this  town ; 
its  future  is  magnified  almost  beyond  conception.  The  St.  Croix 
ind  Superior  Railroad  is  proposed  to  terminate  at  this  place, 
sxt^nding  southward  to  Hudson  on  the  St.  Croix  River,  about 
140  miles.  Another  railroad  is  proposed  to  extend  westward 
b  the  Sauk  Rapids,  on  the  Upper  Mississippi,  either  from  thii- 
)lace  or  Portland,  Min. 


NOTES  OF  TRAVEL. 

From  a  Correspondent  of  the  Buffalo  Courier. 

Ontonagon — La  Pointe — Superior  City. 

Dated,  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  August,  1856. 

*'  On  Sunday  we  attended  church  in  Ontonagon,  situated  on 
the  south  shore  of  Lake  Superior.  There  are,  I  believe,  four 
congregations,  viz.,  Presbyterian,  Episcopalian,  Methodist,  and 
Catholic.  Their  houses  of  worship  bear  the  characteristics 
of  the  place ;  they  are  hasty  but  comfortable  edifices,  which,  as 
the  place  advances,  must  give  way  to  more  substantial  and  taste- 
ful structures. 

On  ^londay  the  steamer  "  Lady  Elgin"  arrived,  bound  for 
Superior  City.  AVe  got  on  board  about  half-past  three  o'clock, 
and  left,  without  any  poignant  regret,  the  young,  but  ambitious 
Ontonagon. 

■  '•  We  arrived  at  La  Pointe  at  ten  o'clock  in  the  evening,  situ- 
ated on  the  southern  extremity  of  Madeline  Island,  the  largest 
of  the  group  denominated  the  Apostles'  Mands.  La  Pointe 
has  been  a  place  of  considerable  importance  as  a  fur-trading 
post,  and  is  still  a  common  resort  of  the  Indians  desiring  to  sell 
furs  or  obtain  supplies.  Speculators  have  seized  upon  it.  ami 
to  believe  their  representations,  it  is  about  the  only  place  of  any 
consequence  upon  the  lake.  How  much  of  a  village  it  is,  or 
how  it  is  situated,  the  shades  of  night  prevented  me  from  observ- 
ing. I  watched,  however,  when  a  passenger  came  on  board,  and 
observed  his  feet  clogged  with  clay ;  so  I  concluded  that  the 
island  had  a  clay  soil. 

"In  the  morning  of  the  following  day  we  found  ourselvef 
maneuvering  to  get  into  the  harbor  of  Superior.  This  plact- 
h:TS  one  of  most  beautiful  natural  harbors  that  I  ever  witnessed 
The  town  is  situated  on  the  extreme  end  of  Lake  Superior,  on  a 
gentle  declivity  overlooking  the  water.  Immediately  in  front  a 
long,  narrow  strip  of  land  shoots  across,  cutting  off  a  commo 


LAKE    SUPERIOR.  77 

dious  and  perfectly  secure  harbor.  This  natural  breakwater 
seems  almost  to  have  been  placed  there  artificially,  so  exactly  is 
it  adapted  to  its  purpose.  The  harbor  has  but  one  fault,  and 
that  is  a  serious  one,  yet  which  may  be  remedied  by  sufficient 
outlay.  Boats  of  a  sufficient  capacity  to  undergo  the  weather 
of  these  lakes  can  not  find  sufficient  depth  of  water,  except  in 
narrow  and  confined  channels  of  the  bay.  A  dr edging-machine 
kept  at  work  here  for  a  few  months  would,  I  believe,  entirely 
relieve  it  from  these  difficulties." 

Vf  AHBAGON  is  the  name  of  a  new  town  that  has  been  laid  out 
on  the  Wisconsin  side  of  the  St.  Louis  Kiver,  opposite  to  the 
Indian  village  of  Fond  du  Lac,  and  at  the  end  of  navigation  on 
the  northern  lakes  and  rivers.  It  is  the  farthest  inland  point 
accessible  by  vessels  from  the  ocean — being  fourteen  miles  west 
of  Superior.  It  is  said  to  })e  the  only  point  on  the  St.  Louis 
River  that  can  be  reached  by  roads  from  the  south  or  west 
without  crossing  the  river. 

Gordojm-,  the  name  of  a  new  town  located  on  the  line  of  the 
St.  Croix  and  Lake  Superior  Eailroad,  and  about  midway  be- 
tween Superior  and  Hudson,  is  now  attracting  the  attention  of 
capitalists. 

Distances  from  Fond  du  L.a.c  to  St.  Paul,  Min. 

Fo?j-d-du-Lac,  (St.  Louis  River) Miles. 

Pokagema,  {Portage) 75 

Falls  St.  Croix,  {Canoe) 40  115 

Marine  Mills,  {Steamboat) 19  134 

Stillwater,  "  11  145 

St.  Paul,  {Stage) .- 18  163 

Distance  from  Superior  City  to  St.  Cloud  (Sauk  Rapids), 
by  proposed  railroad  route,  120  miles.  St.  Cloud  to  St.  Paul, 
76  miles.     Total,  196  miles. 

Distances  from  Superior  City  to  Pembina,  Min. 

Superior Miles. 

Crow  Wing 80 

Otter  Tail  Lake 70  150 

Rice  River 74  224 

Sand  Hills  River 70  294 

Grand  Fork,  (Red  River) 40  334 

Pembina 80  414 

FrQm  St.  Paul  to  Pembina,  via  Crow  Wing 464  miles. 

7* 


78  LAKE    SUPERIOR. 


SUPEEIOPw   CITY 

The  Superior  Chronicle  of  the  20th  of  Jan.,  1857,  arrived  by 
mail  a  day  or  two  since,  and  is  pretty  much  taken  up  with  a 
'  semi-annual  reyiew  of  the  town  of  Superior,  Wisconsin.' 
The  statement  is  highly  flattering  to  the  enterprise  of  the  cit- 
izens, as  well  as  to  the  natural  advantages  of  the  location — the 
extreme  western  and  northern  point  of  lake  navigation.  The 
number  of  inhabitants  is  about  1,500,  being  an  increase  in  one 
year  of  900.  The  number  of  houses  in  June,  1866, 196,  and  in 
January,  1857,  340. 

There  are  in  and  round  the  town  five  saw-mills  in  operation. 
Eight  hundred  thousand  feet  of  lumber  were  imported,  and  one 
million  feet  of  lumber  made  by  the  mills.     The  Chronicle  says  : 

"  The  lands  granted  to  build  a  road  from  Hudson  to  Superior, 
and  from  Superior  to  Bayfield,  have  passed  into  the  hands  of 
the  St.  Croix  and  Lake  Superior  Railroad  Company,  and  that 
company  have  contracted  with  Messrs.  Dillon,  Jackson,  Jarrett 
&  Co.  for  the  construction  and  entire  equipment  of  that  portion 
of  the  road  between  Superior  and  Hudson  within  two  years  from 
the  4th  of  July  next.  These  contractors  are  also  obligated  to 
build  a  good  wagon  road  from  this  place  to  the  St.  Croix  River 
this  winter ;  and  also  to  complete,  early  next  spring,  an  ex- 
tensive pier  and  warehouse  on  the  grounds  of  the  company  at 
the  mouth  of  the  Nemadji  River.  About  sixty  men  are  em- 
ployed in  constructing  the  wagon  road,  and  parties  are  pre- 
paring the  piles  and  timbers  for  the  docks  and  warehouses 
The  contractors  have  about  $10,000  worth  of  provisions  and 
supplies  for  next  summer's  operations  distributed  along  this  end 
of  the  line.  Next  season  the  work  on  the  road  is  to  be  com- 
menced at  three  difierent  points — Superior,  Gordon,  and  Hud- 
son ;  and  on  this  division  one  thousand  men  will  be  employed. 

"  The  St.  Croix  and  Lake  Superior  Railroad  Company  in- 
tend erecting  next  spring  a  substantial  dock  and  warehouse  on 
their  depot  grounds  at  the  mouth  of  the  Nemadji  River.  The 
dock  will  be  three  hundred  feet  long  by  fifty  wide,  and  the 
warehouse  one  hundred  and  ten  feet  front  by  forty  deep,  tlie 
timbers  for  which  are  now  being  got  out,  and  the  first  install- 
ment is  to  be  delivered  on  the  ground  the  present  week. 

"  The  proprietors  of  Superior  are  constructing  a  very  ex- 
tensive dock  on  the  river  bank  opposite  to  the  depot  grounds  of 
the  .railroad  company.  It  commences  on  the  bay  front,  about 
seven  hundred  feet  from  the  mouth  of  the  river,  and  runs  from 
thence  a  distance  of  two  thousand  feet.  It  is  to  be  fifty  feet 
"Wide,  and  connected  with  the  mainland  by  a  causeway  over  the 
marsh  at  the  foot  of  Robinson  Avenue 


LAKE   SUPERIOR.  79 

"  A  company  to  erect  a  Masonic  Hall  was  organized  last 
summer,  with  a  capital  stock  of  S7,000.  It  was  placed  under 
contract,  and  the  work  begun,  but  owing  to  the  difficulty  in 
collecting  assessments  in  consequence  of  the  absence  of  many 
of  the  stockholders,  it  was  suspended  until  next  spring.  It  is 
proposed  to  erect  a  very  large  hotel  in  the  vicinity  of  this  Hall 
next  summer,  at  a  cost  of  880,000,  but  as  the  organization  is 
not  perfected,  we  can  make  but  a  brief  allusion  to  it. 

'•  Several  years  ago  Congress  made  an  appropriation  of 
$15,000  to  build  a  light-house  at  this  place ;  but,  like  all  other 
matters  intrusted  to  government  officials,  its  commencement  has 
been  unnecessarily  delayed.  It  is  under  contract,  and  as  the 
limitation  allowed  for  its  completion  will  expire  next  fall,  we 
feel  pretty  sure  that  its  construction  will  be  commenced  on  the 
opening  of  navigation. 

"  The  arrivals  at  this  port  for  the  past  three  years  bear  the 
following  comparison : 


Yea  s. 

1S54  

Steaml)oats. 
2     .... 

Sailing  Vessels. 
5     

T0t:ll. 

..      7 

1S55 

23     .... 

10     ,.'.... 

..   m 

1S56 

40     .... 

16     

..     56 

"  This  table  shows  an  increase  in  1855  over  1854  of  2G  ves- 
sels, and  an  increase  in  1856  over  1855  of  23  vessels." 

Portland,  St.  Louis  Co.,  i\Iin.,  advantageously  situated  at 
fhe  extreme  west  end  of  Lake  Superior,  seven  miles  N.W.  from 
Supei  ior  City,  is  a  place  of  growing  importance,  where  is  a 
good  steamboat  landing,  with  bold  shore.  This  is  the  capital 
of  the  county,  and  bids  fair  to  be  a  successful  competitor  with 
Superior  City  for  the  carrying  trade  of  the  Great  West  and 
Pacific  coa-st.  Along  the  shore  of  the  lake  northward  are  to  be 
seen  bold  sandy  bluffs  and  highlands,  supposed  to  be  rich  in 
mineral  wealth. 

Fond  du  Lac,  St.  Louis  Co.,  Min.,  is  situated  on  St.  Louis 
Ptiver,  20  miles  above  its  entrance  into  Lake  Superior.  Vessels 
of  a  large  class  ascend  to  this  place,  being  within  four  miles  of 
■yie  St.  Louis  Falls,  having  a  descent  of  about  60  feet,  affording 
an  immense  water-power.  Here  are  sandstone  and  slate  quar- 
ries, from  which  stone  and  slate  are  quarried,  and  extensively 
used  for  building  purposes.  Iron  and  copper  ore  abound  in  the 
vicinity.  These  advantages  bid  fair  to  make  this  point  a  mart 
of  commerce  and  manufacture. 


80  LAKE    SUPERIOR. 

St.  Louis  Kiver,  flowing  into  tlie  S.TV.  end  of  Lake  Supe- 
rior, is  a  large  and  important  stream,  and  is  navigable  for 
steamers  and  lake  craft  for  upward  of  20  miles  from  its  mouth. 
Above  the  falls  (where  the  water  has  a  descent  of  60  feet,  pre- 
senting a  beautiful  appearance) ,  the  river  is  navigable  for  canoes 
and  small  craft  for  about  80  miles  farther.  This  river  is  the 
recipient  of  the  waters  of  several  small  lakes  lying  almost  due 
north  of  its  outlet,  its  head  waters  flowing  south  from  near 
Rainy  Lake. 

Clifton,  St.  Louis  Co.,  I\Iin.,  situated  11  miles  N,E.  of  the 
head  of  Lake  Superior,  is  a  new  settlement.  In  the  vicinity 
are  rich  copper  mines  and  good  farming  lands. 

BuRLiivGTOn"  is  another  new  settlement,  situated  northeast 
of  Clifton,  possessing  similar  advantages. 

ENCAMPMENT  is  the  name  of  a  river,  island,  and  village, 
where  is  a  good  harbor,  the  mouth  of  the  river  being  protected 
by  the  island.  On  the  river,  near  its  entrance  into  the  lake, 
are  falls  aifording  fine  water-power.  Cliffs  of  greenstone  are  to 
be  seen,  rising  from  200  to  300  feet  above  the  water's  edge,  pre- 
senting a  handsome  appearance.  To  the  north  of  Encampment, 
along  the  lake  shore,  abound  porphyry  and  greenstone.  This 
locality  is  noted  for  a  great  agitation  of  the  magnetic  needle ; 
the  depth  of  water  in  the  vicinity  is  too  great  for  vessels  to 
anchor,  the  shores  being  remarkably  bold,  and  in  some  places 
rise  from  800  to  1,000  feet  above  the  water. 

Hiawatha  is  another  new  settlement,  situated  on  the  west 
shore  of  Lake  Superior,  where  is  found  copper  ore  and  other 
valuable  minerals,  precious  stones,  etc. 

Grand  Portage,  Min.,  advantageously  situated  on  a  secure 
bay,  near  the  mouth  of  Pigeon  River,  is  an  old  station  of  the 
Amea-ican  Fur  Company.  Here  is  a  Roman  Catholic  Mission,  a 
block-house,  and  some  12  or  15  dwellings.  Mountains  from  800 
to  1,000  feet  Jire  here  seen  rising  abruptly  from  the  water's 
edge,  presenting  a  bold  and  sublime  appearance. 

Pigeon  Bay  and  River  forms  the  northwest  boundary 
between  the  United  States  and  Canada,  or  the  Hudson  Bay 


LAKE    SUPERIOR.  81 

Company's  territory.  Pigeon  River  is  but  a  second-class  stream, 
and  by  its  junction  with  Arrow  River  continues  the  boundary 
through  Rainy  Lake  and  River  to  the  Lake  of  the  Woods, 
where  the  40th  degree  of  north  latitude  is  reached.  The  mouth 
of  Pigeon  River  is  about  48  degrees  north  latitude,  and  89  de- 
grees 30  minutes  west  from  Greenwich. 

Along  the  whole  west  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  from  St.  Louis 
River  to  Pigeon  River,  are  alternations  of  metamorphosed 
schists  and  sandstone,  with  volcanic  grits  and  other  imbedded 
traps  and  porphyry,  with  elevations  rising  from  800  to  1,200 
feet  above  the  lake,  often  presenting  a  grand  appearance. 

Pie  Island,  lying  northeast  of  Grand  Portage,  is  a  large 
island  belonging  to  the  British.  Hills  some  700  feet  in  height 
are  here  to  be  seen,  presenting  a  wild  and  romantic  appearance, 
being  formed  in  part  of  green  rock. 

Thunder  Cape  is  a  bold  promontory  on  the  north,  rising 
1,350  feet  above  the  waters  of  the  lake;  inside  of  this  point 
lies  Thunder  Bay,  a  large  and  picturesque  sheet  of  water. 

Isle  Roy  ale,  Houghton  Co.,  Mich.,  being  about  45  miles  in 
length  from  N.E.  to  S.W.,  and  from  8  to  12  miles  in  width,  is 
a  rich  and  important  island,  abounding  in  copper  ore  and  other 
minerals,  and  also  precious  stones.  The  principal  harbor  and 
only  settlement  is  on  Siskowlt  ^iz^y,. being  on  the  east  shore  of 
the  island,  about  50  miles  distant  from  Eagle  Harbor,  on  the' 
main  shore  of  Michigan. 

The  other  harbors  are — Washington  Harbor  on  the  south- 
west, Todd's  harbor  on  the  west,  and  Rock  Harbor  and  Chip- 
pewa Harbor  on  the  northeast  part  of  the  island.  In  some 
places  on  the  west  are  perpendicular  clifis  of  greenstone,  very 
bold,  rising  from  the  water's  edge,  while  on  the  eastern  shore 
conglomerate  rock  or  coarse  sandstone  abounds,  vnth.  occasional 
stony  beach.  On  this  coast  are  many  islets  and  rocks  of  sand- 
stone., rendering  navigation  somewhat  dangerous.  Good  fish- 
ing grounds  abound  all  around  this  island,  which  will,  no 
doubt,  before  many  years,  become  a  favorit-e  summer  resort  for 
the  invalid  and  sportsman,  as  well  as  the  scientific  tourist. 


82  LAKE    SUPERIOR. 

SisKowiT  Lake  is  a  considerable  body  of  water  lying  near 
tlie  center  of  the  island,  "wMch  apparently  has  no  outlet.  Other 
small  lakes  and  picturesque  inlets  and  bays  abound  in  all  parta 
'if  the  island.  Hills,  rising  from  800  to  400  feet  above  the 
Avaters  of  the  lake,  exist  in  many  localities  throughout  the 
island. 

Fort  William,  an  Hudson  Bay  Company's  post,  situated  at 
the  mouth  of  Kaministequoi  River,  is  a  very  important  locality. 
Besides  the  fort  and  Company's  buildings,  here  is  a  Roman 
Catholic  Mission  and  some  200  resident  inhabitants  of  a  mixed 
character,  mostly  in  the  employ  of  the  gigantic  Company,  which 
here  holds  undisputed  sway.  Here  commences  the  Portage  road 
to  Pembina  and  the  Red  River  Settlement. 

The  Kaministequoi  River  is  a  large  and  rapid  stream,  with 
a  fall  of  about  200  feet  perpendicular  descent  some  SO  miles 
above  its  mouth.  Canoes  descended  from  this  point  in  about 
four  hours ;  but  the  ascent  is  long  and  tedious.  The  river  is 
represented  as  containing  many  beautiful  rapids  and  islands, 
also  as  abounding  in  fish  of  various  kinds.  It  empties  its  pure 
waters  into  Thunder  Bay.  The  scenery  around  Thunder  Bay 
is  very  grand,  the  mountains,  rising  1,000  feet  and  upward  above 
the  surface  of  the  water,  have  a  very  imposing  effect. 

Black  Bay  and  River  is  another  important  locality,  being 
in  part  surrounded  by  high  elevations,  presenting  a  romantic 
and  picturesque  appearance. 

Neepigon  Bay  and  River,  situated  at  the  north  extremity 
of  Lake  Superior,  is  a  wild  and  almost  unknown  region  of 
country.  The  bay  contains  several  islands,  and  the  river  is 
represented  as  being  a  large  and  rapid  stream  rising  far  toward 
the  north,  and  from  thence  flowing  through  a  wilderness  of  great 
picturesque  beauty. 


RED    RIVER    OF    THE    NORTH.  83 

EED  EIVEE  OF  THE  XOETH. 
This  interesting  section  of  country  being  closely  connected 
mth  tlie  trade  of  the  Upper  Lakes,  and  attracting  much  atten- 
tion at  the  present  time,  "we  subjoin  the  foUomng  extract  from 
"Minnesota  and  Dacotah,"  by  C.  C.  Andrews — 1857  : 

"It  is  common  to  say  that  settlements  have  not  been  extended 
beyond  Crow  Wing,  Min,  This  is  only  technically  true.  A  few 
facts  in  regard  to  the  people  who  live  four  or  five  hundred  miles 
to  the  north  will  best  illustrate  the  nature  of  the  climate  and 
its  adaptedness  to  agriculture. 

'■There  is  a  settlement  at  Pembina,  where  the  dividing  line 
between  British  America  and  the  United  States  crosses  the 
Red  RiV'ir  of  the  North.  It  didn't  extend  there  from  our  fron- 
tier, sure  enough.  If  it  extended  from  anywhere,  it  must  have 
been  from  the  north,  or  along  the  confines  of  that  mystic  region 
called  ilainy  Lake.  Pembina  is  said  to  have  about  609  inhab- 
itants. It  is  situated  on  the  Pembina  River.  It  is  an  Indian- 
French  word  meaning  '  Cranberry.'  Men  live  there  who  were 
born  there,  and  it  is  in  fact  an  old  settlement.  It  was  founded 
by  British  subjects,  who  thought  they  had  located  on  British 
soil.  The  greater  part  of  its  inhabitants  are  half-breeds,  who 
earn  a  comfortable  livelihood  in  fur-hunting  and  farming.  It 
is  460  miles  northwest  of  St.  Paul,  and  330  miles  distant  from 
Crow  Vving.  Notwithstanding  the  distance,  there  is  consider- 
able communication  between  the  places.  West  of  Pembina, 
about  thirty  miles,  is  a  settlement  called  St.  .Joseph,  situated 
near  a  large  mythological  body  of  water  called  Muiiwakin,  or 
Devil's  Lake. 

"  Now  let  me  say  something  about  this  Red  River  of  the 
North,  for  it  is  beginning  to  be  a  great  feature  in  this  upper 
country.  It  runs  north  and  empties  into  Lake  Winnipeg,  which 
connects  with  Hudson  Bay  by  Nelson  River.  It  is  a  muddy  and 
sluggish  stream,  navigable  to  the  mouth  of  the  Sioux  Wood 
River  for  vessels  of  three  feet  draught  for  four  months  in  the 
year,  so  that  the  extent  of  its  navigation  mthin  Minnesota 
alone  (between  Pembina  and  the  mouth  of  Sioux  Wood  River) 
is  400  miles.  Buffaloes  still  feed  on  its  western  banks.  Its 
tributaries  are  numerous  and  copious,  abounding  with  the 
choicest  kind  of  game,  and  skirted  with  a  various  and  beauti- 
ful foliage.  It  can  not  be  many  years  before  this  magnificent 
valley  (together  with  the  Saskatchawan)  shall  pour  its  pro- 
ducts into  our  markets,  and  be  the  theater  of  a  busy  and 
genial  life. 

"Red  River  Settlement  is  seventy  miles  north  of  Pembina, 
and  lie?  on  both  sides  of  the  river.     Its  population  is  estimated 


84  HUDSON    BAY    COMPANY. 

at  10,000  souls.  It  owes  its  origin  and  growth  to  the  enterprise 
and  success  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company.  Many  of  the  settlers 
came  from  Scotland,  hut  the  most  were  from  Canada.  They 
speak  EngHsh  and  Canadian  French.  The  English  style  of 
society  is  well  kept  up,  whether  we  regard  the  church  with  its 
bishop,  the  trader  with  his  wine-cellar,  the  scholar  with  his 
library,  the  ofi&cer  with  his  sinecure,  or  their  paper  currency. 
The  great  business  of  the  settlement,  of  course,  is  the  fur 
traffic. 

"  An  immense  amount  of  buffalo  skins  is  taken  in  summer 
and  autumn,  while  in  the  winter  smaller  but  more  valuable 
furs  are  procured.  The  Indians  also  enlist  in  the  hunts ;  and 
it  is  estimated  that  upward  of  $200,000  worth  of  furs  are  an- 
nually taken  from  our  territory  and  sold  to  the  Hudson  Bay 
Company.  It  is  high  time  indeed  that  a  military  post  should 
be  established  somewhere  on  Red  River  by  our  government. 

"  The  'Hudson  Bay  Company  is  now  a  powerful  monopoly. 
Not  so  magnificent  and  potent  as  the  East  India  Company,  it  is 
still  a  powerful  combination,  showering  opulence  on  its  members, 
and  reflecting  a  pecuhar  feature  in  the  strength  and  grandeur 
of  the  British  empire — a  power^  which,  to  use  the  eloquent 
language  of  Daniel  Webster,  '  has  dotted  over  the  whole  surface 
of  the  globe  with  her  possessions  and  military  posts,  whose 
morning  drum-beat  following  the  sun,  and  keeping  company 
with  the  hours,  circles  the  earth  daily  with  one  continuous  and 
unbroken  strain  of  martial  music'  The  company  is  growing 
richer  every  year,  and  its  jurisdiction  and  its  lands  will  soon 
find  an  availability  never  dreamed  of  by  its  founders,  unless,  as 
may  possibly  happen,  popular  sovereignty  steps  in  to  grasp 
the  fruits  of  its  long  apprenticeship." 

The  charter  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  expires,  by  its  own 
limitation,  in  1860,  and  the  question  of  annexing  this  vast 
domain  to  Canada,  or  forming  a  separate  province,  is  now 
deepl}^  agitating  the  British  public,  both  in  Canada  and  in  the 
mother  country. 


THE  HUDSON  BAY  COMPAITY'S  CHAETEE. 

From  a  Correspondent  of  the  Toronto  Globe,  dated,  July,  1856. 

Sir — In  the  year  1670  Charles  the  Second  created  nine  in- 
dividuals a  corporate  body,  and  granted  them  a  charter  under 
the  style  and  title  of  the  '•  Hudson  Bay  Company." 

"  The  preamble  of  'Jie  charter  sets  forth,  '  that  whereas  cer- 


HUDSON    BAY    COMPANY.  85 

tain  parties  had  at  their  own  cost  and  charges  undertaken  an 
expedition  for  Hudson  Bay,  for  the  discovery  of  a  new  passage 
into  the  South  Sea,  and  for  finding  some  trade  for  furs,  miaerals, 
and  other  considerable  commodities,  etc. ;  now  know  ye  that  we, 
being  desirous  to  promote  all  endeavors  tending  to  the  public 
good  and  encourage  the  said  design,  have  granted.' 

"  The  words  of  the  grant  are  these  following : 

*' '  We  do  give,  grant,  and  confirm  unto  the  said  governor  and 
company,  and  their  successors,  the  sole  trade  and  commerce  of 
all  those  seas,  straits,  bays,  rivers,  lakes,  creeks  and  sounds,  in 
whatsoever  latitude  they  shall  be,  that  lie  within  the  entrance 
of  the  strait  commonly  called  Hudson  Strait,  together  with 
all  the  lands  and  territories  upon  the  countries,  coasts  and  con- 
fines of  the  seas,  bays,  lakes,  rivers,  creeks  and  sounds  aforesaid, 
that  are  not  already  actually  possessed  by  the  subjects  of  any 
other  Christian  prince  or  state ;  with  the  fishery  of  all  sorts  of 
fish,  whales,  sturgeon,  and  all  royal  fishes  in  the  seas,  bays, 
inlets  and  rivers  within  the  premises,  and  the  fish  therein  taken, 
together  with  the  royalty  of  the  sea  upon  the  coasts  within  the 
limits  aforesaid,  and  all  mines  royal  as  well  discovered  as  not 
discovered,  of  gold,  silver,  gems  and  precious  stones,  to  be  found 
or  discovered  within  the  territories,  limits  and  places  aforesaid ; 
and  that  the  said  land  be  from  henceforth  reckoned  and  reputed 
as  one  of  our  plantations  or  colonies  in  America  called  Ruperfs 
Land.  And  furthermore  we  do  grant  unto  the  said  governor 
and  company,  and  their  successors,  that  they  and  their  success- 
ors, and  their  factors,  servants,  and  agents  for  them,  and  on 
their  behalf,  and  not  otherwise,  shall  forever  hereafter  have, 
use  and  enjoy,  not  only  the  whole,  entire  and  only  trade  and 
traffic,  and  the  whole,  entire  and  only  liberty,  use  and  privilege, 
of  trading  and  trafficing  to  and  from  the  territory,  limits,  and 
places  aforesaid,  but  also  the  whole  and  entire  trade  and  traffic 
to  and  from  all  havens,  bays,  creeks,  rivers,  lakes,  and  seas, 
into  which  they  shall  find  entrance  or  passage  by  water  or  land, 
out  of  the  territories,  limits  and  places  aforesaid,  and  to  and 
with  all  nations  and  people  inhabiting  or  which  shall  inhabit 
within  the  territories,  limits  and  places  aforesaid,  and  to  and 
with  all  other  nations  inhabiting  any  of  the  coasts  adjacent  to 
the  said  territories,  limits  and  places,  which  are  not  already 
possessed  as  aforesaid,  or  whereof  the  sole  liberty  or  priyilege  of 
trade  or  traffic  is  not  yet  granted  to  any  other  of  our  subjects.' 
'  Who  can  say  what  constituted  Rupert's  Land  ;  or  where  it 
was  supposed  to  be  situated  ?  And  who  can  undertake  to  ex- 
plain or  give  a  true  construction  of  the  meaning  of  the  absurdly 
vague  and  indefinite  language  in  which  the  grant  in  question  is 
supposed  to  be  made  ? 

"  K  this  grant  of  land  is  worth  any  thing  at  all,  or  if  it  con- 

8 


86  HUDSON    BAT    COMPANY. 

veys  any  estate  -whatever  to  tlie  Hudson  Bay  Company,  it  must 
be  confined  to  those  islands  lying  loithin  the  entrance  of  the 
strait,  and  can  not  be  made  to  convey  any  other  portion. 

'•  The  entrance  of  the  strait  is  from  the  Atlantic,  and  the 
southern  boundary  of  the  strait  is  Labrador ;  its  coas^t  can  not 
be  said  to  be  within  the  entrance  of  the  strait,  nor  can  Hudson 
Bay,  distant  some  800  miles  from  that  entrance,  in  the  common 
acceptation  of  the  term,  be  said  to  be  within  the  entrance  of  the 
strait ;  much  less  can  the  lands  and  shores  of  Hudson  Bay  be 
said  to  lie  loithin  the  entrance  of  the  strait. 

"  If  ever  the  claims  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  are  brought 
before  a  judicial  tribunal  for  investigation,  the  interpretation 
which  shall  be  given  this  charter  (if  charter  it  is)  will  be  in  tlie 
strictest  and  most  limited  sense,  and  not  in  the  enlarged  and 
extended  one  which  that  Company  have  given  to  it. 

"  At  all  events,  '  within  the  straif  must  mean  such  a  prox- 
imity to  the  strait  as  would  give  the  lands  spoken  of  an  affinity 
or  relation  to  Hudson  Strait,  and  not  such  lands  as  from  their 
immense  distance  have  no  such  geographical  affinity  or  relation 
to  that  strait.  In  this  case  the  nearest  point  to  Hudson  Bay 
is  700  miles,  nevertheless  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  set  up  a 
claim  to  1,500  miles  beyond  this  point — 2,200  miles  from  ivithin 
the  entrance  of  Hudson  Strait. 

"  The  immense  extent  of  country  claimed  is  not  warranted 
by  any  possible  construction  of  the  charter,  and  is  wholl}''  in- 
consistent with  the  objects  of  a  trading  company,  who  evidently 
are  not  calculated  to  found  kingdoms  or  establish  states  and 
empires. 

"  Although  Henry  Hudson  is  supposed  to  be  the  discoverer 
of  Hudson  Bay.  for  he  sailed  into  the  strait  that  now  bears 
his  name  in  1610,  and  perished  there  that  year,  nevertheless 
France  laid  claim  to  all  that  territory  as  early  as  1 598.  In 
that  year  letters  patent  were  granted  by  Henry  the  4th  of 
France  to  Sieur  de  la  Roche,  creating  him  Governor-General  of 
Canada,  Hochelaga,  Terres  Nueves,  Labrador,  and  the  river  of 
the  great  Bay  of  Norrembegue. 

•'  On  the  29th  April,  1627,  Louis  the  13th  granted  a  charter  to 
a  company  called  '  Le  Compagnie  de  la  Nouvelle  France,'  to 
which  company  was  also  -ranted  the  exclusive  trade  and  pos- 
session of  the  country  called  La  JVouvcUe  France,  for  a  per.\>d 
of  fifteen  years.  Now  the  boundaries  of  '  La  Nouvell.;  France,' 
as  described  at  that  time,  include  the  whole  of  Hudson  Strait 
and  Hudson  Bay,  and  in  fact  all  that  country  extending  to  the 
Pa,cific  Ocean  which  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  now  claim. 

"By  the  treity  of  Saint  Gerinain-en-Laye  in  March,  1632, 
Charles  the  1st  of  England  resigned  to  Louis  the  13  th  of  France 
*he  sovereignty  of  Acadia,  La  JVouvelle  France,  and  Canada. 


HUDSON    BAY    COMPANY.  87 

"  Some  time  about  1663,  according  to  Charlevoix,  a  party  of 
Englisii  adventurers,  guided  by  two  French  deserters,  built  a 
trading  establishment  on  Hudson  Bay,  and  subsequently 
erected  two  or  three  others.  This  act  was  regarded  by  France 
as  one  of  usurpation,  and  accordingly  in  1686  an  expedition  was 
sent  from  Canada  under  the  command  of  Chevalier  de  Troyes, 
who  destroyed  the  establishments  and  drove  away  the  possess- 
ors, alleging  that  the  country  thus  occupied  by  them  was  in  the 
dom.nions  of  ihe  king  of  France.  During  the  war  that  subse- 
quently ensued  between  France  and  England,  these  places  were 
taken  by  the  English,  and  retained  until  the  treaty  of  Kyswick 
in  16^6.  '  By  that  treaty  they  were  again  restored  to  France, 
and  they  remained  in  her  possession  until  1714,  when  by  the 
treaty  of  Utrecht  the  whole  of  the  Hudson  Bay  countries  were 
ceded  to  England;  since  which  period  the  whole  country  has 
continued  in  her  possession. 

'■  Thus  it  is  clear  that  at  the  time  when  Charles  made  the 
grant  to  the  Hudson  Bay  Company,  it  was  not  his  to  grant, 
even  if  there  had  been  no  doubt  as  to  his  power.  The  treaty  of 
Kyswick  actually  destroyed  the  charter,  by  surrendering  the 
country  to  France ;  and  when  by  the  treaty  of  Utrecht  it  was 
ceded  to  England  in  1714,  that  country  came  to  the  crown  of 
England  clearly  freed  from  any  stipulations  as  to  the  reserva- 
tion of  any  vested  or  other  right  whatever. 


THE    HUDSON    BAY    CO'SlFA^sY. 
To  tJie  Editor  of  the  Toronto  Glole : 

Sir — In  a  city  paper,  of  the  29th  ultimo,  I  have  read  -with 
much  pleasure  some  observations  relative  to  the  Hudson  Bay 
Company,  and  the  charter  under  which  that  Company  assume 
an  exclusive  control  over  half  a  continent. 

"  The  period  has  now  arrived  when  Canada  should  assert  her 
right  in  relation  to  a  matter  of  so  important  a  nature,  and  in 
which  her  vital  interests  are  most  deeply  involved.  And  it  is 
time  that  her  mercantile  community  should  inquire  by  what 
authority  it  is  that  a  company,  consisting  of  some  two  hundred 
shareholders,  in  the  city  of  London,  claim  the  exclusive  right  to 
trade  oves'  a  country  extending  from  the  coast  of  Labrador  on 
the  east  to  the  Pacific  Ocean  on  the  west,  and  bounded  on  the 
north  only  by  the  Arctic  seas  ?  • 

"  When  we  know  that  this  community  of  commercial  adven- 
turers draw  their  wealth  and  influence  and  power  solely  from 
the  traffic  carried  on  within  this  immense  circuit  of  country, 
we  are  induced  to  ask,  how  does  it  happen  that  the  mercantile 


88  HUDSON    BAY    COMPANY. 

community  of  Canada,  liying,  as  it  ■n'cre,  "within  the  very  sphere 
of  their  action,  are  dead  to  all  those  commercial  enterprises 
which,  for  nearly  a  century  past,  has  annually  poured  into  the 
coffers  of  this  monopoly  a  copious  shower  of  wealth  ? 

"  The  reply  probably  will  be,  'It  is  not  that  our  merchants 
are  unenterprising  or  unpatriotic — but  as  the  Hudson  Bay 
Company  posssss  an  exclusive  right  to  trade  throughout  that 
country,  all  others  are  by  law  prohibited.' 

"  While  I  admit  that  this  is  the  general  impression,  I  contend 
that  it  is  an  impression  designedly  created  and  artfully  main- 
tained by  the  Hudson  Bay  Company,  in  order  that  they  may 
more  securely  profit  by  the  monstrous  imposture. 

"  There  was  a  time  when  a  company  of  Canadian  merchants 
successfully  disputed  the  assumed  claims  of  the  Hudson  Bay 
Company. 

"  That  which  then  was  accomplished  may  now  be  done  again. 

"  The  Northwest  Company  of  Montreal  pushed  their  enter- 
prises to  an  extent  which  this  chartered  one  of  Charles  the 
Second  had  never  then  attempted.  And  the  Northwest  Com- 
pany carried  these  enterprises  into  effect  at  a  time  when  the 
means  of  transport  were  in  its  very  infancy.  The  bark  canoe 
was  the  only  conveyance  by  which  merchandise  was  conveyed 
from  JMontreal,  or  by  which  the  rich  productions  of  even  in 
those  times  the  mighty  West  were  brought  in  return  to  that  city. 

"If  we  draw  a  comparison  between  the  manner  in  which 
that  trade  was  carried  on,  and  the  mode  in  which  it  could  now 
be  conducted,  while  we  can  not  but  admire  the  energy  and  the 
enterprise  of  the  merchants  of  that  day,  we  must  admit  that 
those  of  the  present  time  are  enabled  to  enjoy  advantages  which 
the  Northwest  Company  could  not  have  dreamed  of. 

"  Where  the  light  canoe  of  former  times  could  scarcely  float, 
or  where  these  were  obliged  to  discharge  their  cargoes  and  em- 
bark them  at  the  extremity  of  some  portage,  ships  of  one  thou- 
sand tons  burden  now  float,  and  a  ship  navigation  is  now  opened 
from  Montreal  to  half  way  across  the  continent ;  instead  of  the 
canoe  timidly  hugging  the  shores  of  the  great  lakes,  the  steamer 
and  propeller  are  now  seen  mid-lake  pursuing  their  courses, 
undeterred  by  wind  or  wave. 

"  The  course  of  trade,  as  conducted  in  those  days,  required 
two  years'  time  to  complete  an  order  for  goods  sent  by  the  trader 
in  the  West.  The  usual  time  for  dispatching  such  orders  was 
in  the  autumn,  when  the  canoes  were  about  to  return  for  Mon- 
treal. Sometimes  these  orders  did  not  arrive  in  time  to  be  for- 
warded by  the  fall  ships  to  England,  in  which  case  they  had  to 
lay  over  for  the  spring  ships,  or  rather  summer.  When  the 
goods  arrived  in  the  spring  at  Montreal,  they  were  then  em- 
baiked  in  canoes,  and  reached  Lake  Nippising  via  the  Ottawa 


HUDSON    BAT    COMPANY.  89 

Kiver ;  from  Lake  Nippising  they  readied  Lake  Huron  by  tlie 
French  River,  thence  along  Lake  Huron  to  the  Ste  Marie  Kiver 
to  Lake  Superior ;  and  coasting  Lake  Superior  they  reached  the 
Kaministequoi.,  up  the  Kaministequoi  to  Lac  la  Pluie,  down  Lac 
la  Pluie  and  the  La  Pluie  Pdver  to  the  Lake  of  the  Woods, 
^long  the  Lake  of  the  Woods  to  the  Winnipeg,  thence  to  Lake 
Winnipeg,  around  Lake  Winnipeg  to  the  Saskatchawan  River, 
by  it  to  Great  Slave  Lake,  thence  to  the  plains  of  Athabasca, 
and  across  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  making 
the  distance  thus  traveled  over  4,000  miles,  and  having  to  un- 
load and  reload  their  canoes  at  innumerable  portages  between 
Montreal  and  the  place  of  their  destination.  In  conducting 
this  traffic  500  French  voyageurs  were  employed,  and  in  ad- 
dition to  these  were  the  numerous  hunters  and  traders  engaged 
in  the  service  of  this  Company,  in  all,  perhaps,  to  the  number 
of  2,C'00  or  more.  And  these  men  were  all  inhabitants  of  Can- 
ada who  were  thus  early  engaged  in  developing  the  rich  pro- 
ductions of  their  country,  and  Canada  at  large  was  benefited 
by  the  trade,  for  the  wealth  it  brought  was  freely  fluug  back 
to  circulate  through  those  various  industrial  pursuits  of  life 
which  a  trade  like  this  had  called  into  action. 

"  Had  the  Northwest  Company  continued  in  existence,  there 
is  no  doubt  but  the  country  along  the  great  Lakes  Huron  and 
Superior  would  not  now  be  the  '  terra  incognita'  that  it  is  ; 
the  portals  leading  to  the  West,  such  as  the  Kaministequoi  and 
Pigeon  rivers,  would  not  have  been  closed,  as  it  were,  under 
lock  and  key,  but  the  voyageurs  making  these  the  thoroughfare 
of  their  traffic  would  have  speedily  opened  out  the  country  to 
population  and  production,  other  traders  or  merchants  would 
have  followed  in  their  wake,  and  settlements  would  have  sprung 
up  along  the  channel  down  which  this  vast  and  important  trade 
was  conducted,  by  Canadian  enterprise  alone.  The  waters  and 
the  woods  that  were  then  enlivened  by  the  stir  and  bustle  of 
these  active  and  enterprising  merchants,  and  cheered  by  the 
lively  songs  of  the  happy  voyageur,  are  now  silent  and  desert- 
ed ;  for  the  whole  of  the  trade  of  that  western  country  is  now 
directed  to  the  shores  of  Hudson  Bay,  there  to  be  stowed  in 
Hudson  Bay  Company's  ships  for  the  city  of  London. 

"  Some  idea  may  be  formed  of  the  magnitude  of  the  trade  of 
the  Northwest  Company  by  these  facts.  In  four  years  from  the 
time  of  the  formation  of  that  Company,  the  net  return  of  the 
profits  of  that  year  was  £50,000,  a  sum  of  money  which  ex- 
ceeded the  original  capital  invested.  In  three  years  afterward, 
the  annual  net  profits  had  amounted  to  £150,000;  and  each 
ensuing  year  these  profits  were  annually  increasing,  until  the 
contests  of  the  two  companies  led  to  open  warfare,  and  this 
resulted  in  a  union  of  interests. 

8* 


90  HUDSON    BAT    COMPANY. 

"  The  Hudson  Bay  Company,  ho-wever,  had  in  fact  "been  driven 
from  all  commercial  rivalry,  and  it  was  only  when  they  found 
that  neither  fraud  nor  force  in  Canada,  nor  courtly  favor,  nor 
parliamentary  influence  in  England,  could  succeed  in  driving 
the  Northwest  Company  from  their  pretended  teniture,  they 
offered  to  compromise  their  disputes,  and  proposed  to  share 
with  the  Northwest  Company  of  Montreal  their  imaginary 
privileges,  in  order  that  all  other  adventurers  to  that  country 
should  be  excluded  a  participation  in  the  spoils. 

"  Ifc  was  thus  that  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  bribed  the  rivals 
whom  they  could  not  defeat,  and  the  Northwest  Company  sub- 
scribed to  the  existence  of  claims  or  rights  which  they  had 
heretofore  defied  and  disputed,  fortified  by  the  opinions  of  such 
men  as  Lord  Brougham,  Sir  Vickery  Gibbs,  Sir  Arthur  Pigot, 
Mr.  Sponkie,  jMr.  Braidoft,  and  others. 

"  Had  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  dared  to  test  the  validity  of 
their  charter  in  a  court  of  law,  it  would  have  been  proclaimed 
to  the  world  that  every  British  subject  had  a  right  to  trade 
and  traffic,  unfettered  and  uncontrolled,  throughout  that  coun- 
try, for  that  the  Koyal  Charter  under  which  the  Hudson  Bay 
Company  claimed  exclusive  privileges  there  was  illegal,  was 
null  and  void. 

"  By  changing  the  route  of  transport  to  and  from  the  West, 
the  shorter  and  better  one,  via  the  Lakes,  became  unfrequented, 
and  its  very  existence  almost  forgotten,  and  the  now  limited 
companies  traded  without  the  apprehension  of  exciting  the 
rivalry  of  others. 

"  Their  trade  was  kept  a  secret — no  one  witnessed  the  pass- 
age of  imports  upward,  nor  the  productions  downward  from 
hunting-grounds,  claimed  by  a  company  irresponsible  to  any 
law,  or  to  any  country.  So  secret  even  now  are  all  the  opera- 
tions of  that  Company,  that  the  fiu-s  taken  within  ninety  miles 
of  Penetanguishene  are  transported  to  Lake  Superior,  thence 
to  Hudson  Bay  for  shipment  to  London. 

"  The  very  productions  of  our  own  country  are  sold  here  in 
Toronto,  after  having  been  purchased  at  the  Hudson  Bay  House 
in  London  by  our  merchants. 

'f  The  very  employes  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company,  who  are 
engaged  in  the  Orkney  Islands  at  low  wages,  are  taken  to  Lake 
Superior  via  Hudson  Bay,  lest  these  men  should  learn  that  they 
could  engage  elsewhere  at  higher  wages,  which  they  would  do 
if  taken  to  Lake  Superior  via  the  St.  Lawrence  route.  Within 
these  few  years  past,  since  the  mining  interests  have  awakened 
attention  to  Lake  Superior,  these  men  frequently  leave  the  em- 
ployment of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company,  and  such  acts  are  de- 
nominated by  the  Company's  agents  '  desertion,'  and  they  are 
often  arbitrarily  imprisoned. 


HUDSON    BAT    COMPANY.  91 

'*  With  tliis  introduction,  which,  is  very  far  from  being  such 
as  the  merits  of  the  subject  require,  let  me  now  ask  your  read- 
ers to  take  the  map  of  North  America,  trace  the  lines  of  that 
section  of  British  Xorth  America  styled  Canada,  containing 
about  350,000  square  miles,  then  compare  it  mth  that  which  is 
denominated  the  Territories  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company,  this 
portion  will  be  found  to  comprise  ahont  four  millions  of  square 
miles,  and  to  this  must  be  added  very  large  portions  of  Canada 
which  for  years  past  have  been  subjected  to  the  despotic  control 
and  blighting  influences  of  this  monstrous  monopoly. 

"  Two  hundred  stockliolders  hi  London,  without  a  single 
bond  or  tie  of  any  nature  to  the  true  interests  of  Canada,  claim 
to  hold  four  millions  of  square  miles  in  British  Amei'ica  as 
their  hunting-grounds.  Of  these  four  millions  of  square  miles, 
one  million  four  hundred  thousand  abound  in  all  those  mate- 
rials which  can  contribute  to  agricultural  and  to  natural 
wealth.  Before,  however,  entering  upon  the  subject  of  the 
capabilities  and  advantages  which  those  sections  of  our  coun- 
try for  agricultural,  mechanical,  and  mercantile  pursuits  pos- 
sess, I  propose  to  show  what,  in  fact,  is  this  supposed  charter 
of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  Huron." 


"  HuDsox  Bay,  or  Sea,  was  discovered  by  Henry  Hudson 
in  1610.  It  is  about  900  miles  in  length,  by  600  at  its  greatest 
breadth,  with  a  surrounding  coast  of  3,000  miles.  It  lies  be- 
tween the  parallels  of  51°  and  65°  north  latitude,  and  in  ex- 
tent is  about  six  times  as  large  as  Lake  Superior.  The  coasts 
are  generally  high,  rocky,  rugged,  and  sometimes  precipitous. 
The  bay  is  navigable  for  a  few  months  in  summer,  but  for  the 
greater  part  of  the  remainder  of  the  year  is  filled  up  with 
fields  of  ice.  The  transitions  of  the  thermometer  in  summer  are 
from  100°  to  40^^  in  two  days,  and  the  torrents  of  rain  are  sur- 
prising ;  the  range  of  the  thermometer  throughout  the  year  is 
140°.  The  sea  is  entered  by  Hudson  Strait,  on  the  northeast, 
which  is  about  500  miles  long,  with  a  varying  breadth,  and 
with  an  intricate  navigation  obstructed  by  several  islands.  The 
principal  bays  and  inlets  in  this  great  inland  sea  are,  James' 
Bay,  on  the  southeast,  which  is  24(1-  miles  long  by  140  wide ; 
Button's  Bay  and  Port  Nelson  on  the  western  coast,  and  Ches- 
terfield Inlet  on  the  northwest,  which,  after  stretching  far  into 
the  interior,  terminates  in  a  fresh-water  lake." — Hudson  Bay 
Territories,  by  R.  M.  Martin.  Esq. 


92  LAKE    SUPERIOR. 

Ste  IjsNACE  Island  is  a  large  and  bold  extent  of  land  lying 
on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  forming,  ynth.  other  islands, 
the  outward  barrier  to  Neepigon  Bay.  Here  may  be  seen 
mountains  rising  from  1,000  to  1,300  feet  above  the  lake.  Cop- 
per and  other  minerals  abound  in  this  region. 

The  Slate  Islat^ds,  lying  east  of  Ste  Ignace,  are  also  largo 
bodies  of  land,  lying  some  10  or  12  miles  south  of  the  main 
shore,  Tvhich  is  bold  and  precipitous,  and  supposed  to  abound 
with  copper  ore  and  other  minerals. 

Pic  Island  and  River  lie  still  farther  east.  At  the  mouth 
of  the  river  is  situated  a  post  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company. 
This  is  a  large  stream,  affording  six  feet  of  water  over  the  bar 
at  its  mouth. 

MiCHipicoTEiv  IsLAKTD  is  a  large  and  bold  body  of  land;  in 
some  places  the  surface  rises  800  feet  above  the  waters  of  the 
lake.  The  shores  abound  with  greenstone  and  amygdaloid, 
while  in  the  interior  is  found  copper  and  silver  ores.  Here  was 
located  the  Lake  Superior  Silver  Mining  Company  of  Canada. 

]\IiCHiPicoTEw  Harbor  and  River  is  another  favorable 
and  important  locality.  The  river  is  navigable  to  the  falls,  15 
miles.  It  rises  near  the  source  of  Moose  River,  which  empties 
into  James'  Bay. 

In  this  vicinity  are  found  iron  and  copper  ore  of  good  quality. 
At  the  mouth  of  the  river  is  situated  a  post  of  the  Hudson  Bay 
Company,  from  whence  the  Portage  road  extends  northward 
about  300  miles  to  James'  Bay,  on  the  south  end  of  Hudson 
Bay. 

This  road  has  been  traveled  in  six  days  from  Lake  Superior 
to  Moose  Fort,  situated  on  James'  Bay,  although  the  usual  time 
is  from  eight  to  ten  days.  A  chain  of  forts  or  trading-houses 
is  passed  along  this  line,  situated  for  the  most  part  on  Moose 
River,  emptying  into  the  head  of  James'  Bay,  near  52°  N.  lat. 
The  time,  no  doubt,  will  soon  arrive,  when  the  Canadian  public 
■wiU  claim  this  route  for  the  purpose  of  trade  and  commerce,  it 
forming  a  most  direct  comniunication  between  the  Arctio 
Ocean,  Hudson  Bay,  Lake  Superior,  and  the  lower  lakes. 


LAKE    SUPERIOR.  93 

Montreal  Island  and  Eiver  is  another  locality  south  of 
Rlichipicoten,  "which  abounds  in  minerals  of  different  kinds. 

Caribou  i%a  small  island  lying  about  30  miles  south  of 
Michipicoten,  near  the  middle  of  the  lake.  It  is  usually  passed 
in  sight  when  the  steamers  return  along  the  north  shore  on 
pleasure  excursions 


In  order  to  give  an  idea  of  these  magnificent  excursions,  we 
copy  the  following  advertisement  which  appeared  in  a  Cleveland 
paper  in  August,  1856  : 

Two  Grand  Pleasure  Excursions  around  Lake  Superior. 

The  new,  staunch,  upper-cabin  and  low-pressure  steamer 
Planet,  Capt.  Joseph  Nicholson,  will  make  two  pleasure  excur- 
sions to  Lake  Superior,  as  follows : 

First. — Leave  Cleveland  on  Monday,  August  18th,  and  De- 
troit on  Tuesday,  August  19th.  Second. — Leave  Cleveland  on 
Thursday,  August  28th,  and  Detroit  on  Friday,  August  29th ; 
touching  at  Mackinac,  passing  through  the  Saut  Ste  Marie 
Canal,  and  also  pass  in  view  the  Pictured  Rocks  and  Grand 
Island  by  daylight;  visit  Marquette  (the  iron  region),  Cop- 
per Harbor,  Eagle  Harbor,  Eagle  River,  Ontonagon  (the 
copper  region).  La  Pointe  (the  fairy  region) — thence  passing 
over  to  Pigeon  Bay,  Prince's  Bay,  Pie  Island,  and  Isle  Royale, 
on  the  north-  shore,  and  returning  by  the  south  shore.  A  fine 
view  of  the  Michipicoten  and  Caribou  islands  is  also  obtained. 

The  Planet  is  new,  1,200  tons  burden,  low-pressure  engine 
of  1,000  horse-power;  has  an  upper  cabin  210  feet  long,  and 
splendid  accommodations  for  300  passengers,  but  on  these  trips, 
that  they  may  be  in  fact,  as  well  as  in  name.  Pleasure  Excur- 
sions, the  number  will  be  limited  to  175. 

A  good  band  of  music  will  be  in  attefidance  to  enliven  the 
scene,  and  no  expense  will  be  spared  to  make  these  excursions 
the  most  agreeable  that  have  been  made  to  Lake  Superior. 

The  price  of  tickets  for  the  excursion  round  will  be  Forty 
Dollars  from  Cleveland,  and  Thirty-six  Dollars  from  Detroit. 
Those  wishing  to  remain  over  one  trip  can  do  so,  and  return 
the  second  trip  ot  the  Planet,  without  extra  charge. 

E.  B.  Ward,  Detroit. 


94  LAKE  SUPERIOR,. 

NORTHEEJ^  SHORE  OF  LAKE  SUPEEIOR. 

Extract  from  Report  on  the  Geology  of  the  Lake  Su'perior 
Counti-y,  by  Foster  and  Whitivey  :  • 

NoRTHT^.RN  Shor^. — "  Beginning  at  Pigeon  Bay,  the  bound- 
ary between  the  United  States  and  the  British  Pcssessiona 
(north  latitude  48°),  we  find  the  eastern  portion  of  <he  penin- 
sula abounds  with  bold,  rocky  cliifs,  consisting  of  trap  and  red 
granite. 

'•The  Falls  of  Pigeon  Pviver,  eighty  or  ninety  feet  in  ho'ght, 
are  occasioned  by  a  trap  dyke  which  cuts  through  a  series  of 
slate  rocks  highly  indurated,  and  very  similar  in  mineralogical 
characters  to  the  old  graywacke  group.  Trap  dykes  and  in- 
terlaminated  masses  of  traps  "were  observed  in  the  plate  near 
the  f=ills. 

"  The  base  of  neaidy  all  the  ridges  and  cliffs  between  Pigeon 
River  and  Fort  William  (situated  at  the  mouth  of  Kaministequoi 
River,  the  western  boundary  of  Upper  Canada)  is  made  up  of 
these  slates,  and  the  overlaying  trap.  Some  of  the  low  islands 
exhibit  only  the  gray  grits  and  slates.  Welcome  Islands,  in 
Thunder. Bay,  display  no  traps,  although,  in  the  distance,  they 
resemble  igneous  products,  the  joints  being  more  obvious  than 
the  planes  of  stratification,  thus  giving  a  rude  semi-columnar 
aspect  to  the  cliffs. 

"  At  Prince's  Bay,  and  also  along  the  chain  of  islands  which 
lines  the  coast,  including  Spar,  Victoria,  and  Pie  islands,  the 
slates  with  the  crowning  traps  are  admirably  displayed.  At 
the  British  and  North  American  Company's  works  the  slates 
are  traversed  by  a  heavy  vein  of  calc-spar  and  amethystine 
quartz,  yielding  gray  sulphuret  and  pyritous  copper  and 
galena.  From  the  vein  where  it  cuts  the  overlaying  trap  on 
the  main  shore,  considerable  silver  has  been  extracted. 

"  At  Thunder  Cape,  the  slates  form  one  of  the  most  pictur- 
esque headlands  on  the  whole  coast  of  Lake  Superior.  They 
arc  made  up  of  variously  colored  beds,  such  as  compose  the  up- 
per group  of  Mr.  Logan,  and  repose  in  a  nearly  horizontal  po- 
sition. These  detrital  rocks  attain  a  thickness  of  nearly  a 
thousand  feet,  and  are  crowned  with  a  sheet  of  trappean  rocks, 
three  hundred  feet  in  thiclaiess. 

'•  At  L'Anse  a  la  Bouteille  (opposite  the  Slate  Islands,  on  the 
north  shore  of  Lake  Superior)  the  slates  re-appear,  with  the 
granite  protruding  through  them,  and  occupy  the  coast  for  fif- 
teen miles;  numerous  dykes  of  greenstone,  bearing  east  and 
west,  are  seen  cutting  the  rocks  vertically.  The  Slate  Islands 
form  a  part  of  this  group,  and  derive  their  name  from  their 
geological  structure 


LAKE    SUPERIOR.  95 

"  Tliey  are  next  seen,  according  to  Mr.  Logan,  for  about 
seven  miles  on  each  side  of  the  Old  Pic  River.  Near  Ottei'liead 
a  gne'ssoidal  rock  forms  the  coast,  which  presents  a  remarkable 
regular  set  of  strata,  in  vrhich  the  constituents  of  syenite  are 
arranged  in  thin  sheets  and  in  a  highly  crystalline  condition. 
From  this  point  to  the  Michipicoten  River  the  slates  and  gran- 
ite occupy  alternate  reaches,  along  the  coast,  for  the  distance 
of  fifty  miles.  '  With  the  exception  of  a  few  square  miles  of 
the  upper  trap  of  gargantua,  these  two  rocks  appear  to  hold 
the  coast  all  the  way  to  the  vicinity  of  Pointe  aux  Mine,  at  the 
extremity  of  which  they  separate  from  the  shore,  maintaining 
a  nearly  straight  southeasterly  line  across  the  Batchewanung 
Bay,  leaving  the  trap  of  Mamainse  between  them  and  the  lake. 
Thsnce  they  reach  the  northern  part  of  Goulais  Bay,  and 
finally  attain  the  promontory  of  Gros  Cap,  where  they  consti- 
tute a  moderately  bold  range  of  hills,  running  eastwardly 
toward  Lake  Huron.'  "* 


FISHEEIE3   OF   LAKE    SUPEEIOE. 

Good  fishing-grounds  occur  all  along  the  north  shore  of  Lake 
Superior,  afibrding  a  bountiful  supply  of  white  fish,  Mackinac 
trout,  and  many  other  species  of  the  finny  tribe.  On  the  south 
Bhore  there  are  fisheries  at  White  Fish  Point,  Grand  Island,  near 
the  Pictured  Rocks,  Keweenaw  Point,  La  Pointe,  and  Apostles' 
Islands,  and  at  different  stations  on  Isle  Royale,  where  large 
quantities  are  taken  and  exported ;  but  there  are  no  reliable 
statistics  as  to  the  number  of  men  employed  or  the  niimber  of 
barrels  exported.  Between  the  head  of  Keweenaw  Point  and 
tlie  mouth  of  the  Ontonagon  River,  considerable  quantities  of 
fish  are  taken,  for  which  there  is  a  ready  market  at  the  mining 
stations.  In  addition  to  the  white  fish  and  Mackinac  trout,  the 
siskawit  is  occasionally  taken.  Its  favorite  resort,  however,  is 
the  deep  water  in  the  vicinity  of  Isle  Royale. 

Lake  Superior  Trout-Fishing  in  Winter. — The  Lake 
Superior  Journal  says : 

"  x\ngling  through  the  ice  to  a  depth  of  thirty  fathoms  of 
*  Canadian  Eepart,  1846-T. 


96  LAKE    SUPERIOR. 

water  is  a  novel  mode  of  fishing  somewliat  peculiar  to  this 
peculiar  region  of  the  vrorld.  It  is  carrying  the  war  into  fish- 
dom  with  a  vengeance,  and  is  denounced,  no  doubt,  in  the  com- 
munities on  the  bottom  of  these  northern  lakes  as  a  scaly  piece 
of  warfare.  The  large  and  splendid  salmon-trout  of  these 
waters  have  no  peace ;  in  the  summer  they  are  enticed  into  the 
deceitful  meshes  of  the  gill-net,  and  in  the  winter,  when  they 
hide  themselves  in  the  deep  caverns  of  the  lakes,  with  fifty 
fathoms  of  water  above  their  heads,  and  a  defense  of  ice  two 
or  three  feet  in  thickness  on  the  top  of  that,  they  are  tempted 
to  destruction  by  the  fatal  hook. 

"  Large  numbers  of  these  trout  are  caught  every  winter  in 
this  way  on  Lake  Superior ;  the  Indian,  always  skilled  in  the 
fishing  business,  knows  exactly  where  to  find  them  and  how  to 
kill  them.  The  whites  make  excursions  out  on  the  lake  in 
pleasant  weather  to  enjoy  this  sport.  There  is  a  favorite  resort 
for  both  fish  and  fishermen  near  Gros  Cap,  at  the  entrance  of 
Lake  Superior,  through  the  rocky  gateway  between  Gros  Cap 
and  Point  Iroquois,  about  18  miles  above  the  Saut,  and  many  a 
large  trout,  at  this  pomt,  is  pulled  up  from  its  warm  bed  at  the 
bottom  of  the  lake,  in  winter,  and  made  to  bite  the  cold  ice  in 
this  upper  world.  To  see  one  of  these  fine  fish,  four  or  five  feet 
in  length,  and  weighing  half  as  much  as  a  man,  floimdering  on 
the  snow  and  ice,  weltering  and  freezing  to  death  in  its  own 
blood,  oftentimes  moves  the  heart  of  the  fisherman  to  expres- 
sions of  pity. 

"  The  modus  operandi  in  this  kind  of  great  trout-fishing  is 
novel  in  the  extreme,  and  could  a  stranger  to  the  business  over- 
look at  a  distance  a  party  engaged  in  the  sport,  he  would  cer- 
tainly think  they  were  mad,  or  each  one  making  foot-races 
against  time.  A  hole  is  made  through  the  ice,  smooth  and 
round,  and  the  fisherman  drops  down  his  large  hook,  baited 
with  a  small  herring,  pork,  or  other  meat,  and  when  he  ascer- 
tains the  right  depth,  he  waits — with  fisherman's  luck — some 
time  for  a  bite,  which  in  this  case  is  a  pull  altogether,  for  the 
fisherman  throws  the  line  over  his  shoulder,  and  walks  from  the 
hole  at  the  top  of  his  speed  till  the  fish  bounds  out  on  the  ice. 
We  have  known  of  as  many  as  fifty  of  these  splendid  trout 
caught  in  tliis  way  by  a  single  fisherman  in  a  single  day ;  it  is 
thus  a  great  source  of  pleasm'e  and  a  valuable  resource  of  food, 
especially  in  Lent,  and  the  most  scrupulous  anti-pork  believers 
might  here  '  iown  pork  and  up  fish'  «nithout  any  offense  to  con- 
science." 


CHICAGO. 

The  City  of  Chicago  is  advantageously  situated  on  the  west 
s'de  of  Late  Michigan,  at  the  mouth  of  Chicago  River,  in  N. 
lat.  41°  52',  and  W.  long,  from  Greenwich  87°  35'.  It  is  ele- 
vated six  to  eight  feet  above  the  lake,  which  secures  it  from 
ordiaary  floods,  and  extends  westward  on  both  sides  of  the 
river,  about  two  miles  distant  from  its  entrance  into  Lake 
Michigan,  the  front  on  the  lake  being  three  or  four  miles  from 
north  to  south.  The  tarbor  has  a  depth  of  from  twelve  to  four- 
teen feet  of  water,  which  makes  it  a  commodious  and  safe 
haven ;  and  it  has  been  much  improved  artificially  by  the  con- 
struction of  piers,  which  extend  on  each  side  of  the  entrance  of 
the  river  for  some  distance  into  the  lake,  to  prevent  the  accu- 
mu  tation  of  sand  upon  the  bar.  The  light-house  is  on  the  south 
side  of  the  harbor,  and  shows  a  fixed  light  on  a  tower  forty  feet 
above  the  surface  of  the  lake ;  there  is  also  a  beacon-light  on 
the  end  of  the  pier.  In  a  naval  and  military  point  of  view, 
this  is  one  of  the  most  important  ports  on  the  upper  lakes,  and 
should  be  strongly  defended,  it  being  the  "  Odessa"  of  these 
inland  seas. 

The  city  contains  a  court-house,  the  county  buildings,  Rush 
INIedical  College,  a  commercial  college,  a  marine  hospital,  a 
United  States  land-ofl&ce,  market  houses,  sixty  churches,  eight 
banks,  several  fire  and  marine  insurance  companies,  and  a 
number  of  large  hotels ;  gas-works,  and  water-works.  The 
manufacturrag  establishments  of  Chicago  are  numerous  and 
extensive,  consisting  of  iron-foundries  and  machine  shops,  rail- 
road car  manufactory,  steam  saw,  planing,  and  flouring  mills, 
manufactories  of  agricultural  implements,  etc.  Numerous 
steamers  and  propellers  ply  between  this  place  and  Satit  Ste 
Marie,  Lake  Superior  ports,  CoUingwood,  Detroit,  Buffalo,  and 
the  various  intermediate  ports.  Estimated  population  in.  1856, 
100,000. 

9 


98  CHICAGO. 

The  inhiois  and  Michigan  Canal,  connecting  Lake  Michiga.h 
with  Illinois  River,  which  is  60  feet  wide  at  the  top,  6  feet  deep 
and  107  miles  in  length,  including  five  miles  of  river  navigation, 
terminates  here,  through  which  is  brought  a  large  amount  of 
produce  from  the  south  and  southwest;  and  the  numerous  rail- 
roads radiating  from   Chicago  add  to  the  vast  accumulation 
which  is  here  shipped  for  the  Atlantic  sea-board.      Chicagc 
being  within  a  short  distance  of  the  most  extensive  coal-fields 
to  be  found  in  Illinois,  and  the  pineries  of  ]\Iichigan  and  ^Yis 
consin,  as  well  as  surrounded  by  the  finest  grain  region  on  the 
face  of  the  globe,  makes  it  the  natural  outkt  for  the  varied  and 
rich  produce  of  an  immense  section  of  fertile  country. 

EAILEOADS  DIVEEGING  FEOM  CHICAGO. 

Miles. 

1.  Chicago  and  Milwaukee 55 

2.  Chicago,  St.  Paul  and  Fond  du  Lac* o'lO 

3.  Fox  iliver  Yalley  and  Wisconsin  Central* 75 

4.  Galena  and  Chicago  Union,  (to  Dunleith) Ibb 

Beloit  Branch,  and  Beloit  and  ^ladison. 

5.  Chicago,  Fulton  and  Iowa  Air  Line 1S6 

6.  Chicago,  Burlington  and  Quincy 210 

7.  Chicago  and  Rock  Island 182 

8.  Chicago,  Alton  and  St.  Louis 290 

9.  Illinois  Central — Chicago  Branchf Sito 

10.  Pittsburgh,  Foi't  Wayne  and  Chicago* 470 

11.  Cincinnati,  Peru  and  Chicago* 87 

12.  Michigan  Southern  and  Northern  Indiana 247 

13.  Michigan  Central  (and  New  Albany  and  Salem). . . .  282 

Total 2.'J97 


*  Unflnished  railroads. 

T  At  this  time  the  Illinois  Central  Eailroad  is  the  means  of  connecting 
Chicago  with  Cairo  and  St.  Louis  on  the  south,  and  with  Galena  and 
Dunleith  on  the  west,  forming  a  total  line  of  road  of  722  miles,  as  follows' 

ILLIXOIS   CEKTEAL  EAILKOAD — AXD  ITS   BEAXCHES. 

Cairo  to  Lasalle — Main  Line 80S  mllei . 

Lasalle  to  Dunleith— Galena  Branch 147     " 

Chicago  to  Centralia— Chicago  Branch 2G7     " 

Total 722  miles. 


CHICAGO.  99 


PKOGEESS  OF  CHICAGO  AXD  THE  GEEAT  WEST. 

"  Twenty  years  ago  the  city  of  Chicago,  Illinois,  was  an  in- 
significant town  at  the  southern  end  of  Lake  Michigan ;  now, 
her  granaries,  her  storehouses,  her  railroad  depots,  and  her 
private  dwellings  are  scarcely  surpassed  hy  those  of  any  city 
in  the  Union  for  their  solidity,  enormous  dimensions,  and  their 
unexampled  cost,  giving  evidence  of  rapid  wealth,  caused  by 
her  lake  commerce  and  her  railroad  concentrations. 

"  The  '  Democratic  Press'  of  that  city  has  just  made  up  its 
annual  statistical  statement  of  the  progress  of  Chicago,  and  from 
it  we  copy  the  annexed  statistics,  which  the  editor  says  may  be 
relied  on.  It  is  headed  '  Fifth  annual  review  of  the  prospects, 
condition,  traffic,  etc.,  of  the  railroads  centering  in  Chicago, 
with  a  general  sumfhary  of  the  business  of  the  city  for  1856.' 

GENERAL    SUMMARY. 

Total  number  of  miles  of  railway  in  the  State  of 

Illinois  now  in  operation 2,761 

Increase  in  1856 351 

Increase  in  the  State  in  five  years  (over  500  miles 

per  year) 2,666 

Total  earnings  of  all  the  railways  centering  in  Chi- 
cago for  the  year  1856 $17,84.3,242 

Increase  of  1856  over  1855 84,045,041 

Population  of  Chicago  in  1850 29,963 

in  1852 38,783 

''  in  1854 74,500 

in  1855 82,750 

"  «  January  1,  1857  (estimated)         110,000 

Total  receipts  of  grain  in  Chicago  for  the  year  1855, 

bushels 20,487,953 

Total  receipts  of  grain,  being  the  largest  primai-y 
grain  port  in  the  world,  for  the  year  1856  (in- 
crease in  1856  over  20  per  cent.),  bushels 24,674,824 

Total  shipments  of  grain  from  the  port  of  Chicago 

for  the  year  1856,  bushels 21,583,221 

Total  amount  of  corn  received  in  1856,  bushels. . . .  11,888,&98 
Total  amount  of  wheat  received  in  1856,  bushels  . .  9,392,365 
Total  number  of  hogs,  alive  and  dressed,  received 

in  Chicago  for  1855-56 ' 308,539 

Total  number  of  shipments,  alive  and  dressed 170,831 

Averaging  the  weight  at  only  200  pounds,  and  the 
price  at  §5  per  hundred,  the  value  of  the  hogs 

received  would  be $3,585,880 

Number  of  barrels  o*  beef  packed  in  1856 33,038 


100  CHICAGO. 

Receipts  of  lumber  at  the  port  of  Chicago  for  the 
year  1850,  being  the  largest  lumber  market  in 
the  world,  feet 456,673,169 

Receipts  of  lead  for  the  year  1856,  pounds 9,527,506 

Now  laid  up  in  the  port  of  Chicago,  steamers  and 

sail  vessels 245 

Total  number  of  vessels  arriving  in  Chicago  for  the 
year  1856 7,328 

Total  tonnage  of  vessels  arriving  in  this  port  for  the 
year  1856 1,545,379 

Amount  of  imposts  received  at  the  Chicago  custom- 
house on  foreign  goods  for  the  past  year $102,994 

Total  amount  of  capital  invested  in  manufactures 
during  the  year  1856,  showing  an  increase  of 
$1,464,400  over  1855 $7,759,400 

Total  number  of  hands  employed,  showing  an  in- 
crease over  1855  of  1,838 10,573 

Total  value  of  manufactured  articles,  showing  an 
increase  of  $4,483,572 $15,515,003 

Total  amount  invested  during  the  year  1856  in  im- 
provements, stores,  dwellings,  hotels,  etc.,  show- 
ing an  increase  over  1855  of  81,973,370 $5,708,624 

Total  number  of  passengers  carried  west  by  four 
principal  railways  leading  out  of  Chicago 639,666 

Total  number  remaining  west  above  those  who  re- 
turned on  these  four  lines 107,653 

Total  number  of  passengers  moved  on  all  the  roads 

centering  in  Chicago 3,850,000 

"  The  editor  remarks,  in  conclusion :  '  The  total  movement 
on  the  principal  railway  lines  centering  at  Chicago  waald  be 
about  3,350,000  passengers. 

"  The  above  facts  and  figures  will  be  regarded  with  special 
satisfaction  by  all  our  citizens,  and  by  the  people  of  the  North- 
west generally.  They  show  a  healthy,  but  rapid  and  most 
astonishing  progress.  It  may  be  doubted  whether  the  whole 
history  of  the  civilized  world  can  furnish  a  parallel  to  the  vig- 
orous growth  and  rapid  development  of  the  country  which  has 
Chicago  for  its  commercial  metropolis.  When  it  is  remembered 
that  twenty  years  ago  she  was  not  an  incorporated  city,  and 
less  than  a  quarter  of  a  century  since  the  Indians  still  had 
possession  of  the  largest  portion  of  this  magnificent  country, 
these  facts,  stubborn  and  incontestable  though  they  be,  seem 
more  like  the  dreams  of  some  vagrant  imagination  than  sober 
matters  of  reality,  which  scores  of  men  still  among  us  have 
themselves  seen  and  realized." 


PORTS    OF    LAKE    MICHIGAN.  101 


POETS  OF    LAKE  MICHIGAN   LYING-    ON    THE  EAST   AND 
SOUTH  SHOEES. 

Michigan  City,  Ind.,  situated  at  the  extreme  south  end  of 
Lake  Michigan,  is  distant  45  miles  from  Chicago  by  water,  and 
228  miles  from  Detroit  by  railroad  route.  The  JS^cw  Albany 
and  Salem  Railroad,  228  miles  in  length,  terminates  at  this 
place,  connecting  with  the  Michigan  Central  Railroad.  Sev- 
eral plank  roads  also  terminate  here,  affording  facilities  for 
crossing  the  extefesive  prairies  lying  in  the  rear.  Here  a.ro 
several  large  storehouses  situated  at  the  mouth  of  Trail  Creek, 
intended  for  the  storage  and  shipment  of  wheat  and  other  pro- 
duce; 15  or  20  stores  of  diiferent  kinds,  several  hotels,  and 
a  branch  of  the  State  Bank  of  Indiana.  It  was  first  settled  in 
1831,  with  the  expectation  that  it  would  become  a  great  em- 
porium of  trade ;  but  owing  to  the  want  of  a  good  harbor,  and 
the  rapid  increase  of  Chicago,  the  expectation  of  its  founders 
have  not  been  realized.  It  now  contains  about  3,000' inhab- 
itants, and  is  steadily  increasing  in  wealth  and  numbers. 

New  Buffalo,  Mich.,  lying  50  miles  east  Chicago  by  steam- 
boat route,  is  situated  on  the  line  of  the  Michigan  Central  Rail- 
road, 218  miles  west  of  Detroit.  Here  has  been  erected  a  light- 
house and  pier,  the  latter  affording  a  good  landing  for  steamers 
and  lake  craft.  The  settlement  contains  two  or  three  hundred 
inhabitants,  and  several  stores  and  storehouses.  It  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  light,  sandy  soil,  which  abounds  all  along  the 
east  and  south  shores  of  Lake  Michigan, 

St.  Joseph,  Berrien  Co.,  Mich.,  is  advantageously  situated 
on  the  east  shore  of  Lake  Michigan,  at  the  mouth  of  St.  Joseph 
River,  194  miles  west  of  Detroit.  Here  is  a  good  harbor,  afford- 
ing about  10  feet  of  water.  The  village  contains  about  1,000 
inhabitants,  and  a  number  of  stores  and  storehouses.  An 
active  trade  in  lumber,  grain,  and  fruit  is  carried  on  at  this 
place,  mostly  with  the  Chicago  market,  it  being  distant  about 
70  miles  by  water.     Steamers  of  a  small  class  run  from  St. 

9* 


102  PORTS    OF    LAKE    MICHIGAN. 

Joseph  to  Niles  and  Constantine,  a  distance  of  120  miles,  to 
wliicli  place  the  St.  Joseph  River  is  navigable.  Stages  also  run 
to  Niles  and  Dowagiac,  connecting  with  trains  on  the  Michigan 
Central  E,ailroad. 

St.  Joseph  River  rises  in  the  southern  portion  of  Michigan 
and  Northern  Indiana,  and  is  about  250  miles  long.  Its  general 
coui-^e  is  nearly  westward  ;  is  very  sei'pentine,  with  an  equable 
current,  and  flowing  through  a  fertile  section  of  country.  There 
are  to  be  found  several  flourishing  villages  on  its  banks.  Tho 
principal  are  Constantine,  Elkhart,  South  Bend,  Niles,  and 
Berrien. 

Niles,  situated  on  St.  Joseph  River,  is  26  miles  above  its 
mouth  by  land,  and  191  miles  from  Detroit  by  railroad  route. 
This  is  a  flourishing  village,  containing  about  3,000  inhab- 
itants, five  churches,  three  hotels,  several  large  stores  and  flour- 
ing mills ;  the  country  around  producing  large  quantities  of 
wheat  and  other  kinds  of  grain.  A  small  class  of  steamers  run 
to  St.  Joseph  below  and  other  places  above,  on  the  rivea%  afibrd- 
ing  great  facilities  to  trade  in  this  section  of  country. 

The  Ports  extending  from  Grand  Haven  to  Saginaw  Bay  are 
fully  described  in  another  portion  of  this  work,  as  well  as  the 
bays  and  rivers  falling  into  Lakes  Michisran  and  Huvoti 


TRIP  FROM  CHICAGO  TO  MACKINAC  AND  SAUT  STE 

MARIE. 


Ojy  starting  from  the  steamboat  wharf  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Chicago  River,  the  Marine  Hospital  and  depot  of  the  Illinois 
Central  Railroad  are  passed  on  the  right,  while  the  Lake  House 
and  lumber-yards  are  seen  on  the  left  or  north  side  of  the 
stream.  The  government  piers,  long  wooden  structures,  afford 
a  good  entrance  to  the  harbor;  a  light-house  has  been  con- 
structed on  the  outer  end  of  the  north  pier,  to  guide  vessels  to 
the  port. 

The  basin  completed  by  the  Hlinois  Central  Railroad  to  facili- 
tate commerce  is  a  substantial  work,  extending  southward  for 
near  half  a  mile.  It  affords  ample  accommodation  for  loading 
and  unloading  vessels,  and  transferring  the  freight  to  and  from 
the  railroad  cars. 

The  number  of  steamers,  propellers,  and  sailing  vessels 
annually  arriving  and  departing  from  the  harbor  of  Chicago 
is  very  great ;  the  carrying  trade  being  destined  to  increase  in 
proportionate  ratio  with  the  population  and  wealth  pouring 
into  this  favored  section  of  the  Union. 

On  reaching  the  green  waters  of  Lake  Michigan,  the  city  of 
Chicago  is  seen  stretching  along  the  shore  for  four  or  five  miles, 
presenting  a  fine  appearance  from  the  deck  of  the  steamer. 
The  entrance  to  the  harbor  at  the  bar  is  about  200  feet  wide. 
The  bar  has  from  ten  to  twelve  feet  water,  the  lake  being  sub- 
ject to  about  two  feet  rise  and  fall.  The  steamers  bound  for 
Milwaukee  and  the  northern  ports  usually  run  along  the  west 
shore  of  the  lake  within  sight  of  land,  the  banks  rising  from 
thirty  to  fifty  feet  above  the  water.* 

*  The  thermometer  stood  at  70°  Fahrenheit,  Sept.  26,  1854,  the  day 
being  thick  and  foggy  with  little  or  no  wind. 


104       CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE. 

Lake  Michigan  is  about  seventy  miles  average  widtli,  and 
S40  miles  in  extent  from  Michigan  City,  Ind.,  on  the  south,  to  the 
Strait  of  Mackinac  on  the  north ;  it  presents  a  great  expanse 
of  water,  now  traversed  by  steamers  and  other  vessels  of  a  large 
class  running  to  the  Saut  Ste  Marie  and  Lake  Superior ;  to 
Collingwood,  Can. ;  to  Detroit,  Mich. ;  to  Cleveland  Ohio ;  and 
to  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  From  Chicago  to  Buffalo  the  distance  is 
about  1,000  miles  by  water;  while  from  Chicago  to  Superior 
City,  at  the  head  of  Lake  Superior,  or  Fond  du  Lac,  the  dis- 
tance is  a]30ut  the  same,  thus  affording  two  excursions  of  1,000 
miles  each  over  four  of  the  great  lakes  or  inland  seas  of  America, 
in  steamers  of  from  1,000  to  2,000  tons  burden.  During  the 
summer  and  early  autumn  months  the  waters  of  this  lake  are 
comparatively  calm,  affording  safe  navigation.  But  late  in  the 
year,  and  during  the  winter  and  early  spring  months,  the 
navigation  of  this  and  the  other  great  lakes  is  very  dan- 
gerous. 

Waukegast,  Lake  Co.,  111.,  36  miles  north  of  Chicago,  is  hand- 
somely situated  on  elevated  ground,  gradually  rising  to  50  or  60 
feet  above  the  water.  Here  are  two  piers,  alight-houso,  several 
large  storehouses,  and  a  neat  and  thriving  town  containing  about 
6,000  inhabitants,  six  churches,  a  bank,  several  well-kept  hotels, 
thirty  stores,  and  two  steam-flouring  mills. 

Kenosha,  Wis.,  52  miles  from  Chicapco,  is  elevated  30  or  40 
feet  above  the  lake.  Here  is  a  small  harbor,  a  light-house, 
storehouses,  mills,  etc.  The  town  has  a  population  of  about 
5,000  inhabitants,  surrounded  by  a  fine  back  country.  Here  is 
a  good  hotel,  a  bank,  several  churches,  and  a  number  of  stores 
and  manufacturing  establishments  doing  a  large  amount  of 
business.  The  Kenosha  and  Beloit  Railroad,  when  finished, 
will  connect  at  the  latter  place  with  a  railroad  running  to  Madi- 
son, and  thence  to  the  Mississippi  River. 

The  City  of  Racine,  Wis.,  02  miles  from  Chicago  and  25 
miles  south  of  Milwaukee,  is  built  on  an  elevation  some  forty 
or  fifty  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  lake.  It  is  a  handsome 
and  flourishing  place.    Here  is  a  light-house,  piers,  storehouses. 


CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE.      105 

etc. ,  situated  near  the  water,  while  the  city  contains  some  fine 
public  buildings  and  private  residences.  The  population  is 
about  9,000,  and  is  rapidly  increasing.  Racine  is  the  second 
city  in  the  State  in  commerce  and  population,  and  possesses  a 
fine  harbor.  Here  are  located  the  county  buildings,  fourteen 
churches,  several  hotels,  and  numerous  stores  of  different  kinds. 

The  Racine  and  Mississippi  Railroad,  extending  from  this 
place  to  Beloit,  68  miles,  will  be  continued  to  the  Mississippi 
River  at  Savanna.  The  Chicago  and  Milwaukee  Railroad  also 
runs  through  the  town. 

The  City  of  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  86  miles  from  Chicago,  by 
railroad  and  steamboat  route,  is  handsomely  situated  on  rising 
ground  on  both  sides  of  the  Milwaukee  River,  at  its  entrance  into 
Lake  Michigan.  In  front  of  the  city  is  a  bay  or  indentation 
of  the  lake,  afibrding  a  good  harbor,  except  in  strong  easterly 
gales.  The  harbor  is  now  being  improved,  and  will  doubtless 
be  rendered  secure  at  all  times  of  the  season.  The  river  affords 
an  extensive  water-power,  capable  of  giving  motion  to  ma- 
chinery of  almost  any  required  amount.  The  city  is  built  upon 
beautiful  slopes,  descending  toward  the  river  and  lake.  It  has 
a  court-house,  city  hall,  a  United  States  land-office,  the  Uni- 
versity Institute,  a  college  for  females,  three  academies,  three 
orphan  asylums,  thirty  churches,  several  well-kept  hotels,  ex- 
tensive ranges  of  stores,  and  several  large  manufacturing  estab- 
lishments. The  city  is  lighted  with  gas,  and  well  supplied  with 
good  water.  Its  exports  of  lumber,  agricultural  produce,  etc., 
are  immense,  giving  profitable  employment  t©  a  large  number 
of  steamers  and  other  lake  craft,  running  to  different  ports  caa 
the  upper  lakes,  Detroit,  Buffalo,  etc.  The  growth  of  this  city 
has  been  astonishing ;  twenty  years  since  its  site  was  a  wilder- 
ness; now  it  contains  over  30,000  inhabitants,  and  of  a  class  in- 
ferior to  no  section  of  the  Union  for  intelligence,  sobriety,  and 
industry. 

The  future  of  Milwaoikee  it  is  hard  to  predict ;  here  are  cen- 
tering numerous  railroads  finished  and  in  course  of  construc- 
tion, extending  sou  ^h.  to  Chicago,  west  to  the  Mississippi  River, 


100       CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE. 

and  nortli  to  Lake  Superior,  \yliich  in  connection  witli  the  De- 
troit and  Milwaukee  Railroad,  terminating  at  Grand  Haveu, 
80  miles  distant  by  water,  and  tlie  lines  of  steamers  running  to 
this  port,  will  altogether  give  an  impetus  to  this  favored  city, 
blessed  with  a  good  climate  and  soil,  which  the  future  alone 
can  reveal. 

During  the  past  year  an  unusual  number  of  fine  buildings 
have  been  erected,  and  the  commerce  of  the  port  has  amounted 
to  $00,000,000.  The  bay  of  :\Iilwaukee  offers  the  best  advant- 
ages for  the  construction  of  a  harbor  of  refuge  of  any  point  on 
Lake  Michigan.  The  city  has  expended  over  $100,000  in  the 
construction  of  a  harbor ;  this  needs  extension  and  completion, 
which  will  no  doubt  be  effected. 

Port  Washington,  Ozaukee  Co.,  "Wis.,  25  miles  north  of 
Milwaukee,  is  a  flourishing  place,  and  capital  of  the  county. 
The  village  contains  besides  the  public  buildings,  several 
churches  and  hotels,  twelve  stores,  three  mills,  an  iron  foundry, 
two  breweries  and  oldier  manufactories.  The  population  is  about 
2,500.  Here  is  a  good  steamboat  landing,  from  which  large 
quantities  of  produce  are  annually  shipped  to  Chicago  and  other 
lake  ports.      ^ 

The  unfortunate  steamer  Niagara,  while  on  her  passage  from 
Collingwood  to  Chicago,  was  destroyed  by  fire  off  Port  Wash- 
ington in  September,  185G,  whereby  sixty  lives  were  lost 

Sheboygan,  Wis.,  50  miles  north  of  Milwaukee  and  180 
miles  from  Chicago,  is  a  thriving  place,  containing  about  5,000 
inhabitants.  Here  are  seven  churches,  several  public  houses  and 
stores,  together  with  a  light-house  and  piers ;  the  harbor  being 
improved  by  government  works.  Large  quantities  of  lumber 
and  agricultural  products  are  shipped  from  this  port.  The 
country  in  the  interior  is  fast  settling  with  agriculturists,  the 
soil  and  climate  being  good.*  A  railroad  is  about  being  con- 
etructed  from  this  place  to  Foxd  du  Lac,  42  miles  west,  lying 


*  September  !>T,  1S54,  the  thermometer  stood  at  60^  Fahr.,  with  a  light 
wind,  from  the  north. 


CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    S^UT    STE    MARIE.       107 

at  the  head  of  Lake  Winnebago ;  also,  another  railroad  to 
extend  to  Milwaukee  on  the  south  and  G  reen  Bay  on  the  north- 
west. 

Maivitouwoc,  "Wis.,  70  miles  north  of  Milwaukee  and  33 
miles  east  from  Green  Bay,  is  an  important  shipping  port.  It 
contains  ahout  2,500  inhabitants ;  five  churches,  several  public 
houses,  twelve  stores,  besides  several  storehotvses ;  three  steam 
saw-mills,  two  ship-yards,  light-house,  and  pier.  Large  quan- 
tities of  lumber  are  annually  shipped  from  this  port.  The  har- 
bor is  being  improved  so  as  to  afford  a  refuge  for  vessels  during 
stormy  weather. 

The  west  bank  of  Lake  Michigan  is  here  elevated  about  60  or 

80  feet,  presenting  a  rough  appearance  in  many  places,  with 

sundry  bluffs  rising  from  the  water's  edge  to  the  level  of  the 

country,  above  which  it  is  clothed  with  heavy  timber  of  different 

kinds. 

"  Manitouwoc  is  the  most  northern  of  the  harbors  of  Lake 
Michigan  improved  by  the  United  States  government.  It  de- 
rives additional  importance  from  the  fact  tliat,  when  completed, 
it  will  afford  the  first  point  of  refuge  from  storms  for  shipping 
bound  from  any  of  the  other  great  lakes  to  this  or  to  the  most 
soiithern  ports  of  Lake  Michigan." 

Two  Rivers,  Wis.,  eight  miles  north  from  Manitouwoc,  is  a 
new  and  thriving  place  at  the  entrance  of  the  conjoined  streams 
(from  which  the  place  takes  its  name)  into  Lake  Michigan. 
Two  piers  are  here  erected,  one  on  each  side  of  the  river ;  also 
a  ship-yard  and  three  steam  saw-mills.  The  village  contains 
about  2,000  inhabitants.  This  section  of  country,  extending 
back  to  Green  Bay,  abounds  in  good  timber,  which  is  prepared 
and  shipped  to  Chicago  and  other  ports.  Fish  are  taken  in 
large  quantities,  and  sent  to  different  markets. 

Kewaunee,  Wis.,  25  miles  north  of  Two  Pdvers  and  102 
miles  from  Milwaukee,  is  a  small  shipping  town,  where  are 
situated  several  saw-mills  and  lumber  establishments.  Green 
Bay  is  situated  about  25  miles  due  west  from  this  place. 

From  Manitouwoc  and  Two  Rivers,  in  a  northerly  direction, 
the  country  is  still,  for  the  most  part,  a  wild  wilderness,  in- 


108       CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    6TE    MARIE. 

habited  sparsely  by  Indians  of  different  tribes.     The  following 
is  an  extract  from  the  Manitouwoc  Tribune  of  March,  1857  : 

EOMAifCE   OF  THE   FOEEST. 

"  Some  months  since  we  gave  the  particulars  of  a  horrible 
occurrence  which  happened  in  our  immediate  neighborhood, 
rivaling  in  interest  the  thrilling  story  of  the  eagle's  victim,  on 
the  mountain  of  Switzerland  No  traces  of  the  child  which  the 
bear  carried  off  in  such  a  daring  manner  have  as  yet  been 
found  ;  but  the  excitement  which  such  an  incident  awakens  is 
gradually  dying  away,  and  is  now  replaced  by  that  of  one  of 
more  recent  date,  scarcely  less  thrilling  in  its  <ietail. 

"  Last  week  a  Mr  Woodward,  living  near  Sandy  Bay,  had 
some  difficulty  with  an  Indian,  The  next  day  his  little  girl, 
three  years  of  age,  was  standing  near  the  house,  when  an  In- 
dian sprang  out  of  the  thickets,  and  clasped  her  in  his  arms, 
and  bounded  away  through  the  underbrush.  Pursuit  was  com- 
menced immediately,  but  up  to  Saturday  without  success,  though 
information  had  been  received  which,  it  was  hoped,  would  lead 
to  the  recovery  of  the  child — an  Indian  and  a  squaw  having 
been  seen  the  day  after  the  abduction  carrying  a  child  which 
was  closely  wrapped  in  a  blanket,  and  was  crying  bitterly." 

On  leaving  Two  Rivers,  the  steamers  usually  run  for  the 
Manitou  Islands,  Mich.,  a  distance  of  about  100  mi'es.  Soon 
after  the  last  vestige  of  land  sinks  below  the  horizon  on  the 
west  shore,  the  vision  catches  the  dim  outline  of  coast  on  the 
east  or  Michigan  shore  at  Point  aux  Betsie,  which  is  about  GO 
miles  south  of  the  Great  Manitou  Island.  From  this  point, 
passing  northward  by  Slecjnng  Bear  Point,  a  singular  shaped 
headland  looms  up  to  the  view.  It  is  said  to  resemble  a  sleep- 
ing bear.  The  east  shore  of  Lake  Michigan  presents  a  suc- 
cession of  high  sand-banks  for  many  miles,  while  inland  are 
nmnerous  small  bays  and  lakes. 

Little,  or  South  Manitou  Island,  250  miles  from  Chicago 
and  100  miles  from  Mackinac,  lies  on  the  Michigan  side  of  the 
lake,  and  is  the  first  island  encountered  on  proceeding  north- 
ward from  Chicago.  It  rises  abruptly  on  the  west  shore  2  or 
300  feet  from  the  -water's  edge,  sloping  toward  the  east  shore, 
on  which  is  a  light-house  and  a  fine  harbor.  Here  steamers 
BtoD  for  wood.     The  Great  or  North  Manitou  is  nearly  twice 


CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    BAUT    STE    MARIE.       l09 

as  large  as  the  former  island,  and  contains  about  14,000  acres 
of  land.  Both  islands  are  settled  by  a  few  families,  "whose 
principal  occupation  is  fishing  and  cutting  wood  for  the  use  of 
steamers  and  sailing  vessels. 

Fox  Islands,  60  miles  north  from  South  Manitou,  consist  of 
three  small  islands  lying  near  the  middle  of  Lake  Michigan, 
which  is  here  about  60  miles  wide.  On  the  west  is  the  entrance 
to  Green  Bay,  and  on  the  east  is  the  entrance  to  Grand  Trav- 
erse Bay,  and  immediately  to  the  north  is  the  entrance  to  Lit- 
tle Traverse  Bay. 

Great  and  Little  Beaver  islands,  lying  about  midway 
between  the  Manitou  Islands  and  Mackinac,  are  large  and  fer- 
tile bodies  of  land,  and  are  at  present  occupied  by  Mormons, 
who  have  here  their  most  eastern  settlement. 

Garden  and  Hog  islands  are  next  passed  before  reaching 
the  Strait  of  jNIackinac,  which,  opposite  Old  Fort  Mackinac,  is 
about  six  miles  in  width.  The  site  of  Old  Fort  Mackinac  is  on 
the  south  main  or  Michigan  shore,  directly  opposite  Point  Ste 
Ignace,  on  the  north  main  shore.  St.  Helena  Island  lies  at  the 
entrance  of  the  strait  from  the  south,  distant  about  fifteen 
miles  from  Mackinac. 

Old  Fort  Mackinac  is  an  important  and  interesting  loca- 
tion ;  it  was  formerly  fortified  and  garrisoned  for  the  protection 
of  the  strait  and  this  section  of  country  when  inhabited  almost 
exclusively  by  various  tribes  of  Indians.  This  place  can  be 
easily  reached  by  sail-boat  from  the  island  of  Mackinac. 

Pte  la  Gros  Cap,  lying  to  the  west  of  Old  Fort  Mackinac,  is 
a  picturesque  headland  well  worthy  of  a  visit. 

The  Strait  or  Mackinac  is  from  five  to  twenty  miles  in 
width,  and  extends  east  and  west  about  thirty  miles,  embosoming 
several  important  islands  besides  ^Mackinac  Island,  the  largest 
being  Bois  Blanc  Island,  lying  near  the  head  of  Lake  Huron. 
Between  this  island  and  the  main  north  shore  the  steamer 
Garden  City  was  wrecked.  May  16,  1854 ;  her  upper  works 
were  still  visible  from  the  deck  of  the  passing  steamer  in  the 
fall  of  the  same  year 

10 


110       CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE 

Grosse  Ile  St.  Martin  and  He  St.  Martin  lie  mthin  the 
waters  of  the  strait,  eight  or  ten  miles  north  of  the  island  of 
Mackinac.  In  the  neig;hborhood  of  these  different  islands  are 
the  favorite  fishing-grounds  both  of  the  Indian  and  the  "  pale 
face." 

The  town  and  fortress  of  Mackinac  is  most  beautifully  situ- 
ated on  the  east  shore  of  the  island,  and  extends  for  a  distance 
of  about  one  mile  along  the  water's  edge,  and  has  a  fine  harbor 
protected  by  a  water  battery.  This  important  island  and 
fortress  is  situated  in  N.  lat.  45°  54',  W.  Ion.  84°  30'  from 
Greenwich,  being  seven  degrees  thirty  minutes  west  from 
Washington.  It  is  350  miles  north  from  Chicago,  100  miles  south 
of  Saut  Ste  Marie  by  the  steamboat  route,  and  about  300  miles 
northwest  from  Detroit.  Fort  Mackinac  stands  on  elevated 
ground,  about  200  feet  above  the  water,  overlooking  the  pictur- 
esque town  and  harbor  below.  In  the  rear,  about  half  a  mile 
distant,  stands  the  ruins  of  old  Fort  Holmes,  situated  on  the 
highest  point  of  land,  at  an  elevation  of  about  350  feet  above  the 
water,  affording  an  extensive  view. 

The  town  contains  two  churches,  two  hotels,  ten  or  twelve 
stores,  100  dwelling-houses,  and  about  600  inhabitants.  The 
climate  is  remarkably  healthy  and  delightful  during  the  summer 
months,  when  this  favored  retreat  is  usually  thronged  with 
visitors  from  different  parts  of  the  Union,  while  the  Indian 
warriors,  their  squaws  and  their  children,  are  seen  lingering 
around  this  their  favorite  island  and  fishing-ground.* 

The  island  of  Mackinac,  lying  in  the  Strait  of  Mackinac,  is 
about  three  miles  long  and  two  miles  wide.  It  contains  many 
deeply  interesting  points  of  attraction  in  addition  to  the  village 
and  fortress ;  the  principal  natural  curiosities  are  known  as  the 
Arch  Rock,  Sugar  Loaf,  Lover's  Leap,  Devil's  Kitchen,  Robin- 
son's Folly,  and  other  objects  of  interest  weU  worthy  the  atten- 
tion of  the  tourist.  The  Mission  House  and  Grove  House  are 
the  principal  hotels. 

*  Sept.  28, 1854,  the  thermometer  stood  at  50°  Fahr.  Very  pleasant 
■weather  with  light  wind,  not  having  seen  a  wave  break  for  two  days. 


CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE.    Ill 

ISLA^T)  OF  MACKINAC. 

The  view  given  represents  the  Island,  approacliing  from  the 
eastward.  "  A  cliff  of  limestone,  white  and  weather-beaten, 
with  a  narrow  alluvial  plain  skirting  its  base,  is  the  first  thing 
which  commands  attention;"  but,  on  nearing  the  harbor,  the 
village  (2),  with  its  many  picturesque  dwellings,  and  the  fort- 
ress (3),  perched  near  the  summit  of  the  Island,  are  gazed  at 
with  wonder  and  delight.  The  promontory  on  the  left  is  called 
the  "  Lover's  Leap"  (1),  skirted  by  a  pebbly  beach,  extending 
to  the  village.  On  the  right  is  seen  a  bold  rocky  precipice, 
called  "  Robinson's  Folly"  (5),  while  in  the  same  direction  is 
a  singular  peak  of  nature  called  the  "  Sugar  Loaf."  Still  far- 
ther onward,  the  "  Arched  Rock"  and  other  interesting  sights, 
meet  the  eye  of  the  explorer,  affording  pleasure  and  delight, 
particularly  to  the  scientific  traveler  and  lover  of  nature.  On 
the  highest  ground,  elevated  about  350  feet  above  the  waters 
of  the  Strait,  is  the  signal  station  (4),  situated  near  the  ruins 
of  old  Fort  Holmes. 

The  settlement  of  this  Isl^d  was  commenced  in  1764.  In 
1793  it  was  surrendered  to  the  American  government ;  taken 
by  the  British  in  1812 ;  but  restored  by  the  treaty  of  Ghent, 
signed  in  November,  1814. 


^t). 


.^  iillWiw  


-"^*»; 


s^yj^,   \  \i 


M 


-LQSSINC-^BAdRlTT.- 

Abched  Roce:. — Mackinac. 


CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE.       113 

The  whole  island  of  Mackinac  is  deeply  interesting  to  the 
scientific  explorer,  as  •well  as  to  the  seeker  of  health  and  pleas- 
ure. The  following  extract,  illustrated  by  an  engraving,  is 
copied  from  "  Foster  arid  Whitney's  Geological  Reporf  of 
that  region  : 

"  As  particular  examples  of  denuding  action  on  the  island, 
we  would  mention  the  '  Arched  Rock'  and  the  '  Sugar  Loaf.' 
The  former,  situated  on  the  eastern  shore,  is  a  feature  of  great 
interest.  The  cliffs  here  attain  a  height  of  nearly  one  hundred 
feet,  Avhile  at  the  base  ai'e  strewn  numerous  fragments  which 
have  fallen  from  above.  The  Arched  Rock  has  been  excavated 
in  a  projecting  angle  of  the  limestone  cliff,  and  the  top  of  the 
span  is  about  ninety  feet  above  the  lake-level,  surmounted  by 
aboiit  ten  feet  of  rock.  At  the  base  of  a  projecting  angle, 
which  rises  up  like  a  buttress,  there  is  a  small  opening,  through 
which  an  explorer  may  pass  to  the  main  arch,  where,  after 
clambering  over  the  steep  slope  of  debris  and  the  projecting 
edges  of  the  strata,  he  reaches  the  brow  of  the  cliff. 

"  The  beds  forming  the  summit  of  the  arch  are  cut  off  from 
direct  connection  with  the  main  rock  by  a  narrow  gorge  of  no 
great  depth.  The  portion  supporting  the  arch  on  the  north 
side,  and  the  curve  of  the  arch  itself,  are  comparatively  fragile, 
and  can  not,  for  a  long  period,  resist  the  action  of  rains  and 
frosts,  which,  in  this  latitude,  and  on  a  rock  thus  constituted, 
produce  great  ravages  every  season.  The  arch,  which  on  one 
side  now  connects  this  abutment  with  the  main  cliff,  will  soon 
be  destroyed,  as  well  as  the  abutment  itself,  and  the  whole  be 
precijiitated  into  the  lake. 

"  It  is  evident  that  the  denuding  action,  producing  such  an 
opening,  wirh  other  attendant  phenomena,  could  only  have 
operated  while  near  the  level  of  a  large  body  of  water,  like  the 
great  lake  itself ;  and  we  find  a  striking  similarity  between  the 
denuding  action  of  the  water  here  in  time  past,  and  the  same 
action  as  now  manifested  in  the  range  of  the  Pictured  Rocks 
on  the  shores  of  Lake  Superior.  As  an  interesting  point  in  the 
scenery  of  this  island,  the  Arched  Rock  attracts  much  atten- 
tion, and  in  every  respect  is  worthy  of  examination."  (See 
Engraving.) 

Other  picturesque  objects  of  great  interest,  besides  those 
enumerated  above,  occur  at  every  turn  on  roving  about  this 
enchanting  island,  where  the  pure,  bracing  air  and  clear  waters 
afford  a  pleasurable  sensation,  difficult  to  be  described,  unless 
visited  and  enjoyed. 


114       CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE. 

EouND  Island  is  a  small  body  of  land  lying  a  short  distance 
southeast  of  Mackinac,  while  Bois  Blanc  Island  is  a  large 
body  of  land  lying  still  farther  in  the  distance,  at  the  head  of 
Lake  Huron,  here  about  30  miles  wide,  which  width  it  aver- 
ages for  about  50  miles,  when  it  widens  to  100  miles  and  up- 
ward. 

Point  de  Tour,  40  miles  east  from  Mackinac,  is  the  site  of  a 
light-house  and  settlement,  at  the  entrance  of  St.  Mary's  River, 
which  is  here  about  half  a  mile  in  width  ;  this  passage  is  also 
called  the  West  Channel.  At  a  distance  of  about  two  miles 
above  the  Point  is  a  new  settlement,  where  has  been  erected  a 
steamboat  pier,  a  hotel,  and  several  dwellings. 

Drummond  Island,  a  large  and  important  body  of  land 
belonging  to  the  United  States,  is  passed  on  the  right,  where  is 
to  be  seen  the  ruins  of  an  old  fort  erected  by  the  British.  On 
the  left  is  the  mainland  of  Northern  Michigan.  Ascending  St. 
Mary's  River  next  is  passed  Roxjnd  or  Pipe  Island,  and  other 
smaller  islands  on  the  right,  most  of  them  belonging  to  the 
United  States. 

On  Drummond  Island  is  said  to  exist  a  fine  and  valuable 
quality  of  stone,  as  will  be  seen  by  the  following  extract : 

"  A  correspondent  of  the  New  Haven  Journal  denies  the  ac- 
curacy of  the  assertion  that  the  deposit  of  lithographic  stone 
lately  found  in  Kentucky  is  the  first  discovery  of  that  species 
of  stone  in  the  United  States.  The  writer  says  that  he  obtained 
a  specimen  of  the  same  kind  of  stone  in  1825  at  Drummond 
Island,  at  the  entrance  of  th^  strait  between  Lakes  Huron  and 
Superior,  where  the  supply  was  apparently  inexhaustible.  The 
stone  was  carried  to  Boston  and  tested  by  a  lithographer,  who 
said  it  was  equal,  if  not  superior,  to  the  German  stone.  At 
that  time,  however,  Drummond  Island  was  far  less  accessible 
than  Germany,  and  the  discovery  was,  therefore,  of  no  prac- 
tical value." 

St.  Joseph  Island,  10  miles  above  Point  de  Tour,  is  a 
large  and  fertile  island  belonging  to  Canada,  which  is  more 
fully  described  on  page  43.  It  is  about  20  miles  long  from  east 
to  west,  and  about  15  miles  broad,  covered  in  part  with  a  heavy 
growth  of  forest  trees.     Here  is  seen  the  ruins  of  an  old  fort 


CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE.       115 

erected  by  the  British  on  a  point  of  land  commandijig  the  chan- 
nel of  the  riyer. 

Carltonville  is  a  small  settlement  on  the  Michigan  side  of 
the  river,  12  miles  above  the  De  Totit.  Here  is  a  steam  saw- 
mill and  a  few  dwelling-houses. 

Lime  Island  is  a  small  body  of  land  belonging  to  the  United 
States,  lying  in  the  main  channel  of  the  river,  about  12  miles 
from  its  mouth.  The  channel  here  forms  the  boundary  between 
the  United  States  and  Canada. 

Mud  Lake,,  as  it  is  called,  owing  to  its  waters  being  easily 
riled,  is  an  expansion  of  the  river  about  five  miles  wide  and 
ten  miles  long,  but  not  accurately  delineated  on  any  of  the 
modern  maps,  which  appear  to  be  very  deficient  in  regard  to 
St.  Mary's  River  and  its  many  islands — presenting  at  several 
points  most  beautiful  river  scenery  In  the  St.  Mary's  River 
there  are  about  50  islands  belonging  to  the  United  States,  be- 
sides several  attached  to  Canada. 

Nebish  Island  and  Sailor's  Encampment,  situated  about 
half  way  from  the  Point  to  the  Saut,  are  passed  on  the  left 
while  sailing  through  the  main  channel. 

Sugar  Island,  a  large  body  of  fertile  land  belonging  to  the 
United  States,  is  reached  about  30  miles  above  Point  de  Tour, 
situated  near  the  head  of  St.  Joseph  Island.  On  the  right  is 
passed  the  British  or  JS'^orth  Channel,  connecting  on  the  east 
with  Georgian  Bay.  Here  are  seen  two  small  rocky  islands 
belonging  to  the  British  Government,  which  command  both 
channels  of  the  river. 

The  JVebish  Rapids  are  next  passed  by  the  ascending  vessel, 
the  stream  here  running  about  five  knots  per  hour.  The  main 
land  of  Canada  is  reached  immediately  above  the  rapids,  being 
clothed  with  a  dense  growth  of  forest  trees  of  small  size.  To 
the  north  is  a  dreary  wilderness,  extending  through  to  Hudson 
Bay,  as  yet  almost  wholly  unexplored  and  unknown,  except  to 
the  Indian  or  Canadian  hunter. 

Lake  George,  twenty  miles  below  the  Saut  is  another  ex- 
pansion of  the  river,  being  about  five  miles  wide  and  eight  miles 


116       CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE. 

long.  Here  the  channel  is  only  from  eight  to  ten  feet  in  depth 
for  about  one  mile,  forming  a  great  impediment  to  navigation. 

Church's  Landing,  on  Sugar  Island,  twelve  miles  below  the 
Saut,  is  a  steamboat  landing ;  opposite  it  is  Squirrel  Island, 
belonging  to  the  Canadians.  This  is  a  convenient  landing,  where 
is  situated  a  store  and  dwelling.  The  industrious  occupants  are 
noted  for  the  making  of  raspberry  jam,  which  is  sold  in  large 
quantities,  and  shipped  to  Eastern  and  Southern  markets. 

Garden  River  Settlement  is  an  Indian  village  ten  miles  be- 
low the  Saut,  on  the  Canadian  shore.  Here  is  a  missionary 
church  and  several  dwellings,  surrounded  by  grounds  poorly 
cultivated,  fishing  and  hunting  being  the  main  employment  of 
the  Chippewa  Indians  who  inhabit  this  section  of  country. 
Both  sides  of  the  river  abound  in  wild  berries  of  good  flavor, 
which  are  gathered  in  large  quantities  by  the  Indians,  during 
the  summer  months.* 

Extract  from  a  letter  dated  Saut  Ste  Marie,  Sept.,  1854 : 
"  The  scenery  of  the  St.  Mary's  River  seems  to  grow  more 
attractive  every  year.  There  is  a  delicious  freshness  in  the 
countless  evergreen  islands  that  dot  the  river  in  every  direction 
from  the  Falls  to  Lake  Huron,  and  I  can  imagine  of  no  more 
tempting  retreats  from  the  dusty  streets  of  towns,  in  summer, 
than  these  islands;  I  believe  the  time  will  soon  come  when 
neat  summer  cottages  will  be  scattered  along  the  steamboat 
route  on  these  charming  islands.  A  summer  could  be  delight- 
fully spent  in  exploring  for  new  scenery  and  in  fishing  and  sail- 
ing in  these  waters. 

"  And  Mackinac,  what  an  attractive  little  piece  of  terra  firma 
is  that  island — half  ancient,  half  modern  !  The  view  from  the 
fort  is  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world.  Perched  on  the  brink  of 
a  precipice  some  two  hundred  feet  above  the  bay — one  takes  in 
at  a  glance  from  its  walls  the  harbor,  with  its  numerous  boats 
and  the  pretty  village ;  and  the  whole  rests  on  one's  vision  more 
like  a  picture  than  a  reality.  Every  thing  on  the  island  is  a 
curiosity  ;  the  roads  or  streets  that  wind  f.round  the  harbor  or 
among  the  grove -like  forests  of  the  island  are  naturally  pebbled 
and  macadamized ;  the  buildings  are  of  every  style,  from  an 
Indian  lodge  to  a  fine  English  house.  The  island  is  covered  with 
charming  natural  scenery,  from  the  pretty  to  the  grand,  and 

*  Sept.  30,  1S54,  the  thermometer  stood  at  42^  Fahr.,  at  the  Saut  Ste 
Marie,  in  the  n:?:>rmng,  a  fine  day  for  the  season,  with  little  or  no  wind. 


CHICAGO    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE.        117 

one  may  spend  weeks  constantly  finding  new  objects  of  interest 
and  new  scenes  of  beauty.  It  is  unnecessary  to  particularize — 
every  visitor  will  find  them,  and  enjoy  the  sight  more  than  any 
description. 

"  The  steamers  all  call  there,  on  their  way  to  and  from  Chicago, 
and  hundreds  of  small  sail  vessels,  in  the  fishing  trade,  have 
here  their  head-quarters.  Drawn  upon  the  pebbled  beach  or 
gliding  about  the  little  bay  are  bark  canoes  and  the  far-famed 
"  Mackinac  boats,"  without  number.  These  last  are  the  perfeo* 
tion  of  light  sail-boats,  and  I  have  often  been  astonished  at  see- 
ing them  far  out  in  the  lake  beating  up  against  winds  that  were 
next  to  gales.  Yesterday  the  harbor  was  thronged  with  sail- 
boats and  vessels  of  every  description,  among  the  rest  were  the 
only  two  iron  steamers  that  the  United  States  have  upon  all  the 
lakes,  the  "  Michigan"  and  the  "  Surveyor,"  formerly  called 
the  "  Abert,"  employed  in  the  coast  survey. 

"  For  a  wonder,  Lake  Huron  was  calm  and  at  rest  for  its  en- 
tire length,  and  the  steamer  Northerner  made  a  beautiful  and 
quick  passage  from  Mackinac  to  this  place.  The  weather  con- 
tinues warm  and  dry,  and  hundreds  are  regretting  they  have 
so  early  left  the  Saut  and  Mackinac,  and  we  believe  you  will 
see  crowds  of  visitors  yet.  Jay." 


118  LAKE  HURON. 


A  SUNDAY  ON  LAKE  HUEON. 

During  the  autumn  of  1856  the  steamer  Illinois  arrived 
at  Saut  Ste  Marie  on  Saturday  evening,  on  her  return  from  a 
trip  through  Lake  Superior,  having  proceeded  to  La  Pointe, 
situated  on  one  of  the  "  Twelve  Apostles,"  and  thence  crossed 
over  to  the  extreme  western  shore  of  the  lake,  near  the  mouth 
of  Pigeon  Eiver,  returning  along  the  north  or  Canada  shore  to 
the  Saut,  with  a  pleasure  party  on  board. 

While  the  steamer  was  detained  at  the  wharf,  below  the 
mouth  of  the  ship  canal,  most  of  the  passengers,  and  many  of 
the  citizens  of  this  ancient  and  romantic  village,  together  with 
a  few  Canadians  from  the  opposite  shore,  amused  themselves  by 
music  and  dancing ;  while  not  a  few  drank  deep  from  the  in- 
toxicating bowl.  This  scene  of  pleasure  was  kept  up  until  near 
midnight,  when,  one  by  one,  the  passengers  retired  to  their  rest, 
and  the  villagers  bade  adieu  to  their  new-made  and  old  ac- 
quaintances. 

The  next  morning  the  steamer  was  coursing  her  way  through 
the  pure  and  lovely  waters  of  the  St.  Mary's  Piiver,  with  every 
appearance  of  a  fine  day.  After  passing  Sugar  Island,  the 
Nebish  Piapids,  and  the  island  of  St.  Joseph,  and  entering  the 
broad  waters  of  Lake  Huron,  a  most  beautiful  view  was  pre- 
sented to  our  gaze.  In  the  rear  was  seen  the  entrance  to  the 
De  Tour  passage,  just  passed,  and  the  British  island  of  St. 
Joseph — on  the  north  lay  Drummond  Island,  attached  to  the 
stars  and  stripes,  although  bearing  a  foreign  name — while  in 
the  far  distance  southward  were  seen  the  romantic  island  of 
Mackinac  and  the  main  shore  of  IMichigan. 

At  this  time,  the  hour  of  breakfast  having  passed,  the  Kev. 

Mr.  ,  an  Episcopal  minister  from  Ontonagon,  Mich.,  was 

invited  to  read  the  church  service  and  preach  a  sermon,  for  the 
benefit  of  the  passengers  on  board,  among  whom  were  persons 
of  different  creeds  and  nations.  Never  was  a  discourse  more 
appropriately  selected,  or  received  with  more  devout  attention, 


LAKE  HURON.  119 

considering  tlie  mixed,  and  mostly  strange,  persons  assembled 
in  the  after-cabin. 

The  lake,  when  seen,  presented  a  serene  and  quiet  calmness, 
alone  disturbed  by  the  powerful  machinery  propelling  us 
through  the  waters  at  a  most  rapid  rate ;  while  the  sentiments 
and  rich  melody  of  the  speaker's  voice  lent  a  charm  to  the  scene 
never  to  be  forgot  by  many  then  present.  Thus  should  it  al- 
ways be  on  a  Sabbath,  while  journeying  over  these  magnificent 
waters,  if  the  weather  will  permit — blending  serious  thoughts 
with  the  most  grand  and  lovely  objects  of  nature — that  pro- 
duced by  the  view  of  land  and  water,  as  seen  at  times  on  the 
great  lakes  of  North  America. 

A  bounteous  dinner  was  next  served  up,  affording  delight  to 
those  blessed  with  good  appetites ;  while  every  passenger,  male 
and  female,  seemed  to  enjoy  the  scenery  that  during  the  entire 
day  was  visible  from  the  deck  of  the  steamer. 

Thunder  Bay,  Saginaw  Bay,  and  Point  au  Barque  were  passed 
in  succession — the  mainland  on  the  Canada  or  Michigan  shore 
being,  for  most  of  the  time,  seen  in  the  far  distance ;  while 
occasionally  the  smoke  of  a  passing  steamer  or  a  sail  vessel 
caught  the  eye,  silently  gliding  over  the  broad  waters  of  Lake 
Huron. 

Were  it  not  for  the  almost  criminal  carelessness  or  reckless- 
ness of  many  of  the  owners  and  masters  of  steamers  navigating 
these  lakes,  whereby  hundreds  of  valuable  lives  have  been  lost 
and  millions  of  property  destroyed,  no  more  safe,  instructive, 
or  grand  excursion  could  be  found  on  the  face  of  the  globe. 


120 


STEAMBOAT   ROUTE. 


STEAMBOAT  EOUTE  FEOM  CHICAGO  TO  MACKINAC  AND 
SATJT  STE  MAEIE. 

PASSING    THROUGH    LAKES    MICHIGAN    AND    HURON. 


Ports,  etc. 

Miles. 

Ports,  etc. 

Miles. 

Chicago,  111 

0 

Saut  Ste  Marie 

0 

Waukegan 

36 

Garden  River  Set 

10 

Kenosha,  Wis 

52 

ChurcKs  Landing,  ) 
Sugar  Island,            5 

14 

Racine 

62 

Milwaukee 

86 

Nebish  Rapids 

25 

Port  JVashington 

111 

St.  Joseph  Is.,  C.  W.  ... 

26 

Sheboygan 

136 

Point  De  Tour 

50 

Manitouwoc 

156 

Mackinac,  Is.  and  town 

95 

Two  Rivers 

173 

Old  Fort  Mackinac 

105 

Kewaunee,  (25  miles) . . . 

Hog  and  Garden  Islands 

120 

South  Manitou  Is.  IVIich. 

250 

Great  Beaver  Is 

130 

North  Manitou  Is 

260 
300 
315 

Fox  Islands 

145 

Fox  Islands 

North  Manitou  Is 

South  Manitou  Is 

185 

Great  Beaver  Is 

195 

Hog  and  Garden  Islands 

325 

Kewaunee,  Wis 

Old  Fort  Mackinac 

340 

Two  Rivers 

272 

Mackinac*  Is.  and  town 

350 

Manitouwoc 

289 

Point  Be  Tour 

395 

Sheboygan 

309 

St.  Joseph  Is.,  C.  W.  . . . 

400 

Port  Washington 

334 

Nehish  Rapids,         ^ 
Sugar  Island,  JNIich.  5 

420 

Milwaukee 

359 

Racine 

383 

OhwrcKs  Landing 

431 

Kenosha 

393 

Garden  River  Set.,  C.  W. 

435 

Waukegan,  HI 

409 

Saut  Ste  Makie,  Mich. 

445 

Chicago 

445 

Usual  Fare,  $8,  including 
meals. 


Usual  Time,  48  hours. 


*  The  steamers  running  from  Detroit  and  Collingwood  to  Green  Bay 
and  Chicago  aU  stop  at  this  port. 


STEAMBOAT    ROUTE. 


121 


STEAMBOAT  KOUTE  FKOM  SAUT  STE  MAEIE  TO  DETEOIT.. 


PASSING   THUOITGH    LAKES    HURON    AND    ST.    CLA.R. 


Ports,  etc. 

Satjt  Ste  Marie 

Garden  River  Set.,  C.W, 
Churches  Landins 


Lake  George 

Nebish  Rapids 

St.  Joseph  Is.,  C.W.-.. 

Mud  Lake 

Lime  Island,  Mich. . . . 
Drummond  Island. . . . 
Point  Be  Tour,  ^ 
Lake  Huron,       5     ' ' 
Mackinac,  (40  miles) . 

Presque  Isle 

Thunder  Bay  Is 

Saginaw  Bay 

Point  au  Barque , 

St.  Clair  River,  ^ 
Fort  Gratoit,  5 
Port  Huron,  Mich. 
Port  Sarn-ia,  C.  W. 

St.  Clair,  Mich 

Newport 

Algonac , 

St.  Clair  Lake 

Detroit  River 

Detroit 


Miles. 
0 
10 
14 
20 
24 
25 
30 
43 
48 

50 


105 
135 
190 
210 

275 

277 

294 
304 
310 
313 
343 
350 


]■■ 


Ports,  etc. 

Detroit 

Lake  St.  Clair 

St.  Clair  Flats  .... 

Algonac  

Newport 

St.  Clair 

Port  Sarnia,  C.  W. 
Port  Huron,  ISIich. 
Fort  Gratiot,  'i 
Lake  Huron,  5 

Point  au  Barque 

Saginaw  Bay 

Thunder  Bay  Is 

Presque  Isle, 

Mackinac,  (70  miles) 

Point  De  Tour,    'i 

St.  Mary's  River,  )   ' ' '  ' 

Drummond  Island 

St.  Joseph  Island,  C.  W. 

Lime  Island 

Mud  Lake 

Sugar  Island 

Lake  George 

ChiercJi's  Landing 

Garden  River  Set.,  C.W. 
Saitt  Ste  Marie 


Miles- 

0 

7 

30 

40 

46 


75 

140 
150 
215 

245 


30O 

302- 
310' 
312 
820 
32& 
330 
336 
340 
350 


Fare,  $7,  including  meals. 


11 


Usual  Time,  30  hours. 


TRIP  FROM  DETROIT  TO  MACKINAC  AND  SAUT  STE 
MARIE,  PASSING  THROUGH  LAKE  HURON. 


During  the  season  of  navigation,  steamers  of  a  large  class, 
mth  good  accommodations  for  passengers,  leave  Detroit  almost 
daily  for  Mackinac,  for  Green  Bay,  for  Chicago,  situated  on 
Lake  Michigan,  or  for  the  Saut  Ste  Marie ;  from  thence  passing 
through  the  ship  canal  into  Lake  Superior,  forming  delightful 
excursions  during  the  summer  and  the  early  autumn  months. 

On  leaving  Detroit  the  steamers  run  in  a  northerly  direction, 
passing  Belle,  or  Hog  Island,  two  miles  distant,  which  is  about 
three  miles  long  and  one  mile  broad,  presenting  a  handsome  ap- 
pearance. The  Canadian  shore  on  the  right  is  studded  with 
dwellings  and  well-cultivated  farms. 

Peche  Island  is  a  small  body  of  land  attached  to  Canada, 
lying  at  the  mouth  of  Detroit  River,  opposite  which,  on  the 
Michigan  shore,  is  Wind  Mill  Point  and  light-house. 

Lake  St.  Clair  commences  seven  miles  above  Detroit ;  it 
may  be  said  to  be  20  miles  long  and  25  miles  wide,  measuring 
its  length  from  the  outlet  of  St.  Clair  River  to  the  head  of  De- 
troit River.  Compared  with  the  other  lakes  it  is  very  shallow, 
having  a  depth  of  only  from  8  to  24  feet,  as  indicated  by  Bay- 
field's chart.  It  receives  the  waters  of  the  Upper  Lakes  from 
the  St.  Clair  Strait  by  several  channels  forming  islands,  and 
discharges  them  into  the  Detroit  River  or  Strait.  In  the  upper 
portion  of  the  lake  are  several  extensive  islands,  the  largest  of 
which  is  Walpole  Island;  it  belongs  to  Canada,  and  is  inhab- 
ited mostly  by  Indians.  All  the  islands  to  the  west  of  Walpole 
Island  belong  to  Michigan.  The  Walpole,  or  "  Old  Ship  Chan- 
nel," forms  the  boundary  between  the  United  States  and  Can- 
ada. The  main  channel,  now  used  by  the  larger  class  of  ves- 
sels, is  called  the  "  North  Channel."  Here  are  passed  the  "  St. 
Clair  Flats,"  a  great  impediment  to  navigation,  for  the  rwnoval 


DETROIT    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE.    12S 

of  whicli  Congress  will  no  doubt  make  ample  appropriation 
sooner  or  later.  The  northeastern  channel,  separating  Walpole 
Island  from  the  main  Canada  shore,  is  called  "  Chenail  Ecarte" 
Besides  the  waters  passing  through  the  Strait  of  St.  Clair,  Lake 
St.  Clair  receives  the  river  Thames  from  the  Canada  side,  which 
is  navigable  to  Chatham,  some  24  miles ;  also  the  waters  of  Clin- 
ton River  from  the  west  or  American  side,  the  latter  being 
navigable  to  Mt.  Clemens,  Michigan.  Several  other  streams 
flow  into  the  lake  from  Canada,  the  principal  of  which  is  the 
River  Sydenham.  Much  of  the  land  bordering  on  the  lake  is 
low  and  marshy,  as  well  as  the  islands ;  and  in  places  there  are 
large  plains  which  are  used  for  grazing  cattle. 

Ashley,  or  New  Baltimore,  situated  on  the  N.W.  side  of 

Lake  St.  Clair,  30  miles  from  Detroit,  is  a  new  and  flourishing 

place,  and  has  a  fine  section  of  country  in  the  rear.     It  contains 

three  steam  saw-mills,  several  other  manufactories,  and  about 

'  1,000  inhabitants.   A  steamboat  runs  from  this  place  to  Detroit. 

Mt.  Clemens,  Macomb  Co.,  Mich.,  is  situated  on  Clinton 
River,  six  miles  above  its  entrance  into  Lake  St.  Clair,  and 
about  30  miles  from  Detroit  by  lake  and  river.  A  steamer  plies 
daily  to  and  from  Detroit  during  the  season  of  navigation.  Mt. 
Clemens  contains  the  county  buildings,  several  churches,  three 
hotels,  and  a  number  of  stores  and  manufacturing  establish- 
ments, and  about  2,500  inhabitants.  Detroit  is  distant  by 
plank-road  only  20  miles. 

Chatham,  C.  W.,  46  miles  from  Detroit  by  railroad  route, 
and  about  24  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  river  Thames,  which 
enters  into  Lake  St.  Clair,  is  a  port  of  entry  and  thriving  place 
of  business,  where  have  been  built  a  large  number  of  steamers 
and  sail- vessels. 

Algonac,  Mich.,  situated  near  the  foot  of  St.  Clair  River, 
40  miles  from  Detroit,  contains  a  church,  two  or  three  saw- 
mills, and  about  600  inhabitants 

Newport,  Mich.,  seven  miles  farther  north,  is  noted  for 
steamboat  building,  there  being  extensive  ship-yards,  where  arc 
annually  employed  a  large  number  of  workmen.    Here  are  fotu^ 


124     DETROIT    TO    MACKINAC    A^D    SAUT    STE    MARIE. 

steam  saw-mills,  machine  shops,  etc.     Population  about  800. 
Belle  River  here  enters  the  St.  Clair  from  the  west. 

St.  Clair  Strait  connects  Lake  Huron  with  Lake  St.  Clair, 
and  discharges  the  surplus  waters  of  Lakes  Superior,  Michigan, 
and  Huron.  It  flows  in  a  southerly  direction,  and  enters  Lake 
St.  Clair  by  six  channels,  the  north  one  of  which,  on  the  Mich- 
igan side,  is  the  only  one  at  present  navigated  by  large  vessels 
in  ascending  and  descending  the  river.  It  receives  several 
tributaries  from  the  west,  or  ^Michigan  ;  the  principal  of  which 
are  Black  River,  Pine  River,  and  Belle  River,  and  several  rivers 
flow  into  it  from  the  east,  or  Canadian  side.  It  has  several 
flourishing  villages  on  its  banks.  It  is  48  miles  long,  from  a 
"half  to  a  mile  wide,  and  has  an  average  depth  of  from  40  to  60 
feet,  with  a  current  of  three  miles  an  hour,  and  an  entire  de- 
scent of  about  15  feet.  Its  waters  are  clear  and  transparent, 
the  navigation  easy,  and  the  scenery  varied  and  beautiful — 
forming,  for  its  entire  length,  the  boundary  between  the  United 
States  and  Canada.  The  banks  of  the  upper  portion  are  high  ; 
those  of  the  lower  portion  are  low,  and  in  parts  inclined  to  be 
marshy.  Both  banks  of  the  river  are  generally  well  settled, 
and  many  of  the  farms  are  beautifully  situated.  There  are 
several  wharves  constructed  on  the  Canada  side,  for  the  con- 
venience of  supplying  the  numerous  steamboats  passing  and  re- 
passing with  wood.  There  is  also  a  settlement  of  the  Chippewa 
Indians  in  the  township  of  Sarnia,  Canada  ;  the  Indians  reside 
in  small  log  or  bark  houses  of  their  own  erection. 

St.  Clair,  Mich.,  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  west  side  of 
St.  Clair  Strait,  56  miles  from  Detroit  and  14  miles  from  Lake 
Huron.  This  is  a  thriving  place,  with  many  fine  buildings, 
and  is  a  great  lumber  depot.  It  contains  the  county  buildings 
for  St.  Clair  Co.,  several  churches  and  hotels,  one  flouring 
mill,  and  five  steam  saw-mills,  besides  other  manufacturing 
establishments,  and  about  3,000  inhabitants.  St.  Clair  has  an 
active  business  in  the  construction  of  steamers  and  other  lake 
craft.  The  site  of  old  Fort  St.  Clair y  now  in  ruins,  is  on  the 
border  of  the  village 


DETROIT    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE.     125 

SouTHERLAND,  C.  W.,  is  a  Small  village  on  the  Canada  shore, 
opposite  St.  Clair.  It  was  laid  out  in  1833  by  a  Scotch  gentle* 
man  of  the  same  name,  who  here  erected  an  Episcopal  church, 
and  made  other  valuable  improvements. 

Moore,  C.  W.,  is  a  small  village  ten  miles  below  Port  Sarnia 

FROMEriELD,  or  Talfourd's,  C.  W.,  is  another  small  village, 
handsomely  situated  four  and  a  half  miles  below  Port  Sarnia 
Here  is  an  Episcopal  church,  a  wind-mill,  and  a  cluster  of 
iwellings. 

Port  Sarnia,  C.  W.,  68  miles  from  Detroit,  is  an  important 
place  and  port  of  entry,  handsomely  situated  on  the  east  bank 
of  the  river  St.  Clair,  opposite  Port  Huron  on  the  American 
shore,  and  near  the  foot  of  Lake  Huron.  It  now  contains  about 
2,500  inhabitants,  and  is  the  proposed  terminus  of  the  Grand 
Trunk  Railway  of  Canada,  which  will  afford  a  speedy  com- 
munication with  Hamilton,  Toronto,  Kingston,  Montreal,  and 
Quebec.  Steamers  run  from  Port  Sarnia  to  Goderich,  and 
different  places  on  the  Upper  Lakes,  and  to  Detroit,  etc. 

Port  Huron,  St.  Clair  Co.,  Mich.,  is  very  advantageously 
situated  on  the  west  bank  of  the  civer  St.  Clair,  at  the  mouth 
of  Black  River,  two  miles  below  Lake  Huron  and  68  miles  from 
Detroit  by  water.  It  contains  several  churches,  two  or  three 
public  houses,  fifteen  stores,  one  steam  flouring-mill,  four  steam 
saw-mills,  and  several  other  manufacturing  establishments. 
Population  about  3,000.  It  is  an  important  depot  for  lumber, 
fish,  etc.  A  railroad  is  to  be  constructed  from  Port  Huron  to 
Corunna  and  Grand  Rapids,  connecting  with  the  Detroit  and 
Milwaukee  Railroad ;  another  railroad  will  extend  to  Detroit, 
thus  forming  a  direct  route  from  Lake  Huron  to  Lake  Michigan, 
and  to  Toledo,  Cincinnati,  etc.  During  the  season  of  navigation 
there  is  daily  intercourse  by  steamboat  with  Detroit. 

Fort  Gratoit,  two  miles  above  Port  Huron,  is  situated  at 
the  foot  of  Lake  Huron,  at  the  commencement  of  the  St.  Clair 
Strait.  It  was  built  in  1814,  at  the  close  of  the  war  with  Great 
Britain,  and  consists  of  a  stockade,  including  a  magazine,  bar- 
racks, and  other  accommodations  for  a  garrison  of  one  bat- 

11* 


126      DETROIT    TO    MACKINAC    AND-SAUT    STE    MARIE. 

talion.    It  fully  commands  the  entrance  to  Lake  Huron,  from  the 
American  shore,  and  is  an  interesting  landmark  to  the  mariner. 

PoiXT  Edward,  on  the  opposite  Canadian  shore,  is  a  military- 
reserve,  where  is  usually  stationed  a  small  British  force.  It 
also  commands  the  entrance  to  Lake  Huron.  In  the  vicinity  is 
an  excellent  fishery,  where  upward  of  1,000  barrels  of  fish  are 
annually  taken  and  exported. 

During  the  season  of  navigatiwi,  steamers  run  daily  from 
Detroit  to  Port  Sarnia,  Goderich,  Saugeen,  and  other  ports  in 
Canada  West. 

Bayfield,  108  miles  from  Detroit,  is  a  new  and  flourishing 
place,  situated  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  of  the  same  name. 
•Goderich,  120  miles  north  of  Detroit,  is  situated  on-elevated 
ground  at  the  mouth  of  Maitland  River,  where  is  a  good  har- 
bor. This  is  a  very  important  and  growing  place,  where  will 
terminate  the  Buffalo  and  Huron  Railroad,  160  miles  in 
length.     (  See  page  000. ) 

Kincardine,  thirty  miles  from  Goderich,  is  another  port  on 
the  Canadian  side  of  Lake  Huron,  where  the  British  steamers 
land  and  receive  passengers  oh  their  trips  to  Saugeen. 

Saugeen,  C.  W.,  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  a  river  of  the 
same  name,  where  is  a  good  harbor  for  steamers  and  lake  craft. 
This  is  the  most  northern  port  to  which  steamers  now  run  on 
the  Canada  side  of  Lake  Huron,  and  will  no  doubt,  ere  long,  be 
reached  by  railroad. 

Lake  Huron,  off  the  mouth  of  Saginaw  Bay,  presents  a  wide 
expanse  of  waters,  attaining  its  greatest  width  after  passing 
Point  au  Barque ;  the  steamer  usually  takes  a  northerly  direc- 
tion for  many  miles,  when  running  toward  the  Strait  of  Mack- 
inac.    On  the  east  lies  the  Canada  shore  and  Georgian  Bay. 

FoRREs^TviLLE,  Mich. ,  120  miles  north  of  Detroit,  situated 
on  the  west  side  of  Lake  Huron,  is  a  new  settlement,  where  is 
erected  an  extensivfe  steam  saw-mill.  It  has  some  three  or  four 
hundred  inhabitants,  mostly  engaged  in  the  lumber  trade.  A 
steamer  runs  from  Detroit  to  this  landing,  which  is  distant  47 
miles  from  Port  Huron. 


DETROIT    TO    MACKINAC    AND    SAUT    STE    MARIE,    127 

Saginaw  Bay  is  a  very  large  body  of  water,  it  being 
about  30  miles  wide  and  60  miles  long,  penetrating  far  into  the 
lower  peninsula  of  Michigan,  There  are  several  islands  near 
the  center  of  the  bay  and  along  its  eastern  shore ;  while  dif- 
ferent kinds  of  fish  are  taken  from  its  waters  in  large  quanti- 
ties. Saginaw  River,  flowing  into  the  head  of  the  bay,  is  a 
large  and  navigable  stream,  draining  a  rich  section  of  country. 

Lower  Sagiistaw,  near  the  mouth  of  the  river,  is  a  flourish- 
ing settlement,  from  whence  a  large  amount  of  lumber  is  an- 
nually exported. 

Saginaw  City,  Saginaw  Co. ,  INIich. ,  is  handsomely  situated 
on  the  left  bank  of  the  river,  23  miles  above  its  mouth.  It 
contains  a  court-house  and  jail,  several  churches,  two  hotels, 
15  stores,  two  warehouses,  and  sis  steam  saw-mills.  Population 
about  4,000.  There  is  a  fine  section  of  country  in  the  rear  of 
Saginaw,  much  of  which  is  heavily  timbered ;  the  soil  produces 
grain  in  abundance,  while  the  streams  afford  means  of  ea^ 
transportation  to  market.  Steamers  run  daily  from  Saginaw 
City  to  Detroit,  during  the  season  of  navigation. 

East  Sagiitaw,  situated  on  the  right  bank  of  the  river, 
about  one  mile  below  Saginaw  City,  is  a  new  and  flourishing 
place,  also  largely  engaged  in  the  lumber  trade,  where  are 
located  several  extensive  steam  saw-miUs  and  other  manufac- 
turing establishments. 

The  other  important  points  passed  on  a  trip  from  Detroit  to 
Mackinac  or  the  Saut  Ste  Marie  are  Thunder  Bay  Island  and 
light,  and  Presque  Isle,  on  the  Michigan  shore;  while  the 
Great  Manitoulin  Island,  Great  Duck  Island,  and  Cockburn 
Island  are  on  the  Canada  side. 

If  the  steamer  is  bound  for  IMackinac,  a  westerly  course  is 
pursued  after  passing  Presque  Isle  light  until  Bois  Blanc 
Island  is  reached  and  passed,  the  steamer  then  gliding  through 
the  Strait  of  Mackinac,  where  the  water-surface  narrows  to 
the  width  of  about  20  miles. 


BAYS  AND  RIVERS-SOIL,  CLIMATE,  ETC.,  OF 
THE  LOWER  PEffi'SULA  OF  MICHIGAN. 


The  Lower  Peninsula  of  Michigan  is  nearly  surrounded  by 
the  waters  of  the  Great  Lakes,  and,  in  this  respect,  its  situa- 
tion is  naturally  more  favorable  for  all  the  purposes  of  trade 
and  commerce  than  any  other  of  the  Western  States. 

The  numerous  streams  ■which  penetrate  eyery  portion  of  the 
peninsula,  some  of  which  are  navigable  for  steamboats  a  con- 
siderable distance  from  the  lake,  being  natural  outlets  for  the 
products  of  the  interior,  render  this  whole  region  desirable  for 
purposes  of  settlement  and  cultivation.  Even  as  far  north  as 
the  Strait  of  Mackinac,  the  soil  and  climate,  together  with  the 
valuable  timber,  offer  great  inducements  to  settlers ;  and  if  the 
proposed  railroads,  under  the  recent  grant  of  large  portions  of 
these  lands  by  Congress,  are  constructed  from  and  to  the  differ- 
ent points  indicated,  this  extensive  and  heavily  timbered  region 
will  speedily  be  reclaimed,  and  become  one  of  the  most  sub- 
stantial and  prosperous  agricultural  portions  of  the  West. 

It  is  well  that  in  the  system  of  compensation,  which  seems  to 
be  a  great  law  of  the  universe,  the  vast  prairies  which  comprise 
BO  large  a  portion  of  this  great  Western  domain  are  provided 
so  well  with  corresponding  regions  of  timber,  affording  the 
necessary  supply  of  lumber  for  the  demand  of  the  increasing 
population  which  is  so  rapidly  pouring  into  these  Western 
States. 

The  State  of  Michigan — all  the  waters  of  which  flow  into  the 
basin  of  the  St.  Lawrence — Northern  Wisconsin,  and  Minnesota 
are  the  sources  from  which  the  States  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois, 
and  Iowa,  and  a  large  portion  of  the  prairie  country  west  of 
the  INIississippi,  must  derive  their  supply  of  this  important 
article  (lumber). 

The  quantity  of  pine  lumber  manufactured  in  Michigan  alone 


BAYS,    RIVERS,    KTC.    OF    MICHIGAN.  1'29 

is  estimated  for  the  past  year  to  amount  to  nearly  one  thousand 
millions  of  feet.  The  amount  sold  in  Chicago  in  1856  was  up- 
ward of  450  millions,  at  an  average  price  of,  say  $14  per 
thousand. 

This  great  commodity  is  to  a  considerable  degree  undervalued. 
The  supply  in  the  West  is  now  equal  to  the  demand,  but  the 
consumption  is  so  great,  and  the  demand  so  constantly  increas- 
ing \dih.  the  development  and  settlement  of  the  country,  that 
of  necessity,  within  comparatively  a  very  few  years,  these  vast 
forests  will  be  exhausted.  It  is  estimated  that  in  ten  years  a 
very  large  proportion  of  the  pine  timber,  accessible  to  navigable 
streams,  will  be  consumed.  But  as  the  timber  is  exhausted  the 
soil  is  prepared  for  cultivation,  and  a  large  portion  of  the  north- 
ern part  of  the  southern  peninsula  of  Michigan  will  be  settled 
and  cultivated,  as  it  is  the  most  reliable  wheat-growing  portion 
of  the  Union- 
Natural  points  for  harbors  are  found  at  the  mouths  of  nearly 
all  the  large  streams  in  the  State.  Besides  the  ports  and  towns 
already  described,  there  are  on  Lake  Huron,  after  leaving  Sag- 
inaw Bay  going  north,  several  settlements  and  lumber  estab- 
lishments, fisheries,  etc.  These  are  at  Sauble  Eiver,  Black 
River,  and  Devil  River.  At  Thunder  Bay  a  very  flourishing 
town  is  being  built  up,  with  a  superior  water-power  on  the 
river.  This  is  the  county  seat  of  Alpena  County.  The  next 
important  point  on  the  coast  is  Cheboygan  River.  The  U.  S. 
Land  Office  for  this  district  is  located  here,  at  a  small  town  on 
the  bay  called  Duncan.  This  point  is  nearly  opposite  the  isl- 
and of  Mackinac. 

Passing  around  the  western  extremity  of  the  peninsula,  at 
the  Waugoshance  Light  and  Island,  the  next  point  is  Little 
Traverse  Bay.  This  is  the  terminus  of  the  Amboy  and  Trav- 
erse Bay  Railroad. 

About  fifteen  miles  southwesterly  from  Little  Traverse  we 
enter  Grand  Traverse  Bay,  a  large  and  beautiful  arm  of  the 
lake,  extending  about  thirty  miles  inland.  This  bay  is  divided 
into  two  parts  by  a  point  of  land  from  two  to  four  miles  wide 


130  BAYS,    RIVERS,    ETC.,    OF    MICHIGAN. 

extending  from  the  head  of  the  bay  about  eighteen  miles  toward 
the  lake.  The  country  around  this  bay  is  exceedingly  pictur- 
esque, and  embraces  one  of  the  finest  agricultural  portions  of 
the  State 

The  climate  is  mild,  and  fruit  and  grain  of  all  kinds  suitable 
to  a  northern  latitude  are  produced,  with  less  liability  to  in- 
jury from  frost  than  in  some  of  the  southern  portions  of  the 
State. 

Large  quantities  of  these  lands  have  been  located,  and  sev- 
eral settlements  and  towns  are  rapidly  growing  up.  Grand 
Traverse  City  is  located  at  the  head  of  the  west  arm  of  the  bay, 
and  is  the  terminus  of  the  proposed  railroad  from  Grand  Rap- 
ids, a  distance  of  about  140  miles. 

Passing  out  of  the  bay  and  around  the  point  dividing  the 
west  arm  from  the  lake,  we  first  arrive  at  the  river  Aux  Bees 
Sceis.  There  is  here  a  natural  harbor,  capable  of  accommoda- 
ting the  larger  class  of  vessels  and  steamboats.  A  small  settle- 
ment has  been  commenced  at  this  place,  but  with  its  natural 
advantages,  and  the  capital  and  enterprise  of  parties  who  now 
contemplate  making  further  improvements,  it  will  soon  become 
a  very  desirable  and  convenient  point  for  the  accommodation 
of  navigators. 

The  islands  comprising  the  Beavers,  the  Manitous,  and  Fox 
isles  should  here  be  noticed.  The  Beavers  lie  a  little  south  of 
west  from  the  entrance  to  the  Strait  of  Mackinac,  the  Mani- 
tous a  little  south  of  these,  and  the  Fox's  still  farther  down 
the  lake.  These  are  all  valuable  for  fishing  purposes,  and  for 
wood  and  lumber.  Lying  in  the  route  of  all  the  steamboat 
lines  from  Chicago  to  Buffalo  and  the  Upper  Lakes,  the  harbors 
on  these  islands  are  stopping-points  for  the  boats,  and  a  profit- 
able trade  is  conducted  in  furnishing  the  necessary  supplies  of 
wood,  etc. 

The  settlement  of  Mormons  on  the  Big  Beavei*  Island  has 
recently  been  abandoned,  and  the  people  have  mostly  dispersed. 

We  next  arrive  at  Manistee,  a  small  but  important  settlement 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Manistee  River.    The  harbor  is  a  natural 


BAYS,    RIVERS,    ETC.,    OF    MICHIGAN.  131 

one,  but  requires  some  improvement.  A  large  trade  is  carried 
on  with  Chicago  in  lumber.  The  river  passes  through  a  fine 
pine  district,  and  is  one  of  the  largest  in  the  State. 

The  next  point  of  importance  is  the  mouth  of  the  Pere  Mar- 
quette River.  Here  is  the  terminus  of  the  proposed  railroad 
from  Flint,  in  Genesee  County,  connecting  with  Detroit  by  the 
Detroit  and  Milwaukee  Railway,  a  distance  of  about  180  miles. 
The  harbor  is  very  superior,  and  the  country  in  the  vicinity 
is  well  adapted  for  settlement.  About  16  miles  in  the  interior 
is  situated  one  of  the  most  compact  and  extensive  tracts  of  pine 
timber  on  the  western  coast. 

About  forty  miles  south  of  this,  in  the  county  of  Oceana,  a 
small  village  is  located  at  the  mouth  of  White  River.  The 
harbor  here  is  also  a  natural  one,  and  the  region  is  settled  to 
considerable  extent  by  farmers.  Lumber  is,  however,  the  prin- 
cipal commodity,  and  the  trade  is  principally  with  the  Chicago 
market. 

The  next  point  is  Muskegon,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Muskegon 
River.  It  is  supported  principally  by  the  large  lumber  region 
of  the  interior.  Niunerous  steam  saw-mills  are  now  in  active 
operation  here,  giving  the  place  an  air  of  life  and  activity. 

The  harbor  is  one  of  the  best  on  the  lake,  and  is  at  present 
accessible  for  all  the  vessels  trading  between  INIuskegon  and 
Chicago.  A  small  steamboat  runs  up  the  Muskegon  River  about 
forty  miles  to  jXeivaygo,  the  capital  of  Newaygo  County.  This 
village  is  in  a  beautiful  region  of  farming  country,  and  also  in 
close  proximity  to  the  extensive  pineries  stretching  along  the 
valley  of  the  river.  One  of  the  largest  lumber  mills  in  the 
State,  running  114  saws,  is  in  operation  at  this  place.  About 
seventy  millions  of  feet  of  lumber  are  manufactured  annually 
on  this  river. 

Grand  Haven,  Ottawa  Co.,  Mich  ,  is  situated  on  both  side? 
of  Grand  River,  at  its  entrance  into  Lake  Michigan,  here  ei 
miles  wide ;  on  the  opposite  side  lies  Milwaukee,  Wis.     T' 
ferent  settlements  comprising  Grand  Haven  contain  ab*" 
inhabitants.    Here  is  a  court-house  and  jail,  two  ch 


132  BAYS,    RIVERS,    ETC,    OF    MICHIGAN. 

hotels  and  taverns,  a  number  of  stores;  eight  large  steam  saw- 
mills, pail  and  tub  factories,  a  foundry  and  machine  shop,  and 
other  manufacturing  establishments. 

Steamers  run  from  Grand  Haven  to  Chicago,  to  INIilwaukee, 
and  also  to  other  ports  on  Lake  ^Michigan.  Steamers  also  run 
from  Grand  Haven  to  Grand  Eapids,  about  forty  miles  up  the 
river,  bringing  down  immense  quantities  of  lumber  and  produce. 
Above  Grand  Rapids,  where  is  a  fall  of  twenty-two  feet,  steam- 
ers run  to  Lyons,  about  sixty  miles  distant,  where  steamboat 
navigation  ceases. 

The  Detroit  and  Milwaukee  Railroad,  when  finished,  will 
extend  from  Detroit  to  Grand  Haven,  185  miles,  running  foi 
most  of  the  distance  through  a  rich  section  of  country.  It  wili 
form  a  through  line  of  travel,  by  means  of  steamers  across  the 
lake  to  J^Iilwaukee,  and  through  Wisconsin  to  the  Mississippi 
River  and  the  Far  West. 

Grand  Rapids,  situated  forty  miles  above  Grand  Haven, 
although  in  her  teens,  can  truly  assume  the  title  of  a  city. 
With  a  busy,  enterprising  population  of  more  than  8,000,  and 
rapidly  increasing,  possessing  a  water-power  unequaled  by  any 
in  the  State,  affording  to  manufacturers  and  others  tempting 
inducements ;  surrounded  by  a  new,  fertile,  and  rapidly  improv- 
ing country,  it  can  not  fail  shortly  to  become  one  of  the  most 
prominent  cities  ia  the  Northwest. 

"  Extensive  and  inexhaustible  beds  of  gypsum,  a  valuable  and 
almost  indispensable  soil-fertilizer  in   any  country,  are  found 
near  this  place.     Building  stone  of  good  quality,  easily  attama- 
ble  as  well  as  other  desirable  building  materials,  are  abundant, 
and  much  in  requisition,  of  which  fact  there  is  sufi&cient  satis- 
factory evidence  in  the  noble  structures  to  be  seen  here,  both 
of  stores  and  dwellings,  many  of  which  eMuce  good  taste  and 
correct  architectural  judgment.     I  was  credibly  informed  that 
there  were  mercantile  houses,  in  this  remote  city,  doing  business 
.     to  the  extent  of  one  to  two  hundred  thousand  dollars  each,  year- 
Tfe     It  is  confidently  expected  that  the  Detroit  and  Milwaukee 
,,  Iroad  will  be  completed  and  in  operation  from  Detroit  to  this 
recently    ^^^-^^     ^^^  summer  of  1857.    This  road  extends  through 
We  next^edingly  rich  agricultural  section;  that  portion  ,ying  be- 
at the  mout^jie  eastern  bound  of  Shiawassa  County  and   Grand 


BAYS,    RIVERS,    ETC.,    OF    MICHIGAN.  133 

Rapids  may  safely  be  classed  as  the  very  best  in  the  whole 
State,  and  I  "will  venture  the  assertion  that  a  very  few  years 
only  will  be  required  to  demonstrate  the  truth  of  this,  in  the 
large  amount  of  its  surplus  products  seeking  a  market  eastward, 
through  the  agency  of  this  railroad." 

The  Grand  Kiver  Pineriks. — "  Up  in  the  northern  part  of 
the  Grand  Ptiver  valley,  and  along  and  beyond  the  Muskegon 
River,  an  immense  amount  of  pine  timber  is  to  be  found.  The 
mills  upon  the  Muskegon  River  are,  most  of  them,  of  later  date 
than  those  of  Grand  River,  and  some  of  them  are  the  finest  in 
the  world.  One  of  the  mills  upon  Grand  River  is  so  complete  an 
automatic  machine  that  it  draws  up  and  arranges  its  own  logs, 
feeds  them  to  any  required  thickness  of  boards,  gigs  back  and 
eats  itself,  carries  off  and  piles  up  the  lumber,  registers  the 
r.umber  of  boards  cut — all  by  the  aid  of  the  most  simple  and 
beautiful  machinery. 

"  At  a  low  estimate,"  says  the  Grand  Rapids  Enquirer,  from 
which  we  gather  these  facts,  "the  value  of  this  trade  foots  up 
between  five  and  seven  millions  of  dollars.  There  is  every  pros- 
pect that  these  figures  will  be  largely  increased  in  ensuing 
years,  there  being  thousands  of  acres  of  better  pine  lands  than 
have  yet  been  cut,  yet  lying  untouched,  north  of  these  two 
rivers." 

The  following  table  shows,  to  some  extent,  the  amount  of 
lumber  business  now  done  on  the  Grand  and  Muskegon  rivers 
and  their  tributaries : 

Number  of  saw-mills  on  Grand  and  !Muskegon  rivers  and  their 

tributaries 115 

(These  mills  run  from  1  to  180  saws  each.) 

Amount  of  lumber  cut  per  vear — feet '.   173,000,000 

«        lath  '•         ""  "     48,000,000 

staves       "  "  "     3.000,000 

shingles    "  "  "     200,000,000 

Number  of  hands  constantly  employed  in  mills  . . .  1,150 

Number  of  hands  employed  in  pineries  in  winter . . .  3,460 

Number  of  hands  employed  in  rafting  and  loading 

vessels '. 660 

Average  load  of  vessels,  feet 80,000 

Annual  number  of  arrivals  of  vessels  carrying  lum- 
ber from  Grand  and  Muskegon  rivers 1,920 

12 


DETROIT. 


The  City  of  Detroit,  a  port  of  entry,  and  the  great  com- 
i^ercial  mart  of  the  State,  is  favorably  situated  in  N.  lat.  42*^ 
20',  W.  long.  82°  58',  on  a  river  or  strait  of  the  same  name, 
elevated  some  30  or  40  feet  ahove  its  surface,  heing  seven  miles 
below  the  outlet  of  Lake  St.  Clair  and  twenty  above  the 
mouth  of  the  river,  where  it  enters  into  Lake  Erie.  It  extends 
for  the  distance  of  upward  of  a  mile  upon  the  southwest  bank 
of  the  river,  where  the  stream  is  three  fourths  of  a  mile  in 
width.  The  principal  public  and  private  offices  and  wholesale 
stores  are  located  on  Jefferson  and  Woodward  avenues,  which 
cross  each  other  at  right  angles,  the  latter  running  to  the 
water's  edge.  There  may  usually  be  seen  a  great  number  of 
steamboats,  propellers,  and  sail  vessels  of  a  large  class,  loading 
or  unloading  their  rich  cargoes,  destined  for  Eastern  mar- 
kets or  for  the  Great  West,  giving  an  animated  appearance  to 
this  place,  which  is  aptly  called  the  City  of  the  Straits.  It  was 
incorporated  in  1815,  being  now  divided  into  nine  wards,  and 
governed  by  a  mayor,  recorder,  and  board  of  aldermen.  Detroit 
contains  the  old  State-house,  from  the  dome  of  which  a  fine 
view  is  obtained  of  the  city  and  vicinity ;  the  City  Hall,  Ma- 
sonic Hall,  Firemen's  Hall,  Mechanics  Hall,  Odd  Fellows  Hall, 
the  Young  jNIen's  Society  Building,  two  Market  Buildings, 
twenty  churches,  ten  hotels,  besides  a  number  of  taverns ;  a 
United  States  custom-house  and  post-office,  a  theater,  a  mu- 
seum, two  orphan  asylums,  four  banks,  and  a  savings'  fund 
institute,  besides  a  great  number  of  manufacturing  estab- 
lishments. There  are  also  several  extensive  ship-yards  and 
machine  shops,  where  are  built  and  repaired  vessels  of  almost 
every  description.  The  population  in  1850  was  21,891 ;  in 
1856,  48,000. 


DETROIT.  135 

Detroit  may  be  regarded  as  one  of  the  most  favored  of  all 
the  Western  cities  of  the  Union.  It  was  first  settled  by  the 
French  explorers  as  early  as  1701,  as  a  military  and  fur  trad- 
ing port.  It  changed  its  garrison  and  military  government  in 
1760  for  a  British  military  commander  and  troops,  enduring 
under  the  latter  regime  a  series  of  Indian  sieges,  assaults,  and 
petty  but  vigilant  and  harassing  warfare,  conducted  against 
the  Englisli  garrison  by  the  celebrated  Indian  warrior  Pontiac. 
Detroit  subsequently  passed  into  the  possession  of  the  American 
revolutionists;  but  on  the  16th  August,  1812,  it  was  sui-ren- 
dered  by  Gen.  Hull,  of  the  United  States  army,  to  Gen.  Broeii;, 
commander  of  the  British  forces.  In  1813  it  was  again  sur- 
rendered to  the  Americans. 

The  railroads  finished  and  in  progress  of  construction  in 
Michigan  afford  facilities  of  an  immense  importance  to  Detroit, 
and  the  State  at  large.  The  following  lines  diverge  from 
Detroit : 

1.  The  Detroit,  Monroe  and  Toledo  Railroad,  62  miles  in 
length,  connecting  with  the  Michigan  Southern  Railroad  at 
Monroe,  and  with  other  roads  at  Toledo. 

2.  The  Michigan  Central  Railroad,  282  miles  in  length, 
extends  to  Chicago,  111,  This  important  road,  running  across 
the  State  from  east  to  west,  connects  at  Michigan  City,  Ind., 
with  the  New  Albany  and  Salem  Railroad — thus  forming  a  di- 
rect line  of  travel  to  Louisville,  St.  Louis,  etc.,  as  well  as  Chi- 
cago and  the  Far  West. 

3.  The  Detroit  and  Milwaukee  Railroad  runs  through  a 
rich  section  of  country  to  Grand  Haven,  on  Lake  Michigan, 
opposite  Milwaukee,  Wis  ,  and  will  soon  be  completed. 

4.  The  Detroit  and  Port  Huron  Railroad  is  also  under  con- 
struction, which,  when  completed,  will  connect  Lake  Huron  by 
rail  with  the  valley  of  the  Ohio  River. 

5.  The  Great  Western  Railway  of  Canada  has  its  terminus 
at  Windsor,  opposite  Detroit,  the  two  places  being  connected  by 
three  steam  ferries — ^thus  affording  a  speedy  line  of  travel 
'^rough  Canada,  and  thence  to  Eastern  cities  of  the  United  States. 


136  DETROIT    RIVER. 

The  Detroit  River,  or  Strait,  is  a  noble  stream,  through 
which  flow  the  surplus  waters  of  the  Upper  Lakes  into  LaJ^e 
Erie.  It  is  27  miles  in  length,  and  from  half  a  mile  to  two 
miles  in  width,  forming  the  boundary  between  the  United 
States  and  Canada.  It  has  a  perceptible  current,  and  is  naviga- 
ble for  vessels  of  the  largest  class.  Large  quantities  of  fish  are 
annually  taken  in  the  river,  and  the  sportsman  usually  finds 
an  abundance  of  wild  ducks,  which  breed  in  great  numbers  in 
the  marshes  bordering  some  of  the  islands  and  harbors  of  the 
coast. 

There  are  altogether  seventeen  islands  in  the  river.  The 
names  of  these  are.  Clay,  Celeron,  Hickory,  Sugar,  Bois 
Blanc,  Ella,  Fox,  Rock,  Grosse  Isle,  Stofiey,  Fighting,  Tur- 
key, Maminy  Judy,  Grassy,  Mud,  Belle  or  Hog,  and  lie  la 
Peche.  The  two  latter  are  situated  a  few  miles  above  Detroit, 
near  the  entrance  to  Lake  St.  Clair,  where  large  quantities  of 
white-fish  are  annually  taken. 

Ile  la  Peche,  attached  to  Canada,  was  the  home  of  the 
celebrated  Indian  chief  Poniiac.  Parkman,  in  his  "History 
of  the  Conspiracy  of  Pontiac,"  says :  "  Pontiac,  the  Satan  of  this 
forest-paradise,  was  accustomed  to  spend  the  early  part  of  the 
summer  upon  a  small  island  at  the  opening  of  Lake  St.  Clair." 
Another  author  says :  "  The  king  and  lord  of  all  this  country 
lived  in  no  royal  state.  His  cabin  was  a  small,  oven-shaped 
structure  of  bark  and  rushes.  Here  he  dwelt  with  his  squaws 
and  children ;  and  here,  doubtless,  he  might  often  have  been 
seen  carelessly  reclining  his  naked  form  on  a  rush-mat  or  a 
bear-skin,  like  an  ordinary  Indian  warrior." 

The  other  fifteen  islands,  most  of  them  small,  are  situated 
below  Detroit,  within  the  first  twelve  miles  of  the  river  after 
entering  it  from  Lake  Erie,  the  largest  of  which  is  Gross£ 
Isle,  attached  to  Michigan,  on  which  are  a  number  of  exten- 
sive and  well -cultivated  farms.  This  island  has  become  a  very 
popular  retreat  for  citizens  of  Detroit  during  the  heat  of  sum- 
mer, there  being  here  located  good  public  houses  for  the  ac- 
commodation of  visitors. 


\ 


DETROIT    RIVER.  137 

Father  Hennepin,  who  was  passenger  on  the  "  Griffin,"  the 
first  vessel  that  crossed  Lake  Erie,  in  1679,  in  his  description 
of  the  scenery  along  the  route,  says:  "The  islands  are  the 
finest  in  the  world ;  the  strait  is  finer  than  Niagara  ;  the  banks 
are  vast  meadows,  and  the  prospect  is  terminated  with  some 
hills  covered  with  vineyards,  trees  bearing  good  fruit,  groves 
and  forests  so  well  disposed  that  one  would  think  that  Nature 
alone  could  not  have  made,  without  the  help  of  art,  so  charming 
a  prospect." 


COMPAEATIVE  PUEITY  OF  DETEOIT  EIYER  WATER. 

The  following  Table  shows  the  solid  matter  in  a  gallon  of 
.water,  taken  from  Lakes  and  Rivers  in  different  cities : 

Grs.  solid  matter.  Grs.  solid  matter. 

Albany,  Hudson  River 6.320  C  Hemlock  L.  1.330 

Troy,  Mohawk  River 7.880  Rochester,  N.  Y.  <  Lake  Ont . .  4.160 

Boston,  Cochituate  Lake 1.850  '  Genesee  E.11.210 

New  York,  Croton  River 6.993     Detroit,  Detroit  River 5.722 

Brooklyn,  L.  I.  Ponds 2.367     Cleveland,  Lake  Erie 5.000 

Philadelphia,  Schuylkill  R. . .  4.260  Montreal,  St.  Lawrence  E. . . .  5.000 

Cincinnati,  Ohio  River 6.736 

Of  the  Detroit  River  water,  Prof.  Douglass,  in  his  report  of 
the  analysis,  says  :  "  In  estimating  the  value  of  your  city  water, 
as  compared  with  other  cities,  due  allowance  must  be  made  for 
the  fact,  that  the  total  solid  matter  is  materially  increased  by 
the  presence  of  silica,  alumina,  and  iron,  elements  that  can 
produce  little  or  no  injury  ;  while  the  chlorides,  much  the  most 
injurious  compounds,  are  entirely  absent.  The  presence  of 
such  large  quantities  of  silica  and  iron  is  accounted  for  by  the 
fact,  that  Lakes  Superior  and  Huron  are  formed,  for  the  most 
part,  in  a  basin  of  ferruginous  sandstone  and  igneous  rock." 
V  12« 


138  FISHERIES. 

LAKE  AKD  EIYEE  FISHEEIES. 

"  The  early  French  explorers  of  the  Upper  Lakes,  in  1615, 
make  mention  of  the  white  fish  and  trout  as  being  luxurious, 
and  much  used  for  the  sustenance  of  life  by  the  sons  of  the 
forest.  From  the  time  ciyilization  daTvned  upon  the  shores  of 
the  lakes,  the  French  settlers  supplied  themselves  with  them ; 
and  during  the  war  of  1812,  they  were  found  of  substantial 
benefit  to  the  soldiers  in  appeasing  their  hunger,  for  the  want 
of  other  supplies. 

"  Previous  to  the  completion  of  the  Erie  Canal,  salt  was 
mostly  transported  by  the  St.  Lawrence,  and  thence  up  ahe 
lakes,  and  obtained  only  at  enormous  prices.  After  the  canal 
was  completed,  in  1827,  it  became  comparatively  cheap,  and 
the  fisheries  were  made  profitable.  In  1830,  emigration  to 
Michigan  rapidly  commenced,  and  increased  to  such  a  degree 
in  1834:,  that  the  new-comers  found  it  difficult  to  purchase  pro- 
duce, on  account  of  the  scarcity,  as  nearly  every  thing  con- 
sumed was  imported  from  sister  States.  This  caused  a  great 
consumption  of  fish,  and  gave  birth  to  the  extension  of  river 
and  lake  fisheries. 

"  From  this  time  the  business  increased,  and  several  grounds 
were  cleared  on  the  St.  Clair  River,  and  as  the  market  increased 
they  were  extended  to  the  shores  of  Lake  Huron.  Several 
houses  in  Detroit  became  extensively  engaged  in  the  business, 
employing  vessels -exclusively  in  the  trade.  The  American  Fur 
Company  also  engaged  in  it ;  and,  in  1841,  two  schooners  were 
taken  over  the  falls  at  the  Saut  Ste  Marie  into  Lake  Superior, 
for  the  purpose  of  fishing  on  that  lake. 

"  There  are  a  great  variety  of  fish  in  the  lakes  besides  white 
fish  and  trout.  Lake  Superior  abounds  with  the  siskowit,  ^ 
delicious  fish,  weighing  from  three  to  ten  pounds.  They  <i.ke 
exceedingly  fat,  and  when  tryed  will  yield  25  per  cent,  of  oil 
Sturgeon  weighing  upward  of  100  pounds  have  been  taken; 
trout,  60  pounds ;  maskalonge,  40  pounds  ;  pickerel,  15  pounds; 
mullet,  10  pounds;  bill-fish,  six  pounds;  also  cat-fish,  her- 
rings, eels,  etc.  In  the  vicinity  of  the  Saut  Ste  Marie,  a.id  aV 
the  streams  emptying  into  Lake  Superior,  large  quantities  ot 
small  speckled,  or  brook-trout,  are  taken. 

"  In  1840  there  were  35.000  barrels  of  fish  of  various  kinds 
packed,  and  it  is  estimated  that  the  quantity  now  annually 
taken  in  American  waters  can  not  be  less  than  100,000  bar- 
rels, besides  what  find  their  way  to  the  Canadian  markets 
Detroit  is  the  most  extensive  mart,  where  large  quantities  are 
sold  for  home  consumption ;  and  market  is  found  for  them  in 
New  York,  Pennsvlvania,  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  other  Western 
States."— See  "  Sketches  of  the  City  of  Detroit,"  pub.  in  1855. 


STEAMBOAT    ROUTE.  ISf 

The  WMte  Fish  is  regarded  as  the  prince  of  fresh-water  fish 
Hem-y  R.  Schoolcraft,  in  his  poem,  "  The  White  Fish,"  says: 

"  All  friends  to  £rood  living  by  tureen  and  dish. 
Concur  in  exalting  this  prince  of  a  fish  ; 
So  fine  in  a  platter,  so  tempting  a  fry. 
5o  rich  on  a  gridiron,  so  sweetln  a  pie ; 
That  even  before  it  the  salmon  must  fail, 
And  that  mighty  honne-hmiche,  of  the  land-beaver's  tail 
*  *  *  *  * 

'Tis  a  morsel  alike  for  the  gourmand  nr  faster 
"While,  white  as  a  tablet  of  pure  alabaster  \      ' 
lis  beauty  or  flavor  no  person  can  doubt. 
When  seen  in  the  water  or  tasted  without- 
And  all  the  dispute  that  opinion  ere  makes 
Of  this  king  of  lake  fishes,  this  '  dee.r  of  the  lakes  '* 
Regard  not  its  choiceness  to  ponder  or  sup,         ' 
But  the  best  mode  of  dressing  and  serving  it  up. 

*  *  *  * 

Here  too,  might  a  fancv  to  descant  inclined 
Contemplate  the  love  that  pertains  to  the  kind 
And  brmg  up  the  red  man,  in  fanciful  strains,' 
To  prove  its  creation  from  feminine  brains  "f 


STEAMBOAT  EOUTE  FEOM  CLEVELAND  TO  DETROIT. 

Ports' etc.                            Miles-  Ports,  etc.                           Miles. 

Clkveland,  Ohio 0     Detroit,  Mich 0 

Point  Pelee  Is.,  and  Light    60     Windsor,  C.  W 1 

BarPoint,  C.  W 97    Fighting  Island 8 

Bois  Blanc  Is.  Light,  )  Fish  Island 9 

Detroit  Ptiyer,  5   ' '  Wyandotte,  Mich 11 

Maiden,  C.  W 101  Mama  Juba  Is.  and  Light     12 

Gibraltar,  Mich Grosse  Isle 1,3 

Grosse  Isle,  " 102     Gibraltar,  Mich 

Mama  Juba  Is.  and  Light  108    Maiden,  C.  W 19 

Wyandotte,  Mich 109  Bois  Blanc  Is.  Light,  •) 

Fish  Island  Light Ill  Lake  Erie,                   j    . .     20 

Fighting  Island 112    Bar  Point,  C.  W 23 

Vi^indsor,  C.  W 119    Point  Pel6e  Island GO 

^^-^^oiT 120     Clevela^vd 120 

Fare,  $3  00.  Usual  Time,  7  hours. 


*  nS "' S^^S^SS^^'  *"^  '"'^^^  '^^-^  ^^  ^^-  ^^^' 


140  STEAMBOAT    ROUTES. 

CLEVELAIVD    AND    DETROIT    STEAMERS DaCLY. 

May  Queew,  688  tons Capt.  E.  Vesie 

Ocean,  900     ''■    "      C.  C.  Blodgett. 


STEAMEES  EUNNING  FEOM  CLEVELA]SI"D  AND   DETEOIT  TO 
DIFFEEENT  POETS  ON  THE  UPPEE  LAKES. 

lake  superior    line,  stopping   at  iviackiivac  and   saut 
ste  marie. 

steamer   Illinois,  926  tons Capt.  Vuls^on. 

"        North  Star,  1,106  tons '•       B.  G.  Sweet. 

"        Planet,  1,154  tons "      Nicholson. 

Propeller  Manhattan,  320  tons "      John  Spalding. 

'         Mineral  Pvock,  560  '=    "      John  Fraser. 

Gen.   Taylor,  462     " "      R.  Rider. 


GEEEN  BAY  LINE,  STOPPING  AT  MACKINAC,  EUNS  BETWEEN 
BTJFFAXO,  CLEVELAND,  DETEOIT,  AND  GEEEN  BAY. 

Steamer  Michigan,  642  tons Capt.  A.  Stewart. 

Sultana,    650     "     "          Mead 

DETROIT    TO    SAGINAW    CITY. 

Steamer  Sam  Ward,  433  tons Capt.  H.  Fish 

RUNNING    FROM    DETROIT. 

Steamer  Ploughboy,  300  tons,  Capt.  D.  Rowan,  runs  to  Port 

Sarnia  and  Goderich,  C  W. 
Steamer  Mazeppa,  250  tons,  runs  to  Goderich  and  Saugeen 

DETROIT   TO    PORT    HURON    AND    FORRESTVILLE. 

Steamer  Forrester Capt.  J.  Robertson. 

"       Forest  Queen "     S.  D.  Woodworth, 

Steamer  Ariel,  165  tons,  runs  to  New  Baltimore,  Mich. 

"     Albion,  132  tons,  runs  to  Mt.  Clemens. 


STEAMBOAT  ROUTES  FROM   DETROIT  TO    TOLEDO, 
SAXDUSKY,  ETC. 


DETROIT   AIVD    TOLEDO    STEAMBOAT    LIN"E. 

Arrow,  373  tons Capt.  J.  W.  Keith. 

Dart,     297     «    "     S.  Dustin. 

One  of  the  above  steamers  runs  daily  to  and  from  Toledo, 
stopping  at  Wyandotte,  Trenton,  Monroe,  and  other  ports  on 
the  Michigan  shore.  Distance  from  Detroit  to  Toledo,  by  steam- 
boat route,  70  miles. 

DETROIT    to    SAXDtrSKY. 

The  steamer  Bay  Cif y,  479  tons,  Capt.  J.  M.  Lundy,  runs 
from  Detroit  to  Sandusky,  Ohio,  connecting  with  railroad  lines 
running  to  Newark,  Columbus,  Cincinnati,  etc. 

Wyandotte,  ten  miles  below  Detroit,  is  a  new  and  flourish- 
ing manufacturing  village,  where  are  located  the  most  extensive 
iron  works  in  Michigan. 

Tre NTox,  six  miles  farther,  is  the  next  steamboat  landing. 

The  City  of  Monro e,  capital  of  Monroe  Co.,  Mich.,  is  situated 
on  both  sides  of  the  river  Raisin,  three  miles  above  its  entrance 
into  Lake  Erie,  and  about  40  miles  from  Detroit.  It  is  con- 
nected with  the  lake  by  a  ship  canal,  and  is  the  terminus  of  the 
Michio;an  Southern  Railroad,  which  extends  west,  in  connec- 
tion with  the  Northern  Indiana  Railroad,  to  Chicago,  111.  The 
town  contains  about  5,000  inhabitants,  a  court-house  and  jail, 
a  United  States  land-oflfice,  eight  churches,  several  public- 
houses,  and  a  number  of  large  stores  of  .diiferent  kinds.  Here 
are  two  extensive  piers,  forming  an  outport  at  the  mouth  of  the 
river,  where  the  steamers  land  and  receive  passengers ;  the 
railroad  track  running  to  the  landing.  A  plank-road  also  runs 
from  the  outport  to  the  city,  which  is  an  old  and  interesting 
locality,  being  formerly  called  Frenchtown,  where  a  sanguin- 
ary battle  was  fought  during  the  war  of  1812.  The  Detroit, 
Monroe  and  Toledo  Railroad,  just  completed,  passes  through 


142 


TOLL  DO. 


tliis  city ;  it  being  about  40  miles  to  Detroit  and  22  miles  to 
Toledo  by  railroad  route.  This  line  of  travel  -svill  be  extended 
south  to  Cincinnati.  Steamers  run  from  Detroit  to  Toledo, 
stopping  at  Monroe  daily  during  the  season  of  navigation. 

The  City  of  Sandusky,  capital  of  Erie  Co.,  Ohio,  is  a  port 
of  entry  and  flourishing  place  of  trade.  It  is  advantageously 
situated  on  Sandusky  Bay.  three  miles  from  Lake  Erie,  in  N. 
lat.  41°  27',  W.  long.  82°  45'.  The  bay  is  about  20  miles  long, 
and  five  or  six  miles  in  "width,  forming  a  capacious  and  excel- 
lent harbor,  into  "which  steamers  and  vessels  of  all  sizes  can 
enter  "with  safety.  The  average  depth  of  "water  is  from  ten  to 
twelve  feet.  The -city  is  built  on  a  bed  of  limestone,  producing 
a  good  building  material.  It  contains  about  10,000  inhabitants, 
a  court-house  and  jail,  eight  churches*  two  banks,  several  well- 
kept  hotels,  and  a  number  of  large  stores  and  manufacturing 
establishments  of  different  kinds.  This  is  the  terminus  of  the 
Mad  River  and  Lake  Erie  Railroad,  running  to  Dayton,  153 
miles,  and  the  Sandusky,  Mansfield  and  Newark  Railroad,  116 
miles  in  length.  The  Cleveland  and  Toledo  Eaili-oad,  northern 
di"vision,  also  runs  through  Sandusky,  affording  altogether  great 
facilities  to  travelers,  in  connection  "with  a  line  of  steamers 
running  to  Detroit,  Cleveland,  and  Buffalo 

The  City  of  Toledo  is  situated  on  the  Maumee  River,  four 
miles  from  its  mouth,  and  ten  miles  from  the  Turtle  Island 
Light,  at  the  outlet  of  the  Maumee  Bay  into  Lake  Erie.  The 
harbor  is  good,  and  the  na"7igable  channel  from  Toledo  to  the 
lake  is  of  sufficient  depth  for  all  steamers  or  sail  vessels  navi- 
gating the  lakes,  "with  the  exception  of  a  short  distance  through 
the  bay,  which  requires  deepening  from  one  to  two  feet.  Toledo 
is  the  eastern  terminus  of  the  Wabash  and  Erie  Canal,  run- 
ning through  the  Maumee  and  Wabash  valleys,  and  communi- 
cating "with  the  Ohio  River  ^t  Evansville,  a  distance  of  474 
miles;  also  of  the  Miami  and  Erie  Canal,  which  branches 
from  the  above  canal  68  miles  west  of  Toledo,  and  runs 
southwardly  through  the  Miami  Valley  in  AYestern  Ohio,  and 
communicates  "with  the  Ohio  River  at  Cincinnati. 


TOLEDO.  143 

"  The  railroads  diverging  from  Toledo  are  the  Michigan  Sou- 
thern and  JVorthern  Indiana  Railroad,  running  through  the 
southern  counties  of  Michigan  and  the  northern  counties  of 
Indiana,  and  making  its  western  terminus  at  Chicago,  Illinois, 
at  a  distance  of  243  miles ;  also,  the  Air  Line  Railroad,  run- 
ning due  west  from  Toledo,  through  J'orthwestern  Ohio  and  the 
northern  counties  of  Indiana  to  Goshen,  a  distance  of  110  miles, 
where  it  connects  with  the  Northern  Indiana  Railroad,  runnino- 
to  Chicago;  also  the  terminus  of  the  Jackson  Branch  of  the 
Michigan  Southern  Road,  and  the  Detroit,  Monroe  and  Toledo 
Railroad. 

"  It  is  also  the  eastern  terminus  of  the  Tohdo,  Wabash 
and  Westrrn  Railroad,  running  in  a  southwesterly  direction 
through  the  Maumee  and  Wabash  valleys,  crossing  the  eastern 
line  of  the  State  of  Illinois,  about  125  miles  south  of  Chicago, 
and  continuing  in  a  southwesterly  course  through  Danville, 
Springfield,  Jacksonville,  Naples,  etc.,  in  Central  Illinois,  to  the 
^lississippi  River,  and  connecting  with  the  Hannibal  and  St, 
Joseph  Road,  which  stretches  nearly  due  west  through  the  State 
of  Missouri  to  St.  Joseph,  on  the  Missouri  River.  It  also,  in 
connection  ^th  other  roads,  affords  a  through  line  of  travel  to 
St.  Louis.  The  Dayton  and  Michigan  Railroad  (to  be  com- 
pleted the  present  year),  which  connects  Toledo  with  Cincin- 
nati, is  much  the  shortest  railroad  line  connecting  Lake  Erie 
with  the  Ohio  River.  Besides  the  above  important  roads,  the 
Cleveland  and  Toledo  Railroad  terminates  here. 

"  Toledo  is  the  nearest  point  for  the  immense  country  trav- 
ersed by  these  canals  and  railroads,  where  a  transfer  can  be 
made  of  freight  to  the  more  cheap  transportation  by  the  lakes, 
and  thence  through  the  Erie  Canal,  "Welland  Canal,  or  Oswego 
Canal,  to  the  sea-board.  It  is  not  merely  the  country  traversed 
by  these  canals  and  railroads  that  send  their  products,  and  re- 
ceive their  merchandise,  through  Toledo,  but  many  portions  of 
the  States  of  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  Missouri,  and  Iowa  find 
Toledo  the  cheapest  and  most  expeditious  lake-port  for  the  in- 
terchange and  transfer  of  their  products  and  merchandise." 

This  city  is  the  capital  of  Lucas  County,  Ohio,  where  is  situ- 
ated a  court-house  and  jail,  several  fine  churches  and  school 
edifices,  six  hotels,  and  a  great  number  of  stores  and  store- 
houses, also  several  extensive  manufacturing  establishments. 

The  population  of  Toledo  in  1850  was  about  4,000,  and  now 
it  is  supposed  to  contain  12,000  inhabitants,  and  is  rapidly  in- 
creasing in  wealth  and  numbers.  The  shipping  interest  is  in- 
creasing, here  being  transhipped  annually  an  enormous  amount 


144  MAUMEE    KIVER. 

of  grain,  and  other  kinds  of  agricultural  product  of  the  great 
West ;  it  being,  no  doubt,  destined,  like  Chicago,  to  export  direct 
to  European  ports,  lying  as  it  does  on  the  direct  railroad  and 
steamboat  route  from  St.  Louis  to  Montreal. 

At  this  time  there  are  in  process  of  erection  in  Toledo 
many  handsome  dwellings,  numerous  handsome  blocks  of  stores, 
a  post-office  and  custom-house  by  the  general  government,  and 
a  first-class  hotel ;  these  two  latter  buildings,  from  the  plans 
we  have  seen,  would  do  credit  to  any  city,  and  when  completed 
can  be  classed  among  the  most  elegant  structiu'es.  No  city  in 
the  State  can  boast  of  finer  private  residences  than  Toledo ;  and 
the  general  character  of  the  buildings  erected  in  the  past  three 
years  is  substantial  and  elegant. 

PerrysburGj  capital  of  Wood  Co.,  Ohio,  is  situated  on  the 
right  bank  of  the  Maumee  River,  18  miles  above  its  entrance 
into  Maumee  Bay,  the  southern  termination  of  Lake  Erie.  It 
contains  a  court-house  and  jail,  four  churches,  20  stores  of  dif- 
ferent kinds,  three  steam  saw-mills,  a  tannery,  and  several 
other  manufacturing  establishments.  Population  about  1,500. 
Here  is  the  head  of  steamboat  navigation  on  the  Maumee  Piiver, 
affording  thus  far  a  sufficient  depth  of  water  for  steamers  of  a 
large  class. 

Matjmee  City,  capital  of  Lucas  Co.,  Ohio,  and  a  port  of 
entry,  is  situated  on  the  Maumee  River,  opposite  Perrysburg, 
at  the  foot  of  the  rapids  and  at  the  head  of  navigation,  nine 
miles  above  Toledo.  A  side  cut  here  connects  the  Wabash  and 
Erie  Canal  with  the  river  The  Toledo  and  Illinois  Railroad 
also  passes  through  this  place.  It  contains  a  court-house,  five 
churches,  80  stores,  four  flouring-mills,  three  saw-mills,  one 
oil-mill,  and  other  manufacturing  establishments  propelled  by 
water-power,  the  supply  being  here  almost  inexhaustible. 

Maumee  River  rises  in  the  northeast  part  of  Indiana,  and 
flowing  northeast  enters  Lake  Erie,  through  Maumee  Bay.  It 
is  about  100  miles  long,  navigable  18  miles,  and  furnishing  an 
extensive  water-power  throughout  its  course. 


TRIP  FROM  BUFFALO  TO  DETROIT-DIRECT. 


Commodious  steamers  of  about  two  thousand  tons  turden 
leave  Buffalo  direct  for  Detroit,  daily,  Sundays  excepted,  at  ten 
o'clock  P.M.,  or  on  the  arrival  of  the  Eastern  express  train  of 
cars,  leaving  Albany  the  same  morning;  also,  connects  with 
cars  from  Niagara  Falls,  etc. 

On  leaving  the  wharf  at  Buffalo,  the  steamers  usually  run 
direct  for  Long  Point  on  the  Canada,  or  north  shore  of  Lake 
Erie,  proceeding  for  most  of  the  distance  in  British  waters,  to 
the  mouth  of  Detroit  River. 

LoxG  Point,  65  miles  from  Buffalo,  is  a  long  strip  of  land, 
nearly  20  miles  long  and  from  one  to  three  miles  in  width, 
covered  for  the  most  part  with  a  stunted  growth  of  forest  trees. 
It  was  formerly  a  peninsula,  running  out  from  the  land  in  an 
easterly  direction,  nearly  half  way  across  the  lake ;  but  the 
waters  having  made  a  wide  breach  across  its  western  extremity, 
has  converted  it  into  an  island.  There  is  an  important  light- 
house on  the  east  end  to  guide  the  mariner  on  his  passage 
through  Lake  Erie,  here  about  40  miles  wide,  and  where  is 
found  the  greatest  depth  of  water.  To  this  Point  both  shores 
of  the  lake  can  be  seen  in  a  clear  morning  from  the  deck  of  the 
steamer,  affording  a  most  grand  sight  when  the  sun  rises  on  a 
cloudless  day.  Then  may  usually  been  seen  a  fleet  of  vessels 
wending  their  way  toward  Buffalo  or  the  mouth  of  the  Welland 
Canal,  through  which  channel  annually  passes  a  great  number 
of  steam  propellers  and  sail  vessels  on  their  way  to  Lake  Onta- 
rio and  the  St.  Lawrence  Eiver. 

Port  Colbqrxe,  C.  "W.,  situated  about  20  miles  west  of 
Buffalo,  lie?  at  the  mouth  of  the  Welland  Canal,  while  Port 
Maitland,  some  20  miles  farther,  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of 
Grand  River,  where  is  a  navigable  feeder  communicating  with 
the  canal,  thus  affording  two  entrances  to  the  above  canal. 

13 


146  BUFFALO    TO    DETROIT. 

Port  Dover,  about  70  miles  west  of  Buffalo  and  40  miles 
distant  from  Hamilton  by  proposed  railroad  route,  is  situated 
on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Erie,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  Lynn. 
Here  is  a  good  harbor,  and  the  village  is  a  place  of  growing 
importance,  containing  about  1,000  inhabitants. 

Port  Ryerse  and  Port  Rowan  are  small  villages  on  the 
Canada  shore,  situated  on  the  bay  formed  by  Long  Point. 
Inland  there  is  to  be  found  a  rich  and  fine  farming  district, 
consisting  of  some  of  the  best  lands  in  Canada  West. 

The  Sand  Hills,  immediately  west  of  Long  Point,  are  seen 
for  some  distance  as  the  steamer  pursues  her  onward  course 
toward  Point  aux  Pins,  passing  through  the  widest  part  of  the 
lake,  where  both  shores  are  lost  sight  of  for  a  number  of  miles. 
The  water  usually  presents  a  clear  green  color  in  the  middle, 
but  near  the  shore  is  more  or  less  tinged  with  muddy  water, 
proceeding  from  the  streams  emptying  into  the  lake. 

Port  Bur  well,  C.  W.,  about  35  miles  west  of  Long  Point, 
is  handsomely  situated  at  the  mouth  of  Otter  Creek.  Here  is  a 
light-house  and  good  harbor.  A  large  amount  of  lumber  and 
other  products  are  annually  exported  from  this  place  to  Eastern 
markets. 

Port  Stastley,  about  25  miles  farther  west,  is  handsomely 
situated  at  the  mouth  of  Kettle  Creek,  being  in  part  surrounded 
by  high  and  picturesque  hills  in  the  immediate  vicinity.  The 
harbor  is  well  protected,  and  much  frequented  by  British  and 
American  vessels  running  on  Lake  Erie.  It  is  nine  miles  south 
of  St.  Thomas  and  twenty-four  from  London,  the  chief  town 
of  the  county  of  Middlesex,  for  which  place  it  may  be  consid- 
ered the  ont-port.  A  plank-road  runs  between  the  two  places ; 
also,  the  London  and  Port  Stanley  Railroad,  connecting  with 
the  Great  Western  Railway  of  Canada.  Steamers  run  from 
Port  Stanley  to  Buffalo,  Cleveland,  and  other  ports  on  Lake 
Erie. 

Point  atjx  Pins,  or  Rond'  Eau  (usually  called  by  the 
American  navigators  Rouiid  0),  about  100  miles  west  of  Long 
Point,  is  a  cape  which  projects  from  the  Canada  shore,  inclosing 


BUFFALO    TO    DETROIT.  147 

a  natural  basin  of  about  6,000  acres  in  extent,  'witli  a  deptL 
of  from  ten  to  twelve  feet,  thus  forming  an  excellent  and  secure 
harbor,  the  entrance  to  which  has  been  improved  by  the  Cana- 
dian government  by  running  out  piers,  etc.  It  is  proposed  to 
construct  a  ship  canal  from  this  port  to  the  St.  Clair  River,  a 
distance  of  about  35  miles,  thus  avoiding  the  St.  Clair  F/ats. 
Another  Canadian  project  is  to  construct  a  canal  from  Goderich 
to  Hamilton,  C.  W.,  about  120  miles  in  length. 

PonvT  Pel.ee,  lying  about  40  miles  east  of  the  mouth  of  De- 
troit River,  projects  a  number  of  miles  into  Lake  Erie,  and 
forms,  in  connection  with  the  island  of  Point  Pelee  and  other 
islands  in  the  vicinity,  the  most  picturesque  portion  of  lake 
scenery  to  be  met  with  on  this  inland  sea. 

PorvT  Pelee  Islaxd,  belonging  to  Canada,  is  about  seven 
miles  long  and  two  or  three  miles  in  width.  It  is  inhabited  by 
a  few  settlers.  The  island  is  said  to  abound  with  red  cedar, 
and  possesses  a  fine  limestone  quarry.  A  light-house  is  situ- 
ated on  the  east  side. 

The  steamers  bound  for  Detroit  River  usually  pass  to  the 
north  side  of  Point  Pelee  Island,  and  run  across  Pigeon  Bay 
toward  Bar  Point,  situated  at  the  jnouth  of  Detroit  River. 
Several  small  islands  are  passed  on  the  south,  called  East  Sis- 
ter, Middle  Sister,  and  West  Sister;  also,  in  the  distance, 
may  be  seen  the  Bass  Islands,  known  as  the  "  North  Bass," 
"  Middle  Bass,"  and  "  South  Bass."  On  the  west  side  of  the 
latter  lies  the  secure  harbor  of  Put-iiv-Bay,  celebrated  as  the 
rendezvous  of  Com.  Perry's  fleet,  before  and  after  the  glorious 
naval  victory  which  he  achieved  over  the  British  fleet,  Septem- 
ber 10th, 1813. 

Detroit  River,  forming  one  of  the  links  between  the  Upper 
and  Lower  Lakes,  is  next  approached,  near  the  mouth  of  which 
may  be  seen  a  light  on  the  Michigan  shore  called  Gibraltar 
Light,  and  another  light  on  an  island  attached  to  Canada,  the 
steamers  usually  entering  the  river  through  the  east  or  Brit- 
ish Channel  of  the  river,  although  vessels  often  pass  through 
the  west  or  American  Channel 

13* 


148 


BUFFALO    TO    DEIROIT. 


Amherstburg,  C.  W.,  18  miles  below  Detroit,  is  an  old  and 
important  town.  The  situation  is  good ;  the  banks  of  the  river, 
both  above  and  below  the  village,  but  particularly  the  latter' 
where  the  river  emerges  into  Lake  Erie,  are  very  beautiful ; 
several  handsome  residences  may  here  be  seen,  surrounded  by 
highly  cultivated  grounds.  About  a  mile  below  the  town  is  a 
chalybeate  spring,  which  is  said  to  resemble  the  waters  of 
Cheltenham,  in  England.  British  and  American  vessels  fre- 
quently land  at  Amherstburg,  on  their  trips  to  and  from  the 
Upper  Lakes. 

Fort  Malden",  capable  of  accommodating  a  regiment  of 
troops,  is  situated  about  half  a  mile  above  Amherstburg.  on 
the  east  bank  of  the  river,  the  channel  of  which  it  here  com- 
mands. 

At  Brownstowk-,  situated  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river, 
in  Michigan,  is  the  battle-ground  where  the  Americans,  under 
disadvantageous  circumstances,  and  with  a  slight  loss,  routed 
the  British  forces,  which  lay  in  ambush,  as  the  former  were  on 
their  way  to  relieve  the  fort  at  Frenchtown,  which  event  occur- 
red August  5, 1812. 

Sandwich,  C.  W.,  is  beautifully  situated  on  the  river,  two 
miles  below  Detroit,  and  nine  miles  below  Lake  St.  Clair.  It 
stands  on  a  gently  sloping  bank  a  short  distance  from  the  river, 
which  is  here  about  a  mile  wide.  This  is  one  of  the  oldest 
settlements  in  Canada  West. 

WmnsoR,  C.  W.,  situated  in  the  township  of  Sandwich,  is  a 
village  directly  opposite  Detroit,  with  which  it  is  connected  by 
three  steam  ferries.  It  was  laid  out  in  1834,  and  is  now  a  place 
of  considerable  business,  having  a  population  of  about  2,000 
inhabitants.  Here  terminates  the  Great  Western  Railway 
of  Canada,  which  extends  from  Niagara  Falls  or  Suspension 
Bridge,  via  Hamilton  and  London,  to  opposite  Detroit— thus 
forming  an  important  link  in  the  great  line  of  railroads,  now 
finished,  running  from  the  sea-board  at  different  points  to  ihQ 
Mississippi  River 


BUFFALO    TO    CLEVELAND,    DETROIT,    ETC.  149 


STEAMEES  EUNNIXG  FEOM  BUFFALO  TO  DIFFEEENT  POETS 
ON  LAKE  EEIE,  ETC.— 1357. 

MICHIGAIV    CENTRAL    RAILROAD    LINE 

Steamer  Plymouth  Rock,  2,000  tons. . .  .Capt.  P.  J.  Pialph. 

Mississippi,  1,880     "    "      S.  G.  Langley. 

Western  World,  2,000     "   "      J.  S.  Richards. 

One  of  the  above  splendid  steamers  leaves  the  foot  of  Erie 
Street,  Buffalo,  every  evening  (Sundays  excepted)  at  9  p.m., 
direct  for  Detroit,  connecting  with  trains  on  the  Michigan  Cen- 
tral Railroad,  running  to  Chicago,  etc. 

C.  E.  Noble,  Gen.  Agent,  Buffalo 

MICHIGAN    southern    RAILROAD    LINE 

Southern  Michigan,  1,470  tons  ....  Capt.  L.  B.  Goldsmith. 

Western  Metropolis,  1,830     "    "      I.  T.  Pheatt. 

City  of  Buffalo,  2,200    "    "      A.  D.  Perkins. 

One  of  the  above  new  and  popular  steamers  usually  leaves  the 

foot  of  Main  Street,  Buffalo,  daily  (Sundays  excepted),  direct 

for  Toledo,  connecting  with  trains  on  the  Michigan  Southern 

and  Northern  Indiana  railroads,  running  to  Chicago,  etc.     This 

line  also  connects  with  trains  of  cars  running  from  Toledo  tc 

Lafayette,  Ind.,  St.  Louis,  etc. 

C.  Forbes,  Geii.  Agent,  Buffalo. 

CLEVELAND,    COLUMBUS    AND    CINCINNATI    RAILROAD    LIN'E. 

Sieamer  Cre?^cent  City 1,740  tons,  Capt.  Wm.  T.  Pease. 

"        Queen  OF  the  West,  1,850     "         "     D.  H.McBride. 

One  of  the  above  steamers  usually  leaves  Buffalo  at  8  o'clock 
p.m.,  direct  for  Cleveland,  0.,  connecting  with  trains  on  the 
Cleveland,  Columbus  and  Cincinnati  Railroad. 

J.  C.  Harrison,  GeJi.  Agent,  Buffalo. 

Steamer  Clifton,  Capt.  H.  Van  Allen,  runs  from  Buffalo  to 
Chippewa,  C.  W.,  daily,  connecting  with  the  Erie  and  Ontario 
Railroad,  forming  a  through  line  of  travel  to  Niagara  Falls, 
Toronto,  etc. 

Steamer  Mohawk  runs  from  Buffalo  to  Port  Stanley,  etc., 
connecting  with  the  London  ana  Port  Stanley  Railroad. 

13* 


150         BUFFALO    AND    NIAGARA    FALLS    TO    DETROIT. 


EAILROAD  EOUTE  FEOM  NIAGAEA  FALLS  TO  HAMILTCN 

AND  DETEOIT,  via  GEEAT  WESTEEN  EAILWAY  OF 

CANADA. 

This  great  International  Line,  extending  from  Niagara  River 
to  Detroit  River,  opposite  the  city  of  Detroit,  a  distance  of  229 
miles,  passes  through  a  fine  and  interesting  section  of  country, 
equal  in  many  respects  to  Western  New  York.  It  connects 
with  the  New  York  Central  and  Buffalo  and  Niagara  Falls 
Railroad,  forming  a  great  through  route  of  travel. 

Starting  from  the  Suspension  Bridge  at  Clifton,  two  miles 
below  the  Falls  of  Niagara,  the  passenger  train  soon  reaches  the 
verge  of  the  mountain  ridge  overlooking  the  plain  below,  while 
in  the  distance  may  be  seen  the  broad  waters  of  Lake  Ontario, 
usually  studded  with  sail  vessels  and  propellers  on  their  way  to 
or  from  the  mouth  of  the  Welland  Canal. 

"  Traced  like  a  map,  the  landscape  lies 
In  cultured  beauty  stretching  wide." 

Thorold,  nine  miles,  is  situated  on  the  line  of  the  Welland 
Canal,  where  is  abundant  water-power  propelling  five  or  six  flour- 
ing-mills.  A  railroad  extends  to  Port  Dalhousie,  some  five  or  six 
miles  distant,  connecting  with  a  steamer  running  to  Toronto. 
This  road  will  be  extended  to  Port  Colbourne,  on  Lake  Erie,  about 
twenty  miles  distant. 

St.  CATHERmEs,  12  miles  from  the  Suspension  Bridge,  is  a 
flourishing  town,  also  situated  on  the  line  of  the  Welland  Canal, 
which  connects  Erie  and  Ontario.  This  has  become  of  late  a 
fashionable  place  of  resort  during  the  summer  months,  caused 
by  the  mineral  waters  of  the  "  Artesian  Wells"  obtaining  great 
celebrity,  owing  to  their  curative  properties.  Here  are  two  or 
three  weU-kept  hotels  for  the  accommodation  of  visitors.  For 
further  description  of  this  place,  see  page  238. 

Beamsville,  twenty-two  miles  from  the  Suspension  Bridge, 
is  a  thriving  village,  about  one  mile  from  the  station. 

Grimsby,  five  miles  farther,  is  situated  on  Forty-mile  Creek, 
the  scene  of  some  hard  figliting  during  the  war  of  1812.     It  is  a 


BUFFALO    AND    NIAGARA    FALLS    TO    DETROIT.         151 

small  village  of  350  inhalDitaiits ;  there  are  two  churches,  a 
hotel,  and  several  stores ;  also,  a  grist  and  saw- mills  propelled 
by  water-power, 

Ha:mtx.ton,  43  miles  from  Suspension  Bridge,  is  the  principal 
station  on  the  line  of  the  Great  Western  Railway,  where  are 
located  the  principal  of&ces  and  workshops  connected  with  the 
company.  Here  is  a  commodious  depot  and  steamboat  landing. 
Carriages  and  omnibuses  are  always  in  readiness  to  convey 
passengers  to  the  hotels  in  the  city,  which  is  more  fully  de- 
scribed on  page — 

The  Toronto  Branch  of  the  Great  "Western  Railway  com- 
mences at  Hamilton,  and  extends  a  distance  of  thirty-eight 
miles  to  the  city  of  Toronto,  running  near  the  shore  of  Lake 
Ontario. 

On  leaving  Hamilton  for  Windsor  or  Detroit,  the  road  passes 
near  the  mansion  of  Sir  Allan  M'Nab,  and  over  the  Des  Jardines 
Canal,  entering  the  head  of  Burlington  Bay.*  Here  is  also  a 
Suspension  Bridge  in  sight,  thrown  over  the  stream  as  it  cuts  its 
way  through  the  high  bank  which  encircles  the  bay  or  lake. 
This  point  presents  a  beautiful  view,  both  on  leaving  or  arriving 
at  the  head- waters  of  Lake  Ontario. 

Du^'DAs,  five  miles  from  Hamilton,  is  situated  on  rising 
ground  on  the  side  of  the  mountain,  and  is  a  thriving  manu- 
facturing place,  having  the  advantage  of  a  stream  which  flows, 
or  rather  rushes,  with  great  impetuosity  through  its  center, 
working  on  its  way  numerous  mills.  The  Des  Jardines  Canal 
runs  from  hence  to  Burlington  Bay,  enabling  the  manufacturers 
to  ship  their  goods  at  their  own  doors.  Among  the  manufac- 
tories are  flouring-mills,  a  paper-mill,  a  foundry,  which  is  an 
extensive  establishment,  where  machinery  of  every  kind  and 
steam-engines  are  made  to  a  large  extent ;  an  axe  factory,  a 
woolen  factory ;  two  newspapers,  and  several  places  of  wor- 
ship.    Population  3,500. 

*  On  Thursday,  March  12th,  185T,  the  most  fearful  accident  on  record 
occurred  at  this  bridge,  killing  about  seventy  passengers,  men,  women,  and 
children,  being  on  their  way  from  Toronto  to  Hamilton. 


152        BUFFALO    AND    NIAGARA    FALLS    TO    DETROIT. 

Harrisburg,  nineteen  miles  from  Hamilton,  is  the  station  of 
the  Gait  Branch  of  the  Great  Western  Railway. 

Paris,  with  the  Upper  and  Lower  Town,  contains  about  3,500 
inhabitants ;  so  called  from  its  contiguity  to  beds  of  gypsum  or 
plaster  of  Paris.  It  possesses  a  considerable  amount  of  water- 
power,  which  works  numerous  mills.  There  are  two  foundries, 
a  tannery,  machine-shop,  distillery,  saw-mill,  etc.  The  Buf- 
falo and  Lake  Huron  Railway  intersects  the  Great  Western 
at  this  point,  running  to  Goderich,  on  Lake  Huron. 

Woodstock,  48  miles  from  Hamilton  and  138  from  Wind- 
sor, is  a  county  town,  well  situated  on  rolling  ground,  and 
contains  about  4,500  inhabitants.  It  may  be  called  a  town  of 
magnificent  distances ;  East  and  West  Woodstock  forming  a  street 
upward  of  a  mile  in  length.  The  vacant  spaces,  however,  are 
fast  being  tilled  up  with  stately  edifices,  and  it  will  thus  in  a 
short  time  become  one  of  the  handsomest  thoroughfares  in 
Canada.  In  this  locality,  noted  for  its  handsome  country  seats 
— and  indeed  all  the  way  from  Hamilton — the  land  as  seen  from 
the  road  (the  railroad  for  the  most  part  passes  through  a  new 
country)  is  rolling  and  well  cleared  of  trees  and  stumps,  pre- 
senting more  the  appearance  of  "  merrie  England"  than  any 
other  section  of  the  Province. 

IxGERSoLL,  nine  miles  farther,  formerly  an  Indian  village, 
now  contains  about  2,000  inhabitants.  A  small  arm  of  the 
Thames  runs  through  it,  and  furnishes  some  water-power,  by 
which  several  mills  are  worked.  Since  the  opening  of  the  rail- 
way it  has  risen  in  a  surprising  manner;  and  the  town,  which 
before  then  had  a  very  dingy  appearance,  the  houses  being  of 
wood  and  wanting  paint,  is  now  gay  with  white  brick,  and  the 
streets  resound  with  the  hum  of  an  enterprising  population. 

LoNDox,  119  miles  from  Suspension  Bridge  and  110  from 
Windsor,  if  not,  like  her  English  namesake, 

The  great  resort 


Of  all  the  earth — checkered  with  all 
Complexions  of  mankind — 

is  nevertheless  a  very  stirring  business  place,  and  presents  an- 
other instance  of  the  energy  and  enterprise  of  the  Canadian. 
Ten  years  ago,  this  then  ver}'-  small  village  of  wooden  houses 
was  entirely  buimed  down,  and  now  on  its  ashes  is  raised  a  most 
flourishing  city,  containing  four  banks,  several  wholesale  houses, 
fifteen  churches,  many  of  them  handsome  structures,  and  the 
English  Church  having  a  fine  peal  of  bells ;  life  and  fire  in- 
surance offices,  breweries  and  distilleries.  It  has  three  news- 
papers and  several  good  hotels.  Population  nearly  18,000.  It 
is  well  watered  by  the  river  Thames,  which,  however,  is  only 
navigable  up  to  Chatham,  sixty  miles  distant. 


BUFFALO    TO    uoDERICH.  153 

The  London  and  Port  Stanley  Railroad  here  joins  the  Great 
Western  Railway ;  length  twenty-four  miles,  running  south  to 
Lake  Erie. 

Chatham,  forty-six  miles  from  Windsor,  situated  on  the 
river  Thames,  possesses  the  great  advantage  of  a  navigation, 
and  is  therefore  a  place  of  considerable  business.  It  contains 
eight  churches ;  and  being  the  county  town  of  Kent,  it  has  a 
court-house,  a  very  handsome  building,  several  grist  and  saw- 
mills, woolen  factory,  two  foundries,  machine  shop,  etc.  Nu- 
merous steamers  and  sail  vessels  have  been  built  at  this  place. 
Steamers  ply  between  Chatham,  Detroit,  and  Amherstburg. 
Population  about  5,000. 

WiisrDsoR,  229  miles  from  Suspension  Bridge,  opposite  Detroit, 
prettily  situated  on  the  banks  of  the  river,  is  a  place  of  con- 
siderable business,  and  is  rapidly  increasing  in  wealth  and 
population,  owing  to  the  advantage  it  has  of  being  the  western 
terminus  of  the  Great  Western  Kailway.  Of  course  Windsor 
must  have  a  "  Castle,"  and  the  hotel  of  that  name  will  be  found 
excellent.     Population,  2,000. 

Three  steam-ferries  ply  between  Windsor  and  Detroit,  making 
close  connections  for  the  benefit  of  railroad  passengers. 

For  further  information  in  regard  to  this  route — See  Canada 
Railway  and  Steam  Navigation  Guide. 


BUFFALO  TO  GODERICH,  C.  W.,  via  BUFFALO  AND  LAKE 
HUEON  EAILWAT. 

Office,  37  Exchange  Street,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

This  important  line  of  travel  extends  from  Buffalo,  N.  Y., 
crossing  Niagara  River  by  means  of  a  steam  ferry  at  Black 
Rock  to  Fort  Erie,  on  the  Canada  side.  It  is  proposed  to  con- 
struct a  permanent  railroad  bridge  of  about  one  mile  in  length, 
a  short  distance  above  the  present  ferry.  From  Fort  Erie  the 
line  of  the  railway  extends  westward  within  a  short  distance  of 
Lake  Erie  for  forty  miles,  to  Dunnville,  situated  at  the  mouth 
of  Grand  River,  crossing  the  Welland  Canal. 

From  Dunnville  the  road  runs  along  the  valley  of  the  river  on 
the  north  side  to  Brantford,  thirty-eight  miles  farther,  and  from 
thence  extends  westward  to  Paris,  where  it  connects  with  the 
Great  Western  Railway  of  Canada.  The  line  thence  runs  to 
Stratford,  C.  W.,  where  it   connects  with   the   Grand   Trunk 


154  BUFFALO    TO    GODERICH. 

Railway,  a  total  distance  from  Buffalo  of  116  mJes.  To  tMs 
point  the  road  is  now  completed  and  in  running  order,  and  will 
be  finished  through  to  Goderich,  situated  on  Lake  Huron,  during 
the  year  1857. 

DupfviLLE  is  advantageously  situated  on  the  Grand  River,  at 
a  point  where  it  is  intersected  by  the  feeder  of  the  Welland 
Canal.  It  is  a  place  of  considerable  business,  and  contains 
several  grist,  saw,  and  plaster  mills,  and  a  tannery.  Popula- 
tion, about  1,500. 

The  Welland  Canal  is  one  of  the  many  works  of  the  same 
kind  of  which  Canadians  may  be  proud.  This  Canal  affords  a 
passage  for  propellers,  sloops  and  schooners  of  125  tons  burden, 
around  the  Falls  of  Niagara,  and  connects  Lake  Erie  with  Lake 
Ontario.  It  is  42  miles  long,  including  feeder,  56  feet  wide,  and 
from  8J  to  16  feet  deep.  The  whole  descent  from  one  lake  to  the 
other  is  334  feet,  which  is  accomplished  by  37  locks. 

Brantford,  78  miles  from  Buffalo  and  82  miles  from  God- 
erich, is  beautifully  situated  on  Grand  River,  and  named  after 
Brant,  the  renowned  chief  of  the  Six  Nations  Indians,  who, 
with  his  tribe,  steadily  supported  the  British  Crown  during  the 
American  War.  "  In  '  Gertrude  of  Wyoming^  he  is  alluded  to 
in  disparaging  terms : 

'  The  mammoth  comes— the  fiend,  the  monster  Brant.' 
But  some  years  afterward  Campbell  was  obliged  to  apologize  to 
Brant's  son,  who  happened  to  visit  London ;  as  it  appeared,  on 
satisfa<;tory  evidence,  his  father  was  not  even  present  at  the 
horrible  desolation  of  Wyoming.  This  much  is  due  to  the  mem- 
ory of  Brant,  who  was  a  brave  warrior  and  a  steadfast  ally  of 
the  British,  and  always  exerted  himself  to  mitigate  the  horrors 
of  war." 

Brantford,  until  the  opening  of  the  Great  Western  Railway, 
was  a  great  wheat  market,  the  streets  being  crowded  with  hun- 
dreds of  wagons  daily ;  but  that  road  created  other  markets, 
and  to  this  extent  the  town  has  suffered.  It  has,  however,  other 
sources  of  prosperity.  There  is  no  place  in  the  Province  which 
commands  such   extensive  water-power,   and  which  is  mada 


BUFFALO    TU    GODERICH.  155 

available  for  the  working  of  numerous  mills.  The  iron  foun- 
dries, machine  shops,  and  potteries  are  on  a  large  scale,  and 
have  caused  the  place  to  be  regarded  as  the  Birmingham  of 
Canada.  It  has  a  goodly  number  of  churches  of  various  denomi- 
nations, and  one  of  the  largest  and  handsomest  hotels  in  the 
Province — "  The  Kirby  House."     Population  about  6,000. 

Stratford,  is  a  new  and  thriving  town,  favorably  situated 
on  the  line  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Railway  of  Canada.  This 
section  of  Canada  enjoys  a  good  climate  and  fertile  soil,  produc- 
ing cereal  grains  in  great  abundance. 

The  distance  from  Stratford  to  Goderich,  by  railroad  route,  is 
44  miles,  which,  when  completed,  will  afford  a  direct  and  speedy 
route  from  Buffalo  to  Lake  Huron,  a  total  distance  of  160  miles. 

GoDK.RicH,  C.  W.,  is  advantageously  situated  at  the  mouth  of 
Maitland  River,  here  affording  a  safe  and  good  harbor  for  ves- 
sels of  a  large  size.  The  village  is  beautifully  situated  on  ele- 
vated ground,  rising  about  150  feet  above  the  waters  of  Lake 
Huron.  The  population  now  amounts  to  about  4,000,  and  is 
rapidly  increasing  in  numbers  and  wealth.  Steamers  run  from 
this  port  to  Port  Sarnia,  Detroit,  and  Saginaw,  and  other  har- 
bors on  the  Upper  Lakes. 

The  Buffalo  and  Lake  Huron  Railway  Company  is  pushing 
with  energy  the  completion  of  this  road,  and  the  improvement 
of  its  passenger  and  freight  capacity.  We  learn  that  the  board 
of  directors,  at  a  late  meeting  in  London,  England,  appropriated 
$1,300,000  for  the  construction  of  a  steam  ferry  to  run  be- 
tween Fort  Erie  and  Black  Rock,  which  shall  be  able  to  trans- 
fer sis  cars  at  a  time  from  one  side  of  the  river  to  the  other ; 
for  the  construction  of  slips  and  docks  on  both  sides  to  accomo- 
date the  steamer ;  for  the  construction  of  a  track  from  Black 
Rock  into  the  city  of  Buffalo,  and  to  improve  the  harbor  at 
Goderich,  the  terminus  of  the  road  on  Lake  Huron. 


TABLE  OF  DISTAXCES 


FEOM  BUFFALO  TO  TOLEDO.— LAKE  EEIE  EOUTE. 

Ports,  etc.  Miles. 

Buffalo,  N.  Y 0 

Silver  Creek,  " 84 

Dunkirk,      " 42 

Portland,        " 62 

Erie,  Pa 90 

Conneaut,  Ohio 117 

Ashtabula,    "   131 

Painesville,    "   156 

Cleveland,  " 185 

Kelley's  Island 240 

Sandusky    "   245 

South  Bass  Island 245 

West  Sister  Island 263 

Turtle  Island 275 

Maumee  Bay 278 

Toledo,  Ohio  285 

Note. — The  direct  through 
from  Buffalo  to  Toledo  is  about 
Erie  being  about  560  miles. 


Ports,  etc. 

Miles. 

Toledo,  Ohio 

....       0 

IMaumee  Bay 

. . . .        1 

Turtle  Island 

....     10 

West  Sister  Island  . . 

. . . .     22 

South  Bass  Island . . . , 

. . . .     40 

Kelley's  Island 

. . . .     45 

Sandusky,    Ohio.... 

...     50 

Cleveland,     "    . .  .  , 

....   100 

Painesville,       ''    . . . . 

, ...  129 

Ashtabula,        "    . . . , 

, ...   154 

Conneaut,          "   . . . , 

, ...  168 

Erie,  Pa 

, . . .   195 

Portland,  N.  Y 

. ...  233 

Dunkirk,     "   

, ...  243 

Silver  Creek, " 

. ...  251 

Buffalo,      "   

...  285 

route  as  run  by  the  steamers 
250  miles ;   the  circuit  of  Lake 


OOMPAEATIYE  INCEEASE  OF  LAKE  CITIES. 

1840.      1850.  1853.  1856. 

Buffalo,  N.Y 18,213  42,261  60,000*       85,000 

Chicago,  111 4,470  28,269  60,000      100,000 

Cleveland,  0 6,071  17,034  40,000t       50.000 

Detroit,  Mich 9,102  21,019  34,436        48,000 

Milwaukee,  Wis. .. .     1,700  20,061  25,000        42,000 

Oswego,  N.  Y 12,205  16,000 

Sandusky,  0 1,434          6,008  8,000        10,000 

Toledo,  0 1,222          3,829  6,412         12,000 

*  Black  Book  annexed.  t  Ohio  City  annexed. 


TRIP  FROM  BUFFALO  TO  CLEYELAXD  SAXDUSKT, 
TOLEDO,  ETC. 


Steamers  of  a  large  class  leave  Buffalo,  daL  y,  Sundays  ex- 
cepted, for  the  different  ports  on  the  American  or  south  shore 
of  Lake  Erie,  connecting  with  railroad  cars  at  Clevela'nd,  San- 
dusky, and  Toledo. 

On  leaving  Buffalo  harhor,  -which  is  formed  by  the  mouth  of 
Buffalo  Creek,  where  is  erected  a  breakwater  by  the  United 
States  government,  a  fine  view  is  afforded  of  the  city  of  Buffalo, 
the  Canada  shore,  and  Lake  Erie  stretching  off  in  the  distance, 
with  here  and  there  a  steamer  or  sail  vessel  in  sight.  As  the 
steamer  proceeds  westward  through  the  middle  of  the  lake,  the 
landscape  fades  in  the  distance,  until  nothing  is  visible  but  a 
broad  expanse  of  green  waters. 

Sturgeon-  Point,  20  miles  from  Buffalo,  is  passed  on  the 
south  shore,  when  the  lake  immediately  -widens  by  the  land 
receding  on  both  shores.  During  the  prevalence  of  storms, 
when  the  full  blast  of  the  wind  sweeps  through  this  lake,  its 
force  is  now  felt  in  its  full  power,  driving  the  angry  waves  for- 
ward -with  the  velocity  of  the  race-horse,  often  causing  the 
waters  to  rise  at  the  lower  end  of  the  lake  to  a  great  height 
so  as  to  overflow  its  banks,  and  forcing  its  surplus  waters  into 
the  Niagara  River,  which  causes  the  only  perceptible  rise  and 
increase  of  the  rush  of  waters  at  the  Falls. 

Dunkirk,  N.  Y.,  42  miles  from  B'affalo,  is  advantageously 
situated  on  the  shore  of  Lake  Erie  where  terminates  the  A^eiv 
York  and  Erie  Railroad,  4G0  miles  in  length.  Here  is  a  good 
and  secure  harbor,  affording  about  twelve  feet  of  water  over 
the  bar.  A  light-house,  a  beacon  light  and  breakwater,  the 
latter  in  a  dilapidated  state,  have  here  been  erected  by  the 
United  States  government.  As  an  anchorage  and  port  of 
refuge  this  harbor  is  extremely  valuable,  and  is  much  resorted 

14 


158     BUFFALO  TO  CLEVELAND,  TOLEDO,  ETC. 

to  for  that  purpose  by  steamers  and  sail  vessels  during  the 
prevalence  of  storms ;  there  is  twelve  feet  of  water  over  the 
bar. 

The  village  was  incorporated  in  1837,  and  now  contains 
about  4,000  inhabitants,  500  dwelling-houses,  five  churches,  a 
bank,  three  hotels,  and  20  stores  of  different  kinds,  besides 
several  extensive  storehouses  and  manufacturing  establish- 
ments. 

The  Buffalo  and  State  Line  Railroad,  extending  to  Erie, 
Pa.,  runs  through  Dunkirk,  forming  in  part  the  Lake  Shore 
line  of  railroad,  which  in  connection  with  the  railroad  leading 
direct  to  the  city  of  New  York,  affords  great  advantages  to  this 
locality,  which  is  no  doubt  destined  to  increase  with  the  grow- 
ing trade  of  the  lake  country. 

Fredon^ia,  three  miles  from  Dunkirk,  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected by  a  plank-road,  is  handsomely  situated,  being  elevated 
about  100  feet  above  Lake  Erie.  It  contains  about  2,300 
-inhabitants,  300  dwelling-houses,  five  churches,  one  bank,  an 
incorporated  academy,  four  taverns,  twenty  stores,  besides 
some  mills  and  manufacturing  establishments  situated  on  Cana- 
doway  Creek,  which  here  affords  good  water-power.  In  the 
village,  near  the  bed  of  the  creek,  is  an  inflammable  spring, 
from  which  escapes  a  sufficient  quantity  of  gas  to  light  the 
village.  A  gasometer  is  constructed  which  forces  the  gas 
through  tubes  to  different  parts  of  the  village,  the  consumer 
paying  $4  per  year  for  each  burner  used.  It  is  also  used  for 
lighting  the  streets  of  the  village.  The  flame  is  large,  but  not 
so  strong  or  brilliant  as  that  obtained  from  gas  in  our  cities ; 
t  is,  however,  in  high  favor  with  the  inhabitants. 

Barcelona,  N.  Y.,  58  miles  from  Buffalo,  is  the  westernmost 
village  in  the  State.  It  is  a  port  of  entry,  and  is  much  resorted 
to  by  steamers  and  large  vessels  navigating  the  lake,  affording 
a  tolerable  good  harbor,  where  is  situated  a  light-house  which 
is  lighted  by  inflammable  gas ;  it  escapes  from  the  bed  of  a 
creeK  about  half  a  mile  distant,  and  is  carried  in  pipes  to  the 
liglit-house. 


BUFFALO    TO    CLEVELAND,    TOLEDO,    ETC  159 

The  City  of  E{iie,  Pa.,  90  miles  from  Buffalo  and  95  miles 
from  Cleveland,  is  beautifully  situated  on  a  bluff,  affording  a 
prospect  of  Presque  Isle  Bay  and  the  lake  beyond.  It  has  one 
of  the  largest  and  best  harbors  on  Lake  Erie,  from  whence 
sailed  Perry's  fleet  during  the  "war  of  1812.  The  most  of  the 
vessels  were  here  built,  being  finished  in  seventy  days  from  the 
time  the  trees  were  felled  ;  and  here  the  gallant  victor  returned 
with  his  prizes  after  the  battle  of  Lake  Erie,  which  took  place 
September  10th,  1813.  The  remains  of  his  flag-ship,  the  Law- 
rence, lie  in  the  harbor,  from  which  visitors  are  allowed  to  cut 
pieces  as  relics.  On  the  high  bank,  a  little  distance  from  the 
town,  are  the  ruins  of  the  old  French  fort,  Presque  Isle.  The 
city  contains  a  court-house,  nine  churches,  a  bank,  three  hotels, 
a  ship-yard,  several  extensive  manufacturing  establishments, 
and  about  7.000  inhabitants.  In  addition  to  the  Lake  Shoi-e 
Railroad,  the  Sunbury  and  Erie  Railroad  will  terminate  at 
this  place,  affording  a  direct  communication  with  New  York  and 
Philadelphia. 

Presque  Isle  Bay  is  a  lovely  sheet  of  water,  protected  by 
an  island  projecting  into  Lake  Erie.  There  is  a  light-house 
on  the  west  side  of  the  entrance  to  the  bay,  in  lat.  42°  8'  N.  ; 
it  shows  a  fixed  light,  elevated  93  feet  above  the  surface  of  the 
lake,  and  visible  for  a  distance  of  15  miles.  The  beacon  shows 
a  fixed  light,  elevated  28  feet,  and  is  visible  for  nine  miles. 

Coivjveaut,  Ohio,  117  miles  from  Buffalo  and  68  from  Cleve- 
land, situated  in  the  northeast  corner  of  the  State,  stands  on  a 
creek  of  the  same  name  near  its  entrance  into  Lake  Erie.  It 
exports  large  quantities  of  lumber,  grain,  pork,  beef,  butter, 
cheese,  etc.,  being  surrounded  by  a  rich  agricultural  section 
of  country.  The  village  contains  about  3.000  inhabitants. 
The  harbor  of  Conneaut  lies  two  miles  from  the  village,  where 
is  a  light-house,  a  pier,  and  several  warehouses. 

Ashtabula,  Ohio,  14  miles  farther  west,  stands  on  a  stream 
of  the  same  name,  near  its  entrance  into  the  lake.  This  is  a 
thriving  place,  inhabited  by  an  intelligent  population  estimated 
at  2,500.     The  harbor  of  Ashtabula  is  two  and  a  half  milp= 


160     BUFFALO  TO  CLEVELAND,  TOLEDO,  ETC. 

from  the  village,,  at  the  mouth  of  the  river,  where  is  a  light- 
house. 

F AIRPORT  stands  on  the  east  side  of  Grand  River,  15-5  miles 
from  Buffalo.  It  has  a  good  harbor  for  lake  vessels,  and  is  a 
port  of  considerable  trade.  This  harbor  is  so  well  defended 
from  winds  and  easy  of  access,  that  vessels  run  in  when  they 
can  not  easily  make  other  ports.  Here  is  a  light-house  and  a 
beacon  to  guide  the  mariner. 

PAijfEsviLLE,  0.,  three  miles  from  Fairport  and  30  miles 
from  Cleveland,  is  a  beautiful  and  flourishing  town,  being  sur- 
rounded by  a  fine  section  of  country.  It  is  the  county  seat  for 
Lake  County,  and  contains  a  court-house,  five  churches,  a  bank, 
20  stores,  a  number  of  beautiful  residences,  and  about  3,000 
inhabitants. 

The  City  of  Cleveland  is  situated  on  an  elevated  plain  at 
the  entrance  of  Cuyahoga  River  into  Lake  Erie,  in  N.  lat.  41°  30', 
W.  Ion.  81°  47'.  It  is  distant  185  miles  from  Buffalo,  and  107 
miles  from  Toledo  by  railroad  route ;  120  miles  from  Detroit  by 
steamboat  route.  Its  harbor  is  spacious  and  safe  when  once 
entered,  being  formed  by  the  mouth  of  the  river.  The  city  is 
regularly  and  beautifully  laid  out,  ornamented  with  numerous 
shade-trees,  from  which  it  takes  the  name  of  "  Forest  City ;" 
near  its  center  is  a  large  public  square.  It  is  the  mart  of  one 
of  the  greatest  grain-growing  States  in  the  Union,  and  has  a 
ready  communication  by  railroad  with  Albany,  New  York,  and 
Philadelphia.  The  bluff  on  which  it  is  built  is  80  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  lake,  where  stands  a  light-house,  from  which  an 
extensive  and  magnificent  view  is  obtained,  overlooking  the 
meandering  of  the  Cuyahoga,  the  line  of  railroads,  the  shipping 
in  the  harbor,  and  the  vessels  passing  on  Lake  Erie. 

The  city  contains  a  court-house,  city  hall,  custom-house, 
college  buildings,  a  lyceum,  a  public  reading-room,  a  literary 
institution,  which  sustains  a  course  of  lectures  during  the 
winter  season;  2-5  churches  of  different  denominations,  six 
banks,  an  insurance  company,  and  several  large  and  well-kept 
hotels,  among  which  may  be  named  the  "Weddell  House,  the 


BUFFALO    TO    CLEVELAND,    TOLEDO,    ETC.  161 

Angier  House,  the  American  Hotel,  and  the  Johnson  House. 
It  now  boasts  of  50,000  inhabitants,  and  is  rapidly  increasing 
in  numbers  and  wealth.  The  Ohio  Canal  terminates  here, 
forming  a  water  communication  with  the  Ohio  River  at  different 
points. 

The  railroads  diverging  from  Cleveland  are  the  Cleveland 
and  Erie,  95  miles;  Cleveland  and  Pittsburgh,  100 miles,  with 
several  branches ;  Cleveland  and  Mahoning,  67  miles  finished ; 
Cleveland,  Columbus  and  Cincinnati,  135  miles;  and  Cleveland 
and  Toledo,  Northern  Division,  107  miles.  These  roads  all  run 
into  one  general  depot,  situated  near  the  water  s  edge,  afford- 
ing great  facilities  to  the  trans-shipment  of  freight  of  different 
kinds.  The  trade  with  the  Upper  Lakes  is  one  of  great  and 
growing  importance ;  steamers  leave  daily  for  Detroit,  Macki- 
nac, Green  Bay,  Chicago,  the  Saut  Ste  Marie,  and  Lake  Superior. 

For  list  of  steamers  sailing  from  Cleveland  and  Detroit  to 
the  Upper  Lakes,  see  page  140. 

Black  River,  28  miles  from  Cleveland,  is  a  small  village 
with  a  good  harbor,  where  is  a  ship-yard  and  other  manufac- 
turing establishments. 

Vermiliox,  10  miles  farther  on  the  line  of  the  Cleveland 
and  Toledo  Railroad,  is  a  place  of  considerable  trade,  situated 
at  the  mouth  of  a  river  of  the  same  name. 

HuRox,  Ohio,  50  miles  from  Cleveland  and  10  miles  from 
Sandusky,  is  situated  at  the  mouth  of  Huron  River,  which 
affords  a  good  harbor.  It  contains  several  churches,  15  or  20 
stores,  several  warehouses,  and  about  2,000  inhabitants 

The  islands  lying  near  the  head  of  Lake  Erie,  off  Sandusky, 
are  Kelley's  Island,  North  Bass,  Middle  Bass,  and  South 
Bass  islands,  besides  several  smaller  islands,  forming  altogether 
a  handsome  group.  Kelley's  Island  is  the  largest  and  most 
important,  but  on  the  north  side  of  South  Bass  Island  lies  the 
secure  harlwr  of  Put-in  Bay,  made  celebrated  by  being  the 
rendezvous  of  Com.  Perry's  flotilla  before  and  after  the  decisive 
battle  of  Lake  Erie,  which  resulted  in  the  capture  of  the  entire 
British  fleet. 


162     BUFFALO  TO  CLEVELAND,  TOLEDO,  ETC. 

NAVAL  BATTLE  ON  LAKE  ERIE. 
September  10th,  1813,  the  hostile  fleets  of  England  and  the 
United  States  on  Lake  Erie  met  near  the  head  of  the  lake,  and 
a  sanguinary  battle  ensued.  The  fleet  hearing  the  "  red  cross" 
of  England  consisted  of  six  vessels,  carrying  64  guns,  under 
command  of  the  veteran  Com  Barclay ;  and  the  fleet  bearing 
the  "  broad  stripes  and  bright  stars"  of  the  United  States,  con- 
sisted of  nine  vessels,  carrying  54  guns,  under  command  of  the 
young  and  inexperienced,  but  brave,  Com.  Oliver  H.  Perry. 
The  result  of  this  important  conflict  was  made  known  to  the 
world  in  the  following  laconic  dispatch,  wrilteoi  at  4  p.m.  of 
that  day : 

"  Dear  General :  We  have  met  the  enemy,  and  they  are 
ours.    Two  ships,  two  brigs,  one  schooner,  and  one  sloop. 

"  With  esteem,  etc.,  0.  H.  Perry. 

"  Gen.  William  Jones." 

Mr.  Powell,  the  artist,  who  painted  the  De  Soto  picture  for 
Congress,  has  been  appointed  by  the  Ohio  Legislature  to  paint 
a  representation  of  Perry's  Victory  on  Lake  Erie — the  price 
not  to  exceed  $5,000.  It  will  be  placed  in  one  of  the  panels  of 
the  rotunda  of  the  new  State  House  in  Columbus,  the  capital 
of  the  State. 


OHIO    RIVER     iND    LAKE    ERIE    CAXALS.  1G3 


EAILEOAD  KOUTE  AEOUND  LAKE  EEIE. 

This  important  body  of  water  being  encompassed  by  a  band 
of  iron,  ■we  subjoin  the  following  Table  of  Distances : 

Miles. 
Buffalo  to  Paris,  C.  W.,  via  Buffalo  and  Lake  Huron 

Railroad 84 

Paris  to  Windsor  or  Detroit,  via  Great  Western  Railway.  158 

Detroit  to  Toledo,  Ohio,  via  Detroit  and  Toledo  R.R 68 

Toledo  to  Cleveland,  via  Cleveland  and  Toledo  R.R. .....   107 

Cleveland  to  Erie,  Pa.,  via  Cleveland  and  Erie  R.R 95 

Erie  to  Buffalo,  via  Lake  Shore  Road 88 

Total  miles 595 

The  extreme  length  of  Lake  Erie  is  250  miles,  from  the 
mouth  of  Niagara  River  to  Maumee  Bay ;  the  circuit  of  the 
lake  about  560  miles,  being  about  100  miles  less  distance  than 
has  been  stated  by  some  writers  on  the  great  lakes. 


OHIO  EIVER  AND  LAKE  EEIE  CANALb 

The  completion  of  the  Miami  Canal  makes  four  distinct 
channels  of  communication  from  the  Ohio  River  through  the 
State  of  Ohio  to  Lake  Erie,  namely  : 

1.  The  Erie  Extension  Canal,  from  Beaver,  twenty  or 
thirty  miles  below  Pittsburgh,  to  Erie,  136  miles.  2.  The  Cross- 
CiU  Beaver  Canal,  which  is  an  extension  or  branch  from 
Newcastle,  Pa.,  on  the  Beaver  Canal,  to  Akron,  Ohio,  where  it 
nnites  with  the  Portsmouth  and  Cleveland  Canal — making  a 
canal  route  from  Beaver  to  Cleveland  of  143  miles.  3.  The 
Ohio  Canal,  from  Cleveland  to  Portsmouth,  through  the  center 
of  the  State,  309  miles.  4.  The  Miami  Extension,  which  is  a 
union  of  the  Miami  Canal  with  the  Wabash  and  Erie  Canal, 
through  Dayton,  terminating  at  Toledo,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
IVIaumee  River  on  Lake  Erie,  247  miles.  The  vast  and  increas- 
ing business  of  the  Ohio  Valley  may  furnish  business  for  all 
these  canals.  They  embrace  rich  portions  of  Pennsylvania, 
Ohio,  and  Indiana ;  but  are  not  so  located  as  to  be  free  from 
competition  with  one  another.  At  no  distant  time,  they  would 
unquestionably  command  a  sufScient  independent  business, 
were  it  not  probable  that  they  may  be  superseded  by  railways. 
The  capacity  of  railways — both  for  rapid  and  cheap  transporta- 
tion— as  it  is  developed  by  circumstances  and  the  progress  of 
science,  is  destined  to  affect  very  materially  the  value  and  im- 
portance of  canals. 


164  DISCOVERY    OF    A    NEW    HARBOR. 


OPENmG  OF  NAVIGATION  IN  LAKE  ERIE. 

The  following,,table,  prepared  Iby  the  Detroit  Advertiser,  from 
back  files,  shows  the  time  Avhen  navigation  has  opened  at  this 
port  for  the  past  seventeen  years : 

1840.  .March    8 Steamer  Star  arrived  from  Cleveland. 

1841 . .  April    18 "         Gen.  Wayne  arrived  from  Buffalo 

1842 . .  March    3 . . . .       "         Gen.  Scott  cl'd  for  Buffalo. 

1843 . .  April    18 "         Fairport  cl'd  for  Cleveland 

1844 . .  March  11....       «        Red  Jacket  cl'd  for  Fort  Gratiot. 

1845 . .  Jan'y    4 "         United  States  arrived  from  Buffalo. 

1846 . .  March  14 "         John  Owen  arrived  from  Cleveland. 

.      "         United  States     " 

.Prop.  Manhattan  cl'd  for  Buffalo. 

.  Steamer  John  Owen  cl'd  for  Cleveland. 
"         Southerner  arrived  from  Buffalo. 

.      "        Hollister        ''         «         Toledo. 

.      "         Arrow  cl'd  for  Toledo. 

"        Bay  City  arrived  from  Sandusky. 
,„^^      ,     .,      ^       •      "        May  Queen    "        "     Cleveland. 
1855..  April     2....       "        Arrow  cl'd  for  Toledo. 
1856..     "      15....       "        May  Queen  cl'd  for  Cleveland. 
1857 . .  March  24 "         Ocean  cleared  for  Cleveland. 


1847.. 

30. . 

1848.. 

22.. 

1849.. 

21.. 

1850.. 

25.. 

1851.. 

19.. 

1852.. 

22.. 

1853 . . 

14.. 

1854.. 

24.. 

DISCOVEET  OF  A  NEW  HAEBOE  IN  LAKE  HUEON. 

We  learn  from  a  Michigan  paper  that  Capt.  W.  Gilmore,  of 
the  brig  Sultan,  having  come  into  collision  with  a  vessel  off  the 
Middle  Island,  on  the  night  of  October  27th,  1856,  was  driven 
by  stress  of  the  accident  into  Bail  du  I)erd,  on  the  north  side 
of  Lake  Huron,  about  eighty  miles  above  Goderich.  Captain 
Gilmore,  in  a  letter  to  the  editor  of  the  Port  Bruce  Pioneer, 
states  that  there  is  plenty  of  water  in  the  harbor  for  the  largest 
vessel  on  the  lakes,  and  a  safe  anchorage.  A  pier  inside  the 
harbor  is  alone  wanted  to  render  the  accommodations  perfect. 
The  captain  expresses  the  opinion,  that  a  light-house  and  a  pier 
would  render  this  bay  one  of  the  finest  harbors  on  the  lakes. 
Since  this  letter  was  written,  we  are  informed  that  a  small 
town  has  been  planted  in  that  locality. 


BUFFALO 

Buffalo  City,  Erie  Co.,  N.  Y.,  possessing  commanding  ad- 
vantages, is  distant  from  Albany  298  miles  by  railroad,  and 
about  350  miles  by  the  line  of  the  Erie  Canal;  in  N.  lat. 
42°  53',  W.  long.  78°  55'  from  Greenwich.  It  is  favorably 
situated  for  commerce  at  the  head  of  Niagara  River,  the  outlet 
of  Lake  Erie,  and  at  the  foot  of  the  great  chain  of  Western 
lakes,  and  is  the  point  where  the  vast  trade  of  these  inland 
seas  is  concentrated.  The  harbor,  formed  of  Buffalo  Creek,  lies 
nearly  east  and  west  across  the  southern  part  of  tne  city,  and 
is  separated  from  the  waters  of  Lake  Erie  by  a  peninsula  be- 
tween the  creek  and  lake.  This  harbor  is  a  very  secure  one, 
and  is  of  such  capacity,  that  although  steamboats,  ships,  and 
other  lake  craft,  and  canal  boats,  to  the  number,  in  all,  of  from 
three  to  four  hundred,  have  sometimes  been  assembled  there  for 
the  transaction  of  the  business  of  the  lakes,  yet  not  one  half 
part  of  the  water  accommodations  has  ever  yet  been  occupied 
by  the  vast  business  of  the  great  and  growing  West.  The  har- 
bor of  Buffalo  is  the  most  capacious,  and  really  the  easiest  and 
safest  of  access  on  our  inland  waters.  Lnprovements  are  an- 
nually made  by  dredging,  by  the  construction  of  new  piers, 
wharves,  warehouses,  and  elevators,  which  extend  its  facilities, 
and  render  the  discharge  and  trans-shipment  of  cargoes  more 
rapid  and  convenient ;  and  in  this  latter  respect  is  without  an 
equal. 

Buffalo  was  first  settled  by  the  whites  in  1801.  In  1832  it  was 
chartered  as  a  city,  being  now  governed  by  a  mayor,  recorder, 
and  board  of  aldermen.  Its  population  in  1830,  according  to 
the  United  States  Census,  was  8,668  ;  in  1840,  18,213  ;  and  in 
1850,  42,261.  Since  the  latter  period  the  limits  of  the  city  have 
been  enlarged  by  taking  in  the  town  of  Black  Rock ;  it  is  now 
divided  into  thirteen  wards,  and,  according  to  the  State  Census 
of  1855,  contained  74,214  inhabitants,  being  now  the  third  city 


166  BUFFALO. 

in  point  of  size  in  the  State  of  New  York  llie  public  build- 
ings are  numerous,  and  many  of  them  fine  specimens  of  archi- 
tecture ;  while  the  private  buildings,  particularly  those  for  busi- 
ness purposes,  are  of  the  most  durable  construction  and  modern 
style.  The  manufacturing  establishments  are  also  numerous, 
and  conducted  on  a  large  scale,  producing  manufactured  articles 
for  the  American  and  Canadian  markets. 

The  lines  of  steamers  and  railroads  diverging  from  Buffalo 
tend  to  make  it  one  of  the  greatest  thoroughfares  in  the  Union. 
Steamers  and  propellers  run  to  Cleveland,  Toledo,  Detroit, 
Mackinac,  Saut  Ste  Marie,  Green  Bay,  Milwaukee,  Chicago,  etc. 

The  railroads  diverging  from  Buffalo  are  the  New  York  Cen- 
tral, extending  to  Albany  298  miles  by  direct  route ;  Buffalo 
Division  of  the  New  York  and  Erie  Railroad ;  Lake  Shore  Rail- 
road ;  Buffalo,  Niagara  Falls,  and  Lewiston  Railroad ;  and  the 
Buffalo  and  Huron  Railroad,  the  latter  running  through  Can- 
ada to  Goderich  on  Lake  Huron,  and  connecting  with  the  Great 
Western  Railway,  terminating  at  Windsor,  opposite  Detroit. 

The  principal  hotels  are  the  American,  Clarendon,  Commer- 
cial, and  Mansion  House,  on  Main  Street,  and  the  Wcetern 
Hotel,  facing  the  Terrace. 

"  The  climate  of  Buffalo  is,  without  doubt,  of  a  more  even 
temperature  than  any  other  city  in  the  same  parallel  of  lati- 
tude from  the  Mississippi  to  the  Atlantic  coast.  Observations 
have  shown  that  the  thermometer  never  ranges  as  low  in  win- 
ter, nor  as  high  in  summer,  as  at  points  in  Massachusetts,  the 
eastern  and  central  portions  of  this  State,  the  northern  and 
southern  shores  of  Lake  Erie,  in  Michigan,  Northern  Illinois, 
and  Wisconsin.  The  winters  are  not  as  keen,  nor  the  summers, 
cooled  by  the  breezes  from  the  lake,  as  sultry ;  and  in  a  sani- 
tary point  of  view,  it  is  probably  the  healthiest  city  in  the 
world. 

"  London,  usually  considered  the  healthiest  of  cities,  has  a 
ratio  of  one  death  in  forty  inhabitants  The  ratio  of  Buffalo 
is  one  in  fifty-six.  The  favorable  situation  of  the  city  for 
drainage,  and  for  a  supply  of  pure  water  ;  its  broad,  well-paved 
streets,  lined  with  shrubbery  and  shade-trees ;  its  comparatively 
mild  winters ;  its  cool  summers ;  its  pleasant  drives  and  pictur- 
esque suburbs,  and  its  proximity  to  the  '  Falls,'  combine  to 
render  it  one  of  the  most  desirable  residences  on  the  continent." 


BUFFALO. 


167 


In  regard  to  the  commerce  of  the  "  Fai  West,"  mucli  of  which 
centers  in  Buffalo,  a  writer  justly  remarks  : 

"  Few  men  have  duly  estimated  the  value  of  our  1,500  miles 
of  uninterrupted  lake  navigation.  A  coast  of  upward  of  3  000 
miles  connecting  with  numerous  canals  and  railroads,  whose 
ao-o-reo-ate  length,  when  they  shall  be  completed,  will  greatly 
elceed  the  leno-th  of  all  our  inland  seas  and  coasts,  must  create 
an  amount  of°commerce  far  greater  than  has  ever  yet  been 
witnessed  on  the  waters  of  che  Mediterranean.  The  completion 
of  the  ship  canal  at  the  Saut  Ste  Marie  alone  opens  an  inland 
sea  of  vast  and  growing  importance." 


TRADE  AND  COMMERCE  OF  BUFFALO— 1856. 

IMPORTS    BY    LAKE. 

The  annual  tables  of  the  Lake  Trade  during  the  year,  with 
some  additional  comparative  statements  showing  the  course  ot 
trade,  the  increase  and  decrease  in  the  general  average  value 
of  most  articles,  and  other  matters  of  interest  concerning  this 
trade  during  the  year  1856,  are  copied  from  tne  Buffalo  Couner. 
The  value  of  Imports  by  Lake  for  the  past  six  years  is  as  follows : 

1851  .  .$31,889,951         1854 $45,030,931 

itsi 34  943  855  1855 50,346,819 

1853: '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..   36,881,230  1856 45,684,079 

This  table  exhibits  a  steady  increase  in  the  yearly  valuation 
of  the  Lake  Imports  until  last  year,  when  there  is  a  decrease  as 
compared  with  1855  of  $4,662,740.  This  large  decrease  has 
been  occasioned,  not  by  a  falling  off  in  the  receipts  of  the  more 
valuable  articles  of  import,  but  by  the  dechne  m  the  average 
value  of  nearly  every  description  of  produce. 

The  followino-  table  will  show  the  different  States  through 
who^e  ports  have  been  shipped  the  following  produce  received 
at  this  port.  Through  Cleveland,  Sandusky,  Toledo,  and  a  few 
smaller  ports,  we  have  received  the  products  of  Ohio,  Indiana, 
Southern  Illinois,  and  Kentucky,  and  through  Chicago,  the  pro- 
ducts of  Illinois,  Iowa,  Indiana,  and  Missouri. 

Flour.  Wheat.  Com.  Oats. 
Ohio  ports... 641.155  826,016  1J17,130  1.094,015 
Michi-an....  203,125  495,289  164,49.  42,314 
niinofs  .122472  5,127,947  7,922,461  548,326 
^Snsin:... 115,427  1,707,798  52,702  39,146 
Canada 60,906  386,067  

Total  . . .  1,143,085        8,543,117        9,846,790       1,723,801 


168  BUFFALO. 

The  folio-wing  Table  will  show  the  entrances  and  clearances 

of  foreign  and  American  Tessels,  together  ■with  their  tonnage  and 

crews  during  the  year  1856,  and  the  total  for  the  past  7  years  : 

Arrived.  No.  Tons.  Crews. 

American  vessels  from  foreign 

ports ; 112  17,745  598 

Foreign  do.,  do 718  71,039  5,314 

Total 830  88,784  5,912 

Cleared. 

Amer.  vessels  to  foreign  ports  181  30,607  1,193 

Foreign  do.,  do 632  62,833  5,580 


i-i-O 


Total 813  93,440  6,77 

Coasting  trade. 

Inward 3,292        1,441,663  49,556 

Outwartl 3,193         1,424,702  49,210 

Total 6,485  2,866,305  98,766 

Grand  Total  for  1856 8,128  3,048,589  111.451 

"      "1855 9.231  3,360,233  111,515 

"      "  1854 8,972  3,995,284  120.838 

"      "  1853 8,298  3,252,978  128,112 

"      "  1852 9,441  3,092,247  127,491 

"      "  1851 9,050  3,087,533  120,542 

"      «  1850 8,444  2,743,700  125,562 

The  amount  of  new  tonnage  now  on  the  stocks  both  at  this 
and  other  Western  ports,  and  destined  for  the  trade  of  this  city 
and  the  West,  will,  we  believe,  increase  the  tonnage  entering 
and  departing  from  this  district  very  materially  during  the 
coming  season  (1857),  and  that  it  must  exceed  any  former  year. 

Losses  on  the  Lakes. — If  the  losses  on  the  great  Lakes 
during  the  past  year  are  any  indication  of  the  amount  of  com- 
merce on  our  inland  seas,  it  must  have  grown  enormously  since 
1848.  In  that  year  the  losses  amounted  to  but  a  little  over 
8400,000;  in  1853  they  had  increased  to  nearly  a  million;  in 
1854  they  were  a  little  over  two  millions;  in  1855  over  two  and 
a  half  millions ;  but  the  present  year,  1856,  they  have  reached 
the  fearful  sum  of  over  three  millions.  But,  large  as  tliis 
amount  is,  it  does  not  seem  so  great  when  it  is  viewed  in  con- 
nection with  the  statement  that  the  commerce  of  the  Lakes 
passing  the  St.  Clair  Flats  amounted  in  1856  to  more  than  three 
hundred  millions  of  dollars,  while  the  coasting  trade  not  in- 
cluded in  that  estimate  amounts  to  at  least  a  hundred  millions 
more.  This  looks  very  much  like  the  course  of  empire  taking 
a  westerly  direction. 


BUFFALO.  169 


RECAPITULATION    OF   LOSSES   ON   THE    LAKES — 1856. 

Losses  in  May,     steam  and  sail $142,600 

June,          "  "  118,550 

July,          ''  "  266,130 

August,      "  "  67,750 

September,"  "  342,860 

October,      «  «  882,039 

November, "  "  1,059,395 

December,  "  "  159,550 

Total  loss,  steam  and  sail,  in  1856 S3, 038, 8 <  4 

"     in  1855 2,797,839 


Increased  loss 241,035 

Total  loss  of  life  in  1856 407 

"  in  1855 118 

Increase 289 

Loss  on  steam  huUs $732,800 

Loss  on  cargoes  by  steam 645,300 

Total  loss  by  steam  in  1856 1,378,100 

«      in  1855 1,692,700 


Decrease  in  1856 $314,600 

Loss  on  sail  huUs 863.675 

Loss  on  cargoes  by  sail 797,099 

Total  loss  by  sail  in  1856 1,660,714 

"              «     in  1855 1,105,139 


Increase  in  1856 $555,63o 

Synopsis  of  the  Marine  Register  of  the  Board  of  Lake  Un- 
derwriters of  vessels  in  commission  on  tlie  lakes  in  the  fall  of 

1856. 

Number. 

Steamers 107 

Propellers 135 

Barques 56 

Brigs 108 

Schooners 850 


Total 1,256 


Tonnage. 

Cash  Value. 

62,863 

$3,320,400 

54.675 

2,741,200 

21,773 

673,800 

27,045 

701,850 

173,380 

5,487,100 

339,736 

$12,944,350 

D.  P.  DOBBINS,  Sec'y 
Board  of  Lake  Underwriter: 


170  BUFFALO. 


EXPORTS  FROM  UP-LAKE  PORTS  TO  BUFFALO. 

STATEMENT,  showing  the  several  amounts  of  Flour  and  Grain  eat' 
ported  l>y  Lake  frorro  various  ports  to  Buffalo,  during  the  season  of 
1856: 

P'onr,          Wheat,          Coin,                Oafs.                Kvo, 
bb'.s.              bush.            bush.               bush.               busli. 
Ashtabula  2,500 


AUensburgh 1,200  

Bavfield.  C.  W 50,115      

Black  River 1,600     

Brantford,  C.  W 16,231  32,008      

Port  Burwell,  C.  W 18,161      

Caledonia,  G.  W 2  726      

Oavuira 7,628  41,127      

Cleveland 245,512  72,577  117,239       172,087 

Chicaiio 119,772  5,100,293  7,831,615      537,936 

Conneaut l,2i)0      

Detroit 189,309  333,398  64,997        43,411 

Port  Dover,  C.  W 13,036  89.718      

DunnvUle,  C.  W 2,223  19,502      

Erie 6,995 

Fremont 9,675  84,292        85,000 

FortErie.C.W 7,077  

Grand  Haven 8,955  37,891      

Green  Bav 1,864  15')      

Goderich,'  C.  W 600  26,164      

Huron 327  20,889  281,423      252,916 

Indiana 1,671  

Kenosha 6o5  106,843      

Maitland,  C.  W 3,7S0      

Milwaukee 106,366  1,440.337  34,000        43,241 

Michigan  City 26,829        31,269     

Milan 40  6,700         38,792 

Monroe 995  73.909      

Morpeth,C.W 5,000      

Port  Washington 1,463  3,210      

Perrvsburg 2,875  

Racine 1,622  53,768      

Port  Robinson,  C.  W 4,636      

Port  Rowan.  C.  W 367  465      

Ryer9e,C.  W 2,977  5,400      

Saginaw 766  

Sandusky 178,664  69,218  210,587      421,147 

Sheboygan 893  37.0S2      

Port  Stanley,  C.  W 2,295  99,716      

Toledo 208,417  621,164  937,579        81,157 

Venice 100      8,000        20,000 

Yermilion 2,810  20,033        30,650 

Waukegan 124  51,870            138     

York..- 2,624  1,997     


Totals 1,126,048  8,465,671  9,632,477    1,733,382      245,810 


TRIP  FROM  BUFFALO  TO  MACKIXAC,  CHICAGO,  ETC. 


This  is  a  deeply  interesting  excursion,  calculated  to  give 
the  traveler  a  just  conception  of  the  great  inland  sias  of  North 
America,  inasmuch  as  the  route  traverses  Lakes  Erie,  St.  Clair, 
Huron,  and  Michigan,  a  total  distance  of  more  than  a  thousand 
miles. 

If  to  this  is  added  a  trip  to  the  Falls  of  St.  Mary  (Saut  de 
Ste  Marie),  in  the  outlet  of  Lake  Superior,  and  connecting  it 
•with  Lake  Huron— to  the  Manitoulm  Islands  in  the  northern 
quarter  of  Lake  Huron,  their  very  name  implying  scenery  fitted 
to  excite  sublime  emotions,  and  suggesting  the  strong  sentiment 
of  religious  awe  which  characterized  the  primitive  red  man — if 
these  he  added  to  the  tour,  no  excursion  of  equal  extent  can  be 
found  that  presents  a  greater  variety  of  picturesque  and  mag- 
nificent scenery.  Besides  the  above  grand  excursion,  Lake  Su- 
perior alone  afi"ords  ample  inducements  for  the  tourist  to  extend 
his  visit  to  this  greatest  of  all  the  inland  seas  of  America. 

As  this  excursion  begins  on  Lake  Erie,  we  begin  our  guid- 
ance with  a  brief  description  of  thai  noble  and  most  useful 
body  of  water. 

Lake  Erie,  washing  the  shores  of  four  of  these  United 
States— New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  and  Michigan— and 
spreading  between  them  and  a  large  segment  of  the  British 
province  of  Canada  AVest,  with  the  line  of  division  as  settled 
by  treaty,  running  through  the  middle  of  the  lake,  is  250  miles 
long  by  40  to  60  miles  wide.  Its  surface,  as  ascertained  by  the 
engineers  of  the  Erie  Canal,  is  565  feet  above  the  Hudson  River 
at  Albany,  and  330  feet  above  Lake  Ontario.  The  greatest 
depth  of  the  lake  yet  observed  is  204  feet.  This  is  compara- 
tively shallow ;  and  the  relative  depths  of  the  greipseries  of 
lakes  may  be  illustrated  by  saying,  that  the  surplus  waters 


172    BUFFALO  TO  MACKINAC,  CHICAGO,  ETC. 

poured  from  the  vast  basins  of  Superior,  Huron,  and  Michigan 
flow  acro6S  the  plate  of  Erie  into  the  deep  bowl  of  Ontario. 

Lake  Erie  is  reputed  to  be  the  only  one  of  the  series  ia 
■which  any  current  is  perceptible.  The  fact,  if  it  is  one,  is 
usually  ascribed  to  its  shallowness ;  but  the  vast  volume  of  its 
outlet — the  Niagara  River — with  its  strong  current,  is  a  much 
more  favorable  cause  than  the  small  depth  of  its  water,  which 
may  be  far  more  appropriately  adduced  as  the  reason  why  the 
navigation  is  obstructed  by  ice  much  more  than  either  of  the 
other  great  lakes.  The  New  York  shore  of  Lake  Erie  extends 
about  60  miles,  in  the  course  of  which  the  lake  receives  a  num- 
ber of  streams,  the  most  considerable  of  which  are  the  Buffalo 
and  Cattaraugus  creeks ;  and  presents  several  harbors,  the 
most  important  of  which  at  present  are  Buffalo  Creek  and 
Dunkirk. 

As  connected  with  trade  and  navigation,  this  lake  is  far  the 
most  important  of  all  the  great  chain,  not  only  because  it  is 
bordered  by  older  settlements  than  any  of  them,  except  Ontario, 
but  still  more  because,  from  its  position,  it  concentrates  the 
trade  of  the  vast  West. 

When  we  consider  the  extent,  not  only  of  this  lake,  but  of 
Huron,  260  miles  long ;  of  Michigan,  330  miles  long ;  of  Su- 
perior, 420  miles  long,  the  largest  body  of  fresh  water  on  the 
globe,  we  may  quote  with  emphasis  the  words  of  an  English 
writer :  ''  How  little  are  they  aware,  in  Europe,  of  the  extent  of 
commerce  upon  these  inland  seas,  whose  coasts  are  now  lined 
with  flourishing  towns  and  cities;  whose  waters  are  plowed 
with  magnificent  steamers,  and  hundreds  of  vessels  crowded 
with  merchandise !  Even  the  Americans  themselves  are  not 
fully  aware  of  the  rising  importance  of  these  lakes,  as  connected 
with  the  West." 


THE  PmST  YESSEL   WHICH   MYIGATED  THE 
UPPEPt  LAKES.  ^ 


The  following  accotmt  is  translated  from  an  old  French 
work,  printed  in  1688,  entitled,  "  An  Account  of  the  Discovery 
of  a  very  great  Country  situated  in  Ainerica"  by  Father 
Hennepin.     It  will  be  read  with  interest. 

"  It  now  became  necessary  for  La  Salle,  in  furtherance  of  his 
object,  to  construct  a  vessel  above  the  Falls  of  Niagara,  suf- 
ficiently large  to  transport  the  men  and  goods  necessary  to 
carry  on  a  profitable  trade  with  the  savages  residing  on  the 
western  lakes.  On  the  22d  of  January,  1679,  they  went  six 
miles  above  the  falls  to  the  mouth  of  a  small  creek,  and  there 
built  a  dock  convenient  for  the  construction  of  their  vessel.* 

"  On  the  26th  of  January,  the  keel  and  other  pieces  being 
ready.  La  Salle  requested  Father  Hennepin  to  drive  the  first 
bolt," but  the  modesty  of  the  good  father's  profession  prevented. 

"  During  the  rigorous  winter.  La  Salle  determined  to  return 
to  Fort  Frontenac  ;t  and  leaving  the  dock  in  charge  of  an 
Italian  named  Chevalier  Tuti,  he  started,  accompanied  by 
Father  Hennepin  as  far  as  Lake  Ontario ;  from  thence  he  trav- 
ersed the  dreary  forests  to  Frontenac  on  foot,  with  only  two 
companions  and  a  dog,  which  drew  his  baggage  on  a  sled,  sub- 
sisting on  nothing  but  parched  corn,  and  even  that  failed  him 
two  days'  journey  from  the  fort.  In  the  mean  time  the^build^ 
ing  of  the  vessel  went  on  under  the  suspicious  eyes  of  the  neigh- 
boring savages,  although  the  most  part  of  them  had  gone  to  war 
beyond  Lake  Erie.  One  of  them,  feigning  intoxication,  at- 
tempted the  life  of  the  blacksmith,  who  defended  himself  suc- 
cessfully with  a  red-hot  bar  of  iron.  The  timely  warning  of  a 
friendly  squaw  averted  the  burning  of  their  vessel  on  the  stocks, 
which  was  designed  by  the  savages.  The  workmen  were  almost 
disheartened  by  frequent  alarms,  and  would  have  abandonedl 
the  work  had  they  not  been  cheered  by  the  good  father,  who 

*  There  can  be  but  little  doubt  that  the  place  they  s  lected  for  building 
their  bark  was  the  mouth  of  the  Cayuga  Credc,^^put  -ix  miles  above  the 
falls.  Governor  Cass  says  "  the  vessel  waMi|||ked  at  Erie ;"  School- 
craft, in  his  journal,  says,  "near  Buffalo;"  an^i^Ptiistorian  Bancroft  lo- 
cates the  site  at  the  mouth  of  Tonawanda  Creek.  Hennepin  says  the 
mouth  of  the  creek  was  two  leagues  above  the  great  falls  ;  the  mouth  of 
the  Tonawanda  is  more  than  twice  that  distance,  and  the  Cayuga  is  tha 
only  stream  that  answers  to  the  description. 

t  Now  Kingston,  Canada. 

^/'        15*  ai^A      kfm 


174  UPPER    LAKES 

represented  tne  great  advantage  their  perseverance  "n'ould  affoid, 
and  liow  much  their  success  would  redound  to  the  glory  of  God. 
These  and  other  inducements  accelerated  the  'work,  and  the 
vessel  was  soon  ready  to  be  launched,  though  not  entirely 
finished.  Chanting  Te  Denm,  and  firing  three  guns,  they  com- 
mitted her  to  the  river  amid  cries  of  joy,  and  swung  their  ham- 
mocks in  security  from  the  wild  beasts,  and  still  more  dreaded 
Indians. 

"'  When  the  Senecas  returned  from  their  expedition,  they 
were  greatly  astonished  at  the  floating  fort,  '  which  struck 
terror  among  all  the  savages  who  lived  on  the  great  lakes  and 
rivers  within  fifteen  hundred  miles.'  Hennepin  ascended  the 
river  in  a  bai'k  canoe  with  one  of  his  companions  as  far  as  Lake 
Erie.  They  twice  pulled  the  canoe  up  the  rapids,  and  sounded 
the  lake  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the  depth.  He  re- 
ported that  with  a  favorable  north  or  northwest  wind  the  vessel 
could  ascend  to  the  lake,  and  then  sail  without  difficulty  over 
its  whole  extent.  Soon  after  the  vessel  was  launched  in  the  cur- 
rent of  V^iagara,  about  four  and  a  half  miles  from  the  lake. 
Ilenucpm  left  it  for  Fort  Frontenac,  and  retirrning  with  La 
Salle  and  two  other  fathers,  Gabriel  and  Zenobe  Mambre, 
anchored  in  the  Niagara  the  oOth  July,  1G79.  On  the  4th  of 
August  they  reached  the  dock  where  the  ship  was  built,  which 
he  calls  distant  eighteen  miles  from  Lake  Ontario,  and  pro- 
c  jeded  from  thence  in  a  bark  canoe  to  their  vessel,  which  they 
found  at  anchor  three  miles  from  the  '  beautiful  Lake  Erie.' 

"  The  vessel  was  of  60  tons  burden,  completely  rigged,  and 

found  with  all  the  necessaries,  arms,  provisions,  and  merchan- 

ise  ;  it  had  seven  small  pieces  of  cannon  on  board,  two  of  which 

ere  of  brass.     There  was  a  griffin  flyingat  the  jib-boom,  and 

ea^e  above.  There  were  also  the  ordinary  ornaments  and 
other  fixtures  which  usually  grace  a  ship  of  war. " 

'  They  endeavored  many  times  to  ascend  the  current  of  the 
iagara  into  Lake  Erie  without  success,  the  wind  not  being 
strong  enough.  While  they  were  thus  detained,  La  Salle  em- 
ployed a  few  of  his  men  in  clearing  some  land  on  the  Canadian 
-liure,  opposite  the  vessel,  and  in  sowing  some  vegetable  seeds 
f  »r  the  benefit  of  those  who  might  inhabit  the  place. 

"  At  length  the  wind  being  favorable,  they  lightened  the 
"\  ssel  by  sending  most  of  the  crew  on  shore,  and  with  the  aid 
of  their  sails  an'l  en  or  a  dozen  men  at  the  tow-lines,  ascended 
the  current  into  Late^^rte.  Thus  on  the  7th  of  August,  1679, 
the  first  vessel  ^^K^fron  the  untried  waters  of  Lake  Erie. 
They  steered  southwest,  after  having  chanted  their  never-fail- 
ing Te  Dtum,  and  discharged  their  artillery  in  the  presence 
of  a  vast  niiraber  of  Seneca  warriors.  It  had  been  reported  to 
<mr  voyagers  that  Lake  Erie  was  full  of  breakers  and  sand- 


UPPER    LAKES.  175 

B,  which  rtc  iered  a  safe  navigation  impossible ;  they 
therefore  kept  the  lead  going,  sounding  from  time  to  time,  to 
avoid  danger. 

"  After  sailing,  without  difficulty,  through  Lake  Erie,  they 
arrived  on  the  11th  of  August  at  the  mouth  of  the  Detroit 
River,  sailing  up  which  they  arrived  at  St.  Clair,  to  which  they 
gave  the  name  it  bears.  After  being  detained  several  days  by 
contrary  winds  at  the  bottom  of  the  St.  Clair  River,  they  at 
length  succeeded  in  entering  Lake  Huron  on  the  23d  of  Aug-ust, 
chanting  Te  Deum  through  gratitude  for  a  safe  navigation 
thus  far.  Passing  along  the  eastern  shore  of  the  lake,  they 
sailed  with  a  fresh  and  favorable  wind  until  evening,  when  the 
wind  suddenly  veered,  driving  them  across  Saginaw  Bay 
(S-acinaw).  The  storm  raged  until  the  24th,  and  was  succeeded 
by  a  calm,  which  continued  until  next  day  noon  (25th),  when 
they  pursued  their  course  until  midnight.  As  they  doubled  a 
point  which  advanced  into  the  lake,  they  were  suddenly  struck 
by  a  furious  wind,  which  forced  them  to  rim  behind  the  cape 
for  safety.  On  the  26th,  the  violence  of  the  storm  compelled 
them  to  send  down  their  topmasts  and  yards,  and  to  stand  in, 
for  they  could  find  neither  anchorage  nor  shelter.  ^ 

"It  was  then  the  stout  heart  of  La  Salle  failed  himftlie 
whole  crew  fell  upon  their  knees  to  say  their  prayers  and  pre- 
pare for  death,  except  the  pilot,  whom  they  could  not  coiifi|[  to 
follow  their  example,  and  who,  on- the  contrary,  'did  nOTning 
all  that  time  but  curse  and  swear  against  M.  La  Salle,  who  had 
brought  him  thither  to  make  him  perish  in  a  nasty  lake,  and 
lose  the  glory  he  had  acquired  by  his  long  and  happy  naviga- 
tion on  the  ocean.'  On  the  27th,  favored  with  less  adverse 
winds,  they  arrived  during  the  night  at  iNIichilimackinac, 
anchored  in  the  bay,  where  they  report  six  fathoms  ofw£ 
and  a  clay  bottom.  This  bay  they  state  is  protected  on  th^ 
southwest,  west,  and  northwest,  but  open  to  the  south.  ^  "* 
savages  were  struck  dumb  with  astonishment  at  the  size  of  thi 
vessel  and  the  noise  of  their  guns. 

"  Here  they  regaled  themselves  on  the  delicious  trout,  wl 
they  described  as  being  from  50  to  50  pounds  in  weight,  an( 
affording  the  savages  their -principal  subsistence.  On  the' 
of  September,  1679,  they  left  Mackinac,  entered  Lake  MiclH^ 
(Illinois),  and  sailed  40  leagues  to  an  island  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Bay  of  Puara  (Giaen  Bay).  From  t^  place  La  Salle  de- 
tertiined  to  send  baaPthe  ship  laden  -yWi  furs  to  Niagara. 
The  pilot  and  five  men  embarked  in  herflnid  on  the  lOth^she 
fired  a  gun  and  set  sail  (gi  her  return  with  a  fav.orable  -wjjid. 
Nothing;  more  was  heard  frofii  her,  and  she  undmiWedly  foun- 
dered in  Lake  Huron,  with  all  on  board.  Hei^^fr^WkS  ri»h, 
and  valued  at  60, Qi 


% 


176  NAVIGATIOX    OF    THE    LAKKS 


"  Thus  ended  the  first  voyage  of  the  first  ship  that  sailed  <yVer 
the  Western  Lakes.  "What  a  contrast  is  presented  between  the 
silent  waves  and  unbroken  forests  which  Avitnessed  the  course 
of  that  adventurous  bark,  and  the  busy  hum  of  commerce  which 
now  rises  from  the  fertile  bottoms,  and  the  thousand  ships  and 
smoking  palaces  which  now  furrovr  the  surface  of  those  inland 
seas ! 


NAVIGATION   OF    THE   LAKES. 
Ft'om  the  Buffalo  Commereial  Advertiser — 1846. 

"  I  HAVE  noticed  several  communications  in  your  paper  re- 
cently, in  relation  to  the  early  Navigation  of  the  Lnkes  by 
American  vessels,  and  as  you  solicit  further  communications  on 
the  subject,  I  give  you  such  facts  as  I  am  acquainted  with,  and 
will  add,  that  in  regard  to  many  of  them  I  have  vouchers  to 
establish  their  correctness. 

"  I  first  visited  Lake  Erie  and  the  Niagara  River  in  August, 
1795  ;  and  from  an  early  period,  until  within  the  last  twenty 
l^ears,  have  been  more  or  less  interested  in  the  navigation  of 
the  lakes. 

"  It  is  well  known  that  the  military  posts  of  Oswego,  Niagara, 
Detroli,  and  Mackinac  were  not  surrendered  to  the  United  States 
untit  the  fore  part  of  the  ye^r  1796,  under  Jay's  treaty.  Boats 
had  not  been  permitted  to  pass  Oswego  into  Lake  Ontario,  and 
as  no  settlements  of  importance  had  been  made  previous  to  that 
time  on  the  American  shores  of  the  lakes  (excepting  the  old 
French  settlements  in  the  neighborhood  of  these  ports,  and  they 
were  under  the  jurisdiction  and  influence  of  the  British  govern- 
ment),-no  vessels  were  required,  and,  of  course,  none  had  been 
bmlt. 

*'  In  August,  1795, 1  left  Canandaigua  on  a  journey  to  Presque 

l^le — now  Erie,  Pennsylvania.     The  country  west  of  Genesee 

■'"Ifeiver,  excepting  a  tract  twelve  miles  in  width  extending  from 

opposite  Avon  along  the  river  to  its  mouth,  had  not  then  been 

purchased  of  the  Indians,  and  no  roads  opened.     We,  of  course, 

followed  the  Indian  trail  to  BufifalQ. 

"  At  that  time  the  only  residents  at  that  place,  as  far  as  I 
r.culloct,  were  William  Johnson,  the  British  Indian  interpreter, 
whose  house  stood  on  the  site  of  the  pr^nt  Mansion  House,  an 
Indian  trader  namecl^'innee,  a  negro  i^fced  Joe,  also  a  trader, 
1)0 th  of  whom  residted  on  the  flat^JMBp  the  mouth  of  Little 
Buffalo,  and  a  Dutchman  by  the^|^re  of  Middough,  with  a 
family,  who  resided  some  forty  or*firty  rods  east  of  Johnson's. 
A  lari^pM^fl^'f  tlie  ground  no^  occupied  by  your  beautiful 
city  wdsiJi®  a^knbroken  wilderness 


NAVIGATION    OF    THE    LAKES.  177 

"  At  that  time  I  am  not  aware  that  a  single  vessel  was  owned 
on  the  United  States  side  of  the  lakes,  and  remember  that  Ca.pt. 
Lee,  who  would  have  known,  informed  me  that  there  were  none 

"  In  1796  I  was  employed  by  the  Connecticut  Land  Company 
to  survey  the  Western  Reserve,  and  I  prepared  to  go  on  early 
in  the  season,  with  several  other  surveyors,  and  a  party  of  men 
to  perform  the  work.  At  Schenectady  we  fitted  out  three  bat- 
teaux,  manned  by  four  hands  each,  with  the  necessary  articles 
for  the  expedition,  such  as  tents,  blankets,  cooking  utensils, 
groceries,  etc.,  with  a  quantity  of  dry  goods,  designed  as  pres- 
ents to  the  Ladians. 

"  These  boats  were  put  under  the  care  of  Mr.  Joshua  Stow, 
uncle  of  Judge  Stow,  of  Buffalo.  Understanding  that  the  mil- 
itary posts  at  Oswego  and  Niagara  were  to  be  given  up  to  the 
United  States  early  this  spring,  under  a  stipulation  in  Jay's 
treaty,  Mr.  Stow  took  the  route  by  Oswego  and  Niagara  to 
Queenston.  On  his  arrival  at  Oswego,  that  port  had  not  been 
surrendered,  and  the  boats  were  not  permitted  to  pass.  Deter- 
mined not  to  be  delayed,  Mr.  Stow  took  the  boats  a  mile  or  two 
up  the  river,  and  the  night  following  ran  them  past  the  fort 
into  the  lake  and  pursued  his  voyage,  and  before  arriving  at 
Niag  ra  that  post  had  passed  into  the  possession  of  our  troops. 
He  landed  at  Queenston,  had  his  boats  and  loading  taken  to 
Chippewa,  where  he  took  in  provisions  to  complete  his  cargoes, 
which  had  been  purchased  at  Canandaigua,  and  forwarded  by 
the  way  of  Irondequoit  and  the  lake  in  open  boats,  and  arrived 
a  day  or  two  before. 

"  At  Buffalo  he  was  met  by  others  of  the  party,  who  had 
come  on  by  land,  among  these.  Gen.  Moses  Cleveland,  one  of 
the  directors  of  the  Connecticut  Land  Company  (from  whom 
the  city  of  Cleveland  took  its  name),  who,  by  way  of  securing 
the  good- will  of  the  Indians  to  the  expedition,  held  a  council 
and  distributed  presents  among  them.  The  expedition  went  on 
from  here,  a  part  by  the  boats,  and  a  part  by  land  with  pack- 
horses,  and  arrived  at  the  mouth  of  Conneaut  Creek  on  the  4th 
of  July,  1796,  and  celebrated  the  day.  The  party  then  con- 
sisted of  fifty -two  persons. 

At  this  time,  as  we  ascertained,  there  was  not  a  white  person 
residing  on  the  Reserve,  excepting  a  French  family  just  within 
the  mouth  of  Sandusky  Bay. 

"  One  of  our  boats  was  employed  during  the  season  in  bring- 
ing up  supplies  of  provisions  from  Chippewa,  and  in  October, 
on  her  up  trip,  was  wrecked  in  a  gale  off  the  mouth  of  Chati- 
tauque  Creek,  and  Tinker,  the  master,  drowned. 

"  No  American  vessels  had  yet  been  built,  and  some  of  the 
baggage  and  stores  for  the  troops  at  Detroit  had  Bfeen  trans- 
ported from  Western  Pennsylvania  by  the   yontiwctor,  ^i^en. 


178  NAVIGATION    OF    THfc      ,AKES. 

O'Hara,  up  the  valley  of  the  Big  Beavei ,  and  through  the  "wil- 
derness to  Detroit,  ou  pack-horses. 

"  Between  the  years  of  1796  and  1800  (I  am  unable  to  par- 
ticularize the  year),  the  schooner  Gen.  Tracy  was  built  at  De- 
troit, and  in  iVugust,  1808,  purchased  by  Porter,  Barton  &  Co. 
and  thoroughly  repaired,  and  on  her  second  or  third  trip  was 
wrecked  on  the  Fort  Erie  reef  in  1809. 

"  The  brig  Adams,  a  government  vessel,  was  built  about  the 
same  time  as  the  Gen.  Tracy,  and  was  sailed  by  Capt.  Brevoort 
for  a  number  of  years.     She  was  built  at  Detroit. 

"  A  small  vessel  called  the  Good  Intent  was  built  at  Presque 
Isle  by  Capt.  Wm.  Lee,  and  I  believe  was  partly,  and  perhaps 
wholly,  ov.-ned  by  Rufus  S.  Reed.  She,  I  think,  was  built  about 
1800,  and  wrecked  near  Point  Abino  in  1805. 

"  In  1802  the  schooner  Gen.  Wilkinson,  of  70  tons,  was  built  at 
Detroit,  and  in  1811  thoroughly  repaired,  and  her  name  changed 
to  Amelia.     She  was  sold  to  the  United  States  during  the  war. 

"  In  the  winter  of  1802  and  '3  the  sloop  Contractor,  of  64 
tons,  was  built  at  Black  Rock  by  the  company  having  the  gov- 
ernment contract  for  the  supply  of  the  military  posts,  under 
the  superintendence  of  Captain  William  Lee,  by  whom  she  was 
sailed  until  1809,  and  afterward  by  Capt.  James  Beard.  In 
1803  or  '•!  a  small  sloop  called  the  Niagara,  of  30  tons,  was 
bmlt  at  Cayuga  Creek,  on  the  Niagara  River,  by  the  U.  S. 
government,  but  not  put  in  commission.  She  was  purchased 
by  Porter,  Barton  «&  Co.  in  1806,  and  her  name  changed  to  the 
Nanc}',  and  sailed  by  Captain  Richard  ONeil. 

"  In  1806  the  schooner  Mary,  of  105  tons,  was  built  at  Erie 
by  Thomas  Wilson,  and  purchased  the  one  half  by  James  Rough 
and  George  Bueshler,  and  the  other  half  by  Porter,  Barton  & 
Co.  in  1808,  and  sailed  by  Captain  Rough  until  the  war,  and 
then  sold  to  the  United  States. 

"  In  1808  Porter,  Barton  &  Co.  purchased  the  schooner  Ran- 
ger of  Georo-e  Wilber,  then  several  years  old— she  was  repaired 
•and  sailed  oy  Capt.  Hathaway.  In  1810  the  sloop  Erie  was 
built  at  Black  Rock  by  Porter,  Barton  &  Co.,  and  sold  to  the 
United  States  in  time  of  the  war.  The  schooner  Salina,  sailed 
by  Capt.  Dobbins,  and  the  schooner  Eleanor,  and  probably 
O' iiers  that  I  do  not  recolh^ct,  were  built  and  sailed  before  the 
V.  ;u%  but  I  am  unable  to  .say  where  and  when  they  were  built, 
or  by  whom  owned. 

•'  On  Lake  Ontario  I  find  that  previous  to  1809,  and  during 
that  year,  the  following  vc-^sels  had  been  built,  and  were  on- 
gaged  in  the  commerce  of  the  lake  :  Schooner  Pair  American, 
•wned  by  Matthew  M'Nair,  of  Oswego.  Theophilus  Pease,  mas- 
ter ;  also^chooners  Lark,  Island  Packet,  Eagle,  Mary,  Farmer, 
Two  Brotlftrs,  Experimenc,  >,nd  Dcniocrat 


NAVIGATIO^:  OF  THE  LAKES.  179 

"  Some  time  previous  to  the  "war  the  United  States  bng  Oneida 
was  built,  and  commanded  by  Captain  AVoolsey. 

"  In  1809  the  schooner  Ontario,  of  70  tons,  was  built  by  Porter, 
Barton  &  Co.  at  Lewiston,  and  sold  to  the  United  States  during 
the  war. 

"  In  1809  the  schooner  Cambria  was  built  on  an  island  at  the 
lower  end  of  Lake  Ontario,  and  brought  in  an  unfinished  state 
to  Lewiston,  where  she  was  purchased  and  fitted  out  by  Porter, 
Barton  &  Co.,  and  her  name  changed  to  Niagara. 

"  In  addition  to  the  foregoing  vessels,  the  following  were  in 
commission  in  1810  :  Schooner  Diana,  sloop  Marion,  schooners 
Charles  and  Ann,  Gold  Hunter,  and  Genesee  Packet. 

"  A  number  of  vessels  on  both  lakes,  owned  and  armed  dur- 
ing the  war  by  the  United  States,  were  afterward  sold  and  em- 
ployed in  the  commerce  of  the  lakes. 

"  The  foregoing  is  a  very  imperfect  history  of  the  American 
vessels  owned  and  employed  on  the  lakes  previous  to  the  war, 
and  it  is  not  probable  that  any  individual  can  furnish  a  com- 
plete one.    As  far  as  it  goes,  I  believe  it  to  be  tolerably  correct. 

"  Aug's  Porter." 

NoiK. — In  1818  the  first  steamboat,  "  Walk-in-the-Water," 
was  built  at  Black  Ptock ;  at  which  time  there  were,  in  aU, 
about  thirty  sail  of  vessels  on  the  Upper  Lakes. 

In  1822  the  Superior  (1st.)  was  built ;  in  1824  the  Chippewa 
was  built;  and  in  1825  three  more  were  added;  from  this 
period  to  1830  four  more  steamers  were  added  to  the  list. 
Since  1830  about  two  hundred  steamers  have  been  built  on 
Lake  Erie  and  the  Upper  Lakes,  a  list  of  which  is  hereafter 
added. 


MAGMTUDE  OF  THE  LAKES. 


Lake  Superior,  at  a  height  of  600  feet  aboTe  the  sea,  is  42u 
miles  long,  160  miles  broad,  and  1,000  feet  deep.  It  discharges 
its  waters  by  the  strait,  or  river  St.  Mary,  50  miles  long,  into 
Lake  Huron,  which  lies  27  feet  below. 

Lake  Michigaji,  676  feet  above  the  sea,  is  320  miles  long,  82 
miles  broad,  and  900  feet  deep.  It  discharges  its  surplus 
waters  through  the  Strait  of  Mackinac,  50  miles  in  length,  into 
Lake  Huron,  nearly  on  a  level. 

Grten  Bay,  at  about  th«  same  elevation  as  Lake  Michigan, 
is  100  miles  long,  20  miles  broad,  and  60  feet  deep. 

Lake  Huron,  at  a  height  of  574  feet  above  the  sea,  is  260 
miles  long,  1 10  miles  broad,  and  900  feet  deep. 

Georgian  Bay,  lying  northeast  of  Lake  Huron  and  of  the 
same  altitude,  is  130  miles  long  and  55  miles  broad.  All  the 
above  bodies  of  water,  into  which  are  discharged  a  great  number 
of  streams,  find  an  outlet  by  the  river  and  Lake  St.  Clair,  and 
Detroit  River  or  Strait,  in  all  about  90  miles  long,  with  a 
fall  of  14  feet  into 

Lake  Erie,  the  fourth  great  lake  of  this  immense  chain. 
This  latter  lake  again,  at  an  elevation  above  the  sea  of  564  feet, 
250  miles  long,  60  miles  broad,  and  204  feet  at  its  greatest 
depth,  but,  on  an  average,  considerably  less  than  100  feet  deep, 
discharges  its  surplus  waters  by  the  Niagara  River  and  Falls 
into  Lake  Ontario,  330  feet  below ;  51  feet  of  this  descent  being 
in  the  rapids  immediately  above  the  Falls,  160  feet  at  the  Falls 
themselves,  and  the  rest  chiefly  in  the  rapids  between  the  Falls 
and  the  mouth  of  the  river,  35  miles  below  Lake  Erie. 

Lake  Ontario,  the  fifth  and  last  of  the  Great  Lakes  of  Amer- 
ica, is  elevated  234  feet  above  tide- water  at  Three  Rivers  on  the 
St.  Lawrence;  it  is  180  miles  long,  60  miles  broad,  600  feet 
deep.      Thus  basin  succeeds  basin,  like  the  locks  of  a  great 

\ 


MAGNITUDE  OF  THE  LAKES.  181 

cana  ■  the  "whole  length  of  waters  from  Lake  Superior  to  the 
Gulf  »f  St.  Lawrence  being  rendered  navigable  for  vessels  of  a 
large  class  by  means  of  the  VYelland  and  other  canals— thus 
enabling  a  loaded  vessel  to  ascend  or  descend  600  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  ocean,  or  tide-water.  Of  these  lakes.  Lake  Su- 
perior has  by  far  the  largest  area,  being  nearly  equal  in  super- 
ficial extent  to  Lakes  Huron  and  Michigan  together,  and  Lake 
Ontario  has  the  least,  having  a  surface  only  about  one  fifth  of 
that  of  Lake  Superior,  and  being  somewhat  less  in  area  than 
Lake  Erie,  although  not  much  less,  if  any,  in  the  circuit  of  it^ 
shores.  Lake  Ontario  is  the  safest  body  of  water  for  naviga- 
tion, and  Lake  Erie  the  most  dangerous.  The  ascertained  tern 
perature  in  the  midde  of  Lake  Erie,  August,  1845,  was  temper 
ature  of  air  76°  Fahrenheit,  at  noon — water  at  surface  73° — at 
bottom  53°.  The  lakes  of  greatest  interest  to  the  tourist  or 
scientific  traveler  are  Ontario,  Huron,  together  with  Georgian 
Bay  and  North  Channel,  and  Lake  Superior.  The  many  pic- 
turesque islands  and  headlands,  together  with  the  pure  waters 
of  the  Upper  Lakes,  form  a  most  lovely  contrast  during  the 
summer  and  autumn  months. 

The  altitude  of  the  land  which  forms  the  water-shed  of  the 
Upper  Lakes  does  not  exceed  from  600  to  2,500  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  ocean,  while  the  altitude  of  the  land  which  forms 
the  water-shed  of  Lake  Champlain  and  the  lower  tributaries 
of  the  St.  Lawrence  River  rises  from  4,000  to  5,000  above  the 
level  of  the  sea  or  tide-water,  in  the  States  of  Vermont  and 
New  York. 

The  divide  which  separates  the  waters  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
from  those  flowing  northeast  into  the  St.  Lawrence,  do  not  in 
some  places  exceed  ten  or  twenty  feet  above  the  level  of  Lakes 
Michigan  and  Superior;  in  fact,  it  is  said  that  Lake  Michigan, 
when  under  the  influence  of  high  water  and  a  strong  northerly 
wind,  discharges  some  of  its  surplus  waters  into  the  Illinois 
PtivcF,  and  thence  into  the  Mississippi  and  Gulf  of  Mexico — so 
low  is  the  divide  at  its  southern  terminus. 

16 


182 


MAGNITUDE    OF    THE    LAKES. 


COAST  LINE  OF  THE   GEEAT  LAKES  AND   SH0EE3  OF  THE 
ST.  LAWEENGE  EIVEE,  ETG. 


AMERICAN    SIDE. 


States,  etc.  Coast  Line. 

Minnesota^yL.  Superior ,  150  ms. 


Wisconsin, 
Michigan, 


120 
430 


"  St.  Mary's  River  60  " 

"  Huron  and  Strait  100  " 

"       L.  Michigan,  60  " 

Wisconsin,     "         ...  200  " 

Illinois,          "         ...  60  " 


Indiana, 


40 


Michigan,      "         ...   300  " 

"  Strait  of  Mackinac    50  " 

L.  Huron,         260  " 

"  St.  Clair  River. .  .     38  " 

"   St.  Clair  Lake ...     30  " 

"  Detroit  River  ...     27  " 

Michigan,    Erie,  30  " 

Ohio,  "     ...   180  " 

Pennsylvania,  "     ...     40  " 
New  York,        "     ...     70  " 

"  Niagara  River. . .     35  " 
l^omYov^,  L.  Ontario,  180  " 

'*  St.  Lawrence  R.  100  " 

Lower  Canada,   "...  666  " 

Total  miles    . . .  3,206 


Boundaries. 


Pigeon  River  to  mouth  St.  Louis 

River. 
St.  Louis  River  to  mouth  Mon- 
treal River. 
Montreal  River  to  mouth  St. 

Mary's  River. 
Saut  Ste  Marie  to  Pt.  de  Tour. 
Pt.  de  Tour  to  Pt.  Seuil  Choix. 
Pt.  Seuil  Choix  to  Green,  Bay. 
Green  Bay  to  111.  State  line 
Illinois  State  line  to   Indiana 

State  line. 
Indiana  State  line  to  Michigan 

State  line. 
State  line  to  Strait  of  Mackinac. 
Fox  Point  to  Lake  Huron. 
Strait  of  Mackinac  to  mouth 

St.  Clair  River. 
Fort  Gratiot  to  Lake  St.  Clair 
West  shore. 

Lake  St.  Clair  to  Lake  Erie. 
Detroit  River  to  Maumee  Bay. 
Maumee   Bay  to  Penn.  State 

line. 
State  line  to  N.  York  State  line. 
State  line  to  mouth  Niagara 

River. 
Lake  Erie  to  Lake  Ontario. 
Mouth  Niagara  River   to   St. 

Lawrence  River. 
Lake  Ontario  to  45th   degree 

N.  lat. 
St.  Regis  to  Gulf  of  St.  Law 

rence. 


COAST   LINE CANADIAN   SIDE. 


Lake  Superior 450  ms. 

St.  Mary's  River 60  " 


Pigeon  River  to  St.  Mary's  R. 
Saut    Ste    INIarie  to  foot    St 
Joseph  Island. 


MAGNITUDE  OF  THE  LAKES.  183 

L.  Huron,  (»/V.  Chan.)  145  ms.     St.  Joseph  Islana  to  Georgian 

Bay. 
"   (^Georgian  Bay)  230  "       Shebawanahning    to    Colling- 

wood  and  Cabot's  Head. 
Lake  Huron,  {proper)  200  "      Cabot's    Head    to    mouth  St. 

Clair  River. 

St.  Clair  River 38  "      Port  Sarnia  to  Lake  St.  Clair. 

St.  Clair  Lake 30  "      East  shore 

Detroit  River 27  "       Lake  St.  Clair  to  Lake  Erie. 

Lake  Erie 250"       Mouth    d    Detroit    River    to 

Niagara  River. 

Niagara  River 35  "       Lake  Erie  to  Lake  Ontario. 

Lake  Ontario 230  "       Mouth  Niagara  River  to  Ham- 
ilton and  foot  of  Lake. 
St.  Lawrence  River .. .   766  "       Lake  Ontario   to   Gulf  of  St. 

Lawrence. 

Total  miles 2,451 

Grand  Total,  Lake  and  River  Coast,  5,657  miles. 


TEIBUTAEIES  OF  THE  ST.  LA  WEEN CE  EIYEE. 

UxLiKE  the  tributaries  of  the  Mississippi,  the  streams  falling 
into  the  Great  Lo.kes  or  the  St.  Lawrence  River  are  mostly  rapid, 
and  navigable  only  for  a  short  distance  from  their  mouths 

The  following  are  the  principal  rivers  that  are  navigable  for 
any  considerable  length : 

AMERICAN  SIDE.  MileS. 

St.  Louis  River,  Min Superior  to  Fond  du  Lac.  20 

Fox,  or  Neenah,  Wis Green  Bay  to  L.  Winnebago  36 

St.  Joseph,  Mich St,  Joseph  to  Niles .26 

Grand  River,    "    Grand  Haven  to  Gd.  Rapids  4  ' 

Muskegon,        "    Muskegon  to  Newaygo  ....  40 

Saginaw,  "    Saginaw  Bay  to  Upper  Sag.  28 

Maumee,  Ohio Maumee  Bay  to  Perrysbh.    J 8 

Genesee,  N.  Y Charlotte  to  Rochester  ....     6 

CANADIANS'  SIDE.  Miles. 

Thames.. Lake  St.  Clivir  to  Chatham  24 

Ottawa La  Chine  to  Carillon 40 

"     {By  means  of  lod;s  to  Ot- 
tawa City) 70 

Richelieu  or  Sorel Sorel  to  Lake  Champlain 

{by  means  of  locks)  . .   75 

Saguenay Tadusac  to  Chicoutimi  ....  70 

(thence  to  Lake  St.  John,  50  m. ) 


184  MAGNITUDE    OF    THii    LIKES. 


ST.  LAWRENCE  EIVER  AND  LAKE   NAVIGATION,  FROM 

FOND  DU  LAC,  LAKE  SUPERIOR,  TO  ANTICOSTL 

I  •  CFS    RivvR^    VTC                        Length  in  Greatest  Av.               Depth     El.  ahovf 

i..^.>>,s,.  it.vtKs,  ETC.                             jDiles.  breadtii.  br.aflUi.          in  feet.          sen. 

Superior 420  160  80         1,000      GOO 

St.  Mary's  River 50  4  1 

Michigan , 330  82  58            900      576 

Green  Bay 100  25  18             100,    576 

Strait  of  Mackinac 30  20  10  40  to  200 

Huron 260  110  70            900      574 

North  Channel 160  20  10             200      574 

Georgian  Bay 140  55  40            500      574 

St.  Clair  River 38  1 

St.  Clair  Lake*  20  25  15       8  to  20      568 

Detroit  River 27  3  1 

Lake  Erie 250  60  38            204      56^5 

Niagara  River 35  3  1 

Lake  Ontario 180  58  40            600      235 

St.  Lawrence  River 766  60  2 

Lake  St.  Francis 3  142 

Lake  St.  Louis,  ^   •  •  • 

Mouth  Ottawa  River,  }   ...  5  58 

Elevation  at  Montreal 13 

Tide-water  at  Three  Rivers.  0 


Total  miles 2,806 


*  The  Sf.  Clair  Flats,  whicli  have  to  be  passed  by  all  large  steamers 
and  sail  vessels  running  from  Lake  Erie  to  tne  Upper  Lakes,  now  affords 
only  eight  or  ten  feet  of  water,  the  channel  being  very  narrow  and 
intricate.  An  appropriation,  however,  has  recently  been  made  by  the 
government  of  the  United  States  for  improving  the  channel  through  tlie 
fet.  Clair  Flats,  which,  no  doubt,  will  effectually  remove  the  obstruction  to 
navigation. 

Note. — Lake  Baikal,  the  most  extensive  body  of  fresh  water  on  the 

Eastern  Continent,  situated  in  Southern  Siberia,  between  lat.  51°  and  55° 

north,  is  about  370  miles  in  length,  45  miles  average  width,  and  about 

900  miles  in  circuit ;  being  somewhat  larger  than  Lake  Erie  in  area. 

Its  depth  in  some  places  is  very  great,  being  in  part  surrounded  by  high 

mountains.    The  Yenisei,  its  outlet,  flows  north  into  the  Arctic  Ocean 


LIST  OF  STEAMERS  BUILT  ON  LAKE  ERIE,  ETC., 
SINCE  THEIR  FIRST  INTRODUCTION  IN  181B. 


1818.  .'Wa!k-in-the-Water.  342.  .Black  Eock,  X.  Y.— wrecke<l  Nov.,  1321. 

1S22.. Superior  (1st! 800.  .Buflfalo,  N.  Y.— changed  to  a  ship. 

1324 . .  Chippewa 100 . .  BufiFalo,  X.  Y.— broken  up. 

1325.  .Henry  Clay 348.  .Lake  Michigan— broken  up. 

"    . .  Pioneer 230 . .  Black  Rook,  N.  Y.— broken  up. 

"    . .  Niagara  (1st) ISO ..  Black  Eock,  N.  Y.— burnt  in  1342. 

1^26.  .William  Penn 275.  .Erie,  Penn. — broken  up. 

"    ..Enterprise 250.. Cleveland,  O.- broken  up. 

1329.  .Wm.  Peacock 120.  .Barcelona,  N.  Y.  -  exploded  boiler  1:?:vk 

"    .  .Newburyport 75.  .Erie,  Penn. — broken  up. 

1830 . .  Sheldon  Thompson.  242 . .  Huron,  Mich.— broken  up. 

"    ..Ohio(lst)   187.. Sanduskv,  O.— sunk  1337. 

"    .  .Adelaide  (British). .  230 . . Chippewa,  C.  W.— wrecked  1340. 

1831.. Gratiot 63.  .Charleston— broken  up. 

1832 . .  Pennsylvania 395 . .  Erie,  Penn. — broken  up. 

"    ..Gen. Brady 100.. Detroit,  Mich.— broken  up. 

"    . .  Uncle  Sam 280 . .  Grosse  Isle,  Mich. — broken  up. 

"    . .  Perseverance 50 . .  Erie,  Penn.— broken  up. 

1833 . .  "Washington  (1st) ...  600 . .  Huron,  Mich.— wrecked  1833. 

"    . .  New  York 325 . .  Black  Eock,  N.  Y.— broken  up. 

"    ..Michigan  (1st) 472.  .Detroit,  Mich.— broken  up. 

"    . .  Daniel  Webster ....  358 . .  Black  Eock,  N.  Y.— burnt  1335. 

"    . .  Detroit  (1st) 240 . .  Toledo,  O.— wrecked  1336. 

"    .  .Lady  of  the  Lake. .  60.  .Mt.  Clemens,  Mich. — broken  up. 

"    . .  Gov.  Marcy  161 . .  Black  Eock,  N.  Y.— broken  up. 

''    ..North  America 362.. Conneaut,  0.— broken  up. 

"    ..Newberry 170.. Palmer,  Mich. — broken  up. 

"    .  .Delaware 170 . . Huron,  Mich. — wrecked  1834. 

1834.  .Victory 77.  .Buffalo,  N.  Y.— broken  up. 

"    ..Gen.  Porter 342.  .Black  Eock,  N.Y.— name  ch.  to  Toronto. 

"    ..Jefferson 428.  .Erie,  Penn. — broken  up. 

"    . .  Com.  Perry 352 . .  Perrysburg,  0. — boiler  exploded  1835. 

"    ..Monroe 341.. Monroe,  Mich.— broken  up. 

"    ..Mazeppa 130.  .Buffalo,  N.  Y. — changed  to  schooner. 

"    . .  Sandusky 377 . .  Sandusky,  0.— burnt  1343. 

"    .  .Minnessetunk  (Br.)  250.  .Goderich,  C.  W. — broken  up. 

"    ..Jackson 50.  .Mt.  Clemens,  Mich. — broken  up. 

"    . .  Jack  Downing 80 . .  Sandusky,  0. — changed  to  schooner. 

"    .  .Little  Western  (Br.)  60. .Chatham,  C.  W.— burnt  1342. 

1835 . .  Eobert  Fulton 308 . .  Cleveland,  O.— wrecked  in  1842. 

"    . .  Columbus 391 . .  Huron,  Mich. — broken  up. 

"    . .  Charles  Townsend.  312 . .  Buffalo,  N.  Y. — broken  up. 

"    ..United  States 366.. Huron,  Mich. — broken  wp. 

"    ..Chicago 166.. St.  Joseph,  Mich.— wrecked  in  13^42. 

"    . .  W.  F.  P.  Taylor. . .  95.  .Silver  Creek,  N.  Y.— wrecked  1-33. 

"    .  Thames  (British). . .  160 . .  Chatham.  C.  W.— burnt  1833. 

1836.  .De  Witt  Clinton. . . .  493.  .Huron,  Mich,  -broken  up. 

"    .  .Julia  Palmer* 300.  .Buffalo.  N.  Y.— broken  up. 

"    ..Don  Quixote SO.  .Toledo,  0.— wrecked  1336. 

"    ..Crockett 13  . Brunersburg— wrecked  1344. 

*  Taken  over  the  portage  at  the  Saut  Ste  Marie  in  18-16. 
16* 


186  LIST    OF    STEAMERS. 


Birlt.  Name.  Tons.        Wheie  biiilr.  Kemark?. 

1 836 . .  Little  Erie 149 . .  Detroit,  Mich.— lost  in  1842. 

"    ..Barcelona  (British).  102.  .Dunnville,  G.  "W.— changed  to  schooner. 

"    .  .United  (British)  ...     40.  .Detroit,  Mich.— blown  up. 

"    ..St.  (Plair 250.. Sandusky,  0. 

"    . .  Cincinnati 116 . .  Sandusky,  0.— changed  to  schooner. 

1837.  .Illinois  (1st) 755.  .Detroit,  Mich.— broken  up. 

"•    .  .Eochester 472.  .Eichmond — changed  to  sail  ressel. 

"    . .  Madison 630 . .  Erie,  Penn. — broken  up. 

"    . .  Cleveland 580 . .  Huron,  Mich. — burnt  in  1854. 

"    . .  Wisconsin 700 . .  Conneaut,  0. — broken  up. 

"    ..Erie 497.  .Erie,  Penn.— burnt  Aug.,  1841. 

"    . .  Constellation 4S3 . .  Charleston— broken  up. 

"    ..Bunker  Hill 457.  .Charleston- broken  up. 

"    .  .Constitution 44^3.  .Conneaut,  O.— broken  up. 

"    ..New  England 416.  .Black  Eock,  N.  T.-broken  up. 

"    ..Milwaukee 400.  .Grand  Island -wrecked  1842. 

"    . .  Anthony  Wayne . . .  390 . .  Perrysburg,  0. — blown  up  1850. 

"    ..Macomb 100.  .Mt.  Clemens,  Mich. — tow  boat. 

"    . .  Ehode  Island 164. .  Sandusky,  O. — wrecked. 

"    . .  Star 128 . .  Belvidere,  Mich,  —broken  up. 

"    ..Goderich  (British).  200.. 

"    ..Commerce 80.  .Sandusky,  0. 

"    ..Mason 83 .. Grand  Eapids,  Mich. 

'838..  Great  Western 780.  .Huron,  Mich.— broken  up. 

"    . .  Buffalo G13 . .  Buffalo,  N.  Y.— changed  to  sail  vessel. 

"    ..Chesapeake 412.. Maimaee,  O.— sunk  1846. 

.  .Vermilion 885.  .Vermilion,  O. — burnt  1842. 

"    .  .Lexington 863. .  Charleston,  0.— broken  up. 

"    ..Fairport 259.  .Fairport,  0. — name  changed. 

"    ..Eed  Jacket 143.  .Grand  Island,  N.  T. 

"    . .  Gen.  Vance 75 . .  Perrysburg,  O. 

"    ..James  AJlen 253.  .Chicago,  111. 

"    .  .Washington  (2d). . .  880.  .Ashtabula,  O.— burnt  1S3S. 

"    ..G.W.Dale 162.  .Chicago,  111. 

"    ..C.C.Trowbridge..      52.  .Kalamazoo,  Mich. 

"    . .  Marshall 51 . .  Perrysburg,  O. 

"    ..Wabash 84  . 

"    . .  Owashenonk 45 . .  Grand  Haven,  Mich 

"    . .  Patronage 56 . .  St.  Joseph,  Mich. 

1839.. Gen.  Scott 240.. Huron,  Mich.— sunk  1847. 

"    ..Chautauque 200 .. Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

"    .  .Brothers  (British) . .  150. . Chatham,  C.  W.— broken  up. 

"    ..Kent  (British) ISO.. Chatham,  C.  W. 

"    . .  Huron 140 . .  Newport,  Mich. — broken  up. 

"    . .  Harrison  (1st) 63 . .  Erie,  Penn. — broken  up. 

1840.  .Detroit  (2d) 350.  .Newport,  Mich. — sunk  in  Lake  Huron 

"    . .  Missouri 612 . .  Vermilion — broken  up. 

"    . .  Waterloo 100 . .  Black  Eock,  N.  Y.— broken  up. 

"    .  .Harrison  (2d) 862.  .Maumee,  0.— broken  up. 

1841.  .Indiana 4:34.  .Toledo,  O.— burnt  1348. 

1842.. Benj.  Franklin 231..Algonac,  Mich. — wrecked. 

"    ..John  Owen 230.  .Detroit,  Mich.— tow  boat. 

1843 ..  Nile 600 . .  Detroit.  Mich.— wrecked  1849. 

"    ..Union 64.  .Black  Eock,  N.  Y. 

"    . .  Champion 270 . .  Newport,  Mich. — broken  up. 

1844.  .Emerald  (British) . .  250 . . Chippewa,  C.  W. 

"    .  .Empire 1,136.  .Cleveland.  O. — running  on  Lake  Erie. 

"    . .Tecumseh 259. .(Old  Fairport)— wrecked  in  18rH). 

"    ..J.  Wolcott SO.. Maumee,  0.— burnt  in  1851. 


LIST    OF    STEAMERS.  187 


Bui'it.  Nnme.  Tons.        'WliPre  Imilt.  Eemaiks. 

1S44.  .Indian  Queen 112.  .Buffalo,  N.  Y.— wrecked  in  1S46. 

"  .  .New  Orleans 610.  .Detroit,  Mich. — wrecked  1S49. 

"  . .  St.  Louis 618 . .  Perrysburg,  O. — wrecked  in  1852. 

"  ..U.  S.  St.  Michigan.    538.  .Erie,  Penn. — in  commission. 

"  . .     "    Abert 133 . .  Buffalo,  N.  Y.— in  commission. 

1&45.  .Niagara  (2d) 1,0S4 .. Buffalo,  N.  Y.— burnt  Sept.,  1856. 

"  . .  Boston 775 . .  Detroit,  Mich. — wrecked  1816. 

"  . .  Oregon 7S1 . .  Newport,  Mich. — burnt  1819. 

"  ..Troy    547..Maumee,  O. — laid  up. 

"  . .  Superior  (2d) 567 . .  Perrvsburg,  O.— wrecked  Oct.,  1S56. 

"  . .  Lexington 8C3 . .  Black  River.  O. 

"  ..Astor 200.. Green  Bay,  Wis. — wrecked. 

"  ..Enterprise 100.. Green  Bay,  Wis. 

"  .  .London  (British). . .    456.  .Chippewa,  C.W.— changed  to  sail  vessel. 

"  . .  Helen  Strong 253 . .  Monroe,  Mich. — wrecked  in  1846. 

"  . .  Eomeo 180 . .  Detroit,  Mich.— tow  boat. 

1846 . .  Albany 669 . .  Detroit,  Mich.— wrecked  in  1854. 

"  . .  Hendrick  Hudson. .    750 . .  Black  River,  0. — runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

"  ..Louisiana 900.. Buffalo,  N.  Y. — runs  on  Upper  Lakes. 

"  . .  Saratoga 800 . .  Cleveland,  0.— wrecked  in  1854. 

"  ..Canada  (British)...    800.. Chippewa,  C.  W.— changed  to  barque. 

1847.  .Baltic 825. .Buffalo,  N.  Y.— changed^ to  propeller. 

"  . .  Sultana 800 . .  Trenton,  Mich. — runs  on  Upper  Lakes. 

"  . .  A.  D.  Patchin 870 . .  Trenton,  Mich.— wrecked  in  1850. 

"  .  .Baltimore 500.  .Monroe,  Mich. — wrecked  in  1S55. 

"  ..Diamond 836.  .Buffalo,  N.  Y.— tow  boat. 

"  . .  Pacific. 500 . .  New}5ort,  Mich. — changed  to  sail  vesseL 

"  . .  Ohio  (2d) 600 . .  Cleveland,  0.— tow  boat. 

"  . .  Samuel  Ward 450 . .  Newport,  Mich. — runs  on  Lake  Huron. 

"  ..Southerner 500.  .Trenton,  Mich. — wrecked  in  lS5o. 

1848 . .  Arrow 350 . .  Cleveland,  0. — runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

"  .  .Alabama 600.  .Detroit,  Mich.— sunk  in  1854. 

"  ..Franklin  Moore....    300.. Newport,  Mich.— tow  boat. 

"  ..J.D.Morton 400..  Toledo,  O.— tow  boat. 

"  .  .Empire  State 1,700.  .St,  Clair,  Mich.— laid  up. 

"  . .  Queen  City 1,000 . .  Bufltilo,  N.  Y.— runs  on  Upper  Lakes. 

*'  . .  Globe 1,200 . .  Detroit,  Mich.— changed  to  propeller. 

"  ..Columbia 167.  .Fairport,  O. 

"  .  .Charter 350.  .Detroit,  Mich. — changed  to  propeller. 

"  . .  John  HoUister 300.  .Perrysburg,  O. — burnt  on  Lake  Erie. 

1&49.  .Atlantic 1,100.  .Newport,  Mich.— sunk  in  Lake  Erie  1853. 

"  .  .May  Flower 1,300.  .Detroit,  Mich. — wrecked  in  1854. 

"  .  Keystone  State 1,500.  .Buffalo,  N.  Y.— runs  on  Upper  Lakes. 

"  ..Telegraph 181.  .Truargo,  Mich.— runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

1850.  .Dart 297.  .Trenton,  Mich.— runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

"  .  .Dover  (British). . . .      81.  .Port  Dover,  C.  W. 

"  . .  Ocean 900 . .  Newjiort,  Mich.— runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

"  ..MayQueen 6SS runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

1351 .  .Arctic 867.  .Newport,^Iich. — runs  on  Lake  Michigan. 

"  ..Bay  City 479.. Trenton.  Mich.— runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

"  .  .Buckeye  State 1,274. .  Cleveland,  O.— runs  on  Upper  Lakes. 

"  ..Northerner  514.  .Cleveland,  0.— sunk  in  1856. 

"  .  Pearl 251.  .Newport,  Mich.— runs  on  Lake  St.  Clair. 

"  .  .Ploughboy  (British)   450.  .Chatham,  C.  W.— runs  on  Lake  Huron. 

"  .  .Mazeppa  (British)  .    250 runs  on  Lake  Huron. 

"  ..Queen  (British) 64  .Dunnville.  C.W.— runs  on  Lake  St.  Clair 

"  ..Minnesota 749.  .Maumoe,  O. 

"  ..Caspi.an 1,050 .. Ne^-port,  Mich.— wrecked  in  1S52, 

"  .  .Lady  Elgin 1,037.  .Buffalo,  N.  Y.— runs  on  Upper  Lakes. 


188  LIST    OF    STEAMERS. 

Built.  Nime.  Tons.       Wliere  Imilr.  Ke'iiarks. 

1852.  .Cleve  and 574.  .Newport.  Mich.— runs  on  Upper  Lakes 

"    ..  Golden  Gate 771.  .Buffalo,  X.  Y.— wrecked  in  1856. 

"  ..Huron 348.  .Newport,  Mich. 

"  .  .Traveller 603.  .Newport,  Mich.—  runs  on  Upper  Lakes. 

"  .  .Michigan  (Zd) — .  .Detroit,  Mich. — runs  on  Upper  Lakes. 

1853.  .Crescent  City 1.740.  .Buffalo,  N.  Y.—  runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

"  .  .Queen  of  the  West. 1,851.  Buffalo,  N.  Y. — runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

"  . .  Mississippi 1,829.  .Buffalo,  N.  Y.— runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

"  .  .St.  Lawrence 1.S44.  .Buffalo,  N.  Y.— laid  up. 

"    .  .E.  K.  CoUins 950.  .Newport,  Mich.— burnt  Oct.,  1854. 

"    . .  Ariel 1 65 . .  Sandusk v,  O. — runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

"    .  .Garden  City —.  .Buffalo,  is\  Y.— wrecked  May,  1S54. 

"    . .  Canadian  (British) .    389. .  Chatham,  C.  "W".— runs  on  Georgian  Bay. 

"    .  .Collingwood  (Br.). .     — runs  on  Georgian  Bay 

"    ..T.Whitney 238. .  Saginaw.  Mich. 

"    .  .Northern  Indiana  .1,470.  .Buffalo,  N.  Y.— burnt  Aug.,  1856. 

"    .  .Southern  Michigan.1,470.  .Buffalo,  N.  Y. — runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

"    .  .Forrester 504.  .Newport,  Mich. — runs  on  Lake  Huron. 

1854..  Ply  mouth  Kock 1,991..  Buffalo,  N.  Y.— runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

"    . .  Western  World 2,000 . .  Buffalo,  N.  Y.— runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

"    . .  North  Star 1,106 . .  Cleveland,  O. — runs  on  Upper  Lakes. 

"    .  .Illinois 926.  .Detroit,  Mich,  —runs  on  Upper  Lakes. 

"    . .  K.  R.  Elliott 321 . .  Newport,  Mich.— tow  boat. 

"    ..Clifton  (British)....    247.  Chippewa.C.W.— lake  and  river  St.  Clair. 
1855.. Forest  Queen 462.. Newport,  Mich. — runs  on  Lake  Huron. 

"    ..Planet 1,1.^4.. Newport,  Mich.— runs  on  L'pper  Lakes 

"    .  .Island  Queen 173.  .Kelley's  Island— runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

1856.  .Amity  (British)  ....    217..  Chatham,  C.  W. 

"    ..Magnet 256.. Saginaw,  Mich. — runs  on  Lake  Huron 

"    . .  Western  Metropolis  1,800 . .  Buffalo,  N.  Y.— runs  on  Lake  Erie. 
"    . .  Uncle  Ben 155 ..  Buffalo  N.  Y.— to w  boat. 

1857.  .City  of  Buffalo 2,200.  .Buffalo,  2^.  Y.— runs  on  Lake  Erie. 

Note. — Besides  the  above  list,  there  are  a  few  small  steamers 
of  -which  nothing  is  known  other  than  their  names,  among  these 
are  the  Penetanguishene,  Cynthia,  Pontiac,  Phenomenon,  etc. 

The  Steamer  Caroline,  whose  destruction  filled  so  large  a 
portion  of  public  notice,  was  originally  known  as  the  Carolina, 
and  is  believed  to  have  been  built  in  New  York,  at  an  early 
date,  then  sent  to  Charleston,  S.  C,  where  she  ran  for  several 
years.  Before  passing  into  Lake  Erie  she  ran  a  couple  of 
seasons  on  the  Hudson  Ptiver,  between  Albany  and  Troy,  when 
her  guards  were  shipped  so  as  to  admit  her  through  the  Erie 
and  Oswego  Canals.  She  was  re-built  at  Ogdensburgh,  N.  Y., 
in  1834,  and  passed'through  the  Welland  Canal  into  Lake  Erie. 
The  date  of  her  destruction  by  the  British  at  Schlosser,  near 
Niagara  Falls,  was  Dec.  29, 1837,  when  five  lives  were  SAipposed 
to  be  lost. 


PROPOSED    SHIP    CANAL.  189 


T.A-R-F.  ERIE  AND  MICHIGAN  SHIP  CANAL. 
From  the  Buffalo  {N.  F.)  Commercial,  March,  1857. 

"  This  project  is  attracting  the  attention  of  Western  and 
Eastern  papers.  No  doubt  is  expressed  as  to  the  practi- 
cability of  the  construction  of  the  Canal.  In  fact,  it  is  con- 
ceded that  one  can  be  built  across  the  base  of  the  peninsula 
Ttithout  deep  cutting,  and  the  probability  is  that  it  Avould  not 
exceed  fifty  feet  at  any  particular  point  But  while  they  grant 
the  feasibility  of  the  plan,  they  occasionally  express  the  opinion 
that  it  will  be  a  long  time  before  it  will  be  built,  if  ever.  Xow, 
why  not,  pray  ?  Because,  we  suppose,  it  would  cost  a  pretty 
round  figure  to  build  it.  Is  this  an  insurmountable  objection, 
if  the  construction  of  the  work  be  entirely  feasible  ?  if  all  the 
shipping  to  and  from  Lake  Michigan,  present  and  to  come,  will 
pass  through  it  r  if  the  margin  in  the  original  cost  and  the 
time  of  a  trip,  via  the  straits  and  Lake  Huron,  and  via  the 
canal,  be,  as  it  would  be,  largely  in  favor  of  the  latter,  thus 
making  it  capable  of  producing  a  good  per  centage  of  tolls  ? — 
the  accomplishment  of  which  would  yield  a  remunerative 
revenue." 

The  Toledo  (Ohio)  Comm'-rcial  has  the  following: 

"  The  harbor  of  Toledo  affords  the  only  suitable  terminus  for 
the  proposed  Ship  Canal  on  Lake  Erie,  and  there  can  scarcely 
be  a  doubt  that  it  will  be  adopted  by  any  company  which  may  be 
organized  for  constructing  the  work.  But  in  view  of  the  im- 
mense importance  of  the  canal  to  the  interests  of  Toledo,  would 
it  not  be  well  for  our  board  of  trade  to  look  into  the  matter, 
and  keep  an  eye  open  for  any  possible  speculative  movement 
which  may  be  set  on  foot  to  select  some  other  starting  point  ? 
There  should,  indeed,  be  enterprise  enough  among  our  own 
citizens  to  take  the  initiative  in  this  most  important  project. 
Under  our  general  law,  a  company  might  be  organized  here 
for  the  portion  of  the  line  lying  within  the  State  of  Ohio  :  and 
a  similar  organization  could  very  readily  be  eflected  in  Indiana, 
for  the  extension  through  that  State.  A  large  local  interest  in 
the  stock  would  effectually  secure  to  Toledo  the  advantages  to 
which  she  is  entitled  by  natural  position  ;  supposing,  always, 
that  the  canal  is  to  be  opened — of  which  there  really  ought  to 
be  no  doubt. 

"  A  route  for  the  canal,  eminently  practicable,  and  without 
deep  cutting  or  heavy  lockage,  can  be  found,  we  are  confident, 
thi'ougii  Ohio  and  Indiana." 

17 


190  PROPOSED  SHIP  CANAL. 

The  following  is  from  the  Monroe  (Mich.)  Commercial : 
"  For  many  years  past  the  public  attention  has,  at  times, 
been  directed  to  the  importance  of  a  ship  canal  from  iMonroe, 
on  Lake  Erie,  to  the  waters  of  Lake  Michigan.  The  project  is 
perfectly  feasible,  but  railroad  enterprises  have  of  late  been  so 
numerous,  as  to  divert  public  attention  from  the  benefits  and 
objects  of  such  a  canal.  The  absolute  necessities  of  commerce, 
however,  are  such  as  to  bring  the  subject  forcibly  and  favor- 
ably before  the  community,  and  the  grea-t  commercial  interests 
of  certain  locations  are  intimately  connected  with  the  comple- 
tion of  such  a  work.  For  instance,  the  project  now  on  foot  in 
Canada  West,  and  portions  of  New  York,  of  which  Oswego  is  the 
commercial  center,  for  constructing  a  ship  canal,  to  connect 
Lakes  Ontario  and  Huron,  if  carried  forward  to  completion, 
would  be  a  more  fatal  blow  to  the  prosperity  of  Buffalo  than 
any  great  work  of  improvement  that  could  be  made  on  the 
American  continent.  The  immense  trade  between  the  great 
agricultural  States  in  the  West,  and  the  Atlantic  States  in  the 
East,  now  tributary  to  Buffalo,  would  seek  the  new  route,  and 
make  Oswego,  at  the  expense,  and  to  the  destruction  of  Buffalo, 
the  great  commercial  metropolis  of  the  lakes.  The  citizens  of 
Western  Xew  York  see  this,  and  the  necessity  of  availing  them- 
selves of  a  rival,  and  more  ready  and  feasible  route  for  a  ship 
canal,  to  retain  the  ascendency  they  already  possess,  and  se- 
cure forever,  and  beyond  doubt,  the  trade,  business,  and  profits 
of  the  business  of  the  great  Vv'est. 

'•'  A  ship  canal  from  Monroe  to  the  navigable  waters  of  Lake 
Michigan  will  accomplish  this.  The  canal  would  be  easily 
made,  and  would  always  be  abundantly  supplied  with  water 
from  the  lake,  in  the  county  of  Hillsdale,  which  is  now  the 
source  of  four  of  the  principal  rivers  of  this  State.  The  canal 
would  make  a  direct  line,  and  of  course  the  shortest  one  that 
could  be  made,  between  Chicago  and  Buffalo  and  the  Atlantic 
cities,  and  be  certain  of  securing  the  transportation  of  the 
grain  and  provision  trade  of  the  West,  and  all  the  heavy  freight 
business  that  now  moves  tediously  by  the  protracted  route  of 
the  lakes.  The  distance  would  be  shortened  more  than  half, 
or  some  five  to  six  hundred  miles,  and  that  the  expenses  now 
incurred  for  insurance  on  produce,  vessels,  and  goods,  by  the 
lakes,  and  the  loss  of  property  on  Lakes  Huron  and  Michigan, 
would  pay  the  construction  of  the  canal  in  a  very  few  years. 

"  Why,  then,  should  this  great  and  important  work  be  longer 
delayed }  A  discerning  public  can  see  its  absolute  necessity, 
and  security  and  permanency  of  great  commercial  interests 
urge  its  construction,  by  every  consideration  of  self-preserva- 
tion and  future  greatness. 

"  We  do  say  that  Monroe  and  Michigan  are  also  deeply  in- 


LAKE    AXD    OCKAN    NAVIGAIION'.  191 

terestel  in  this  great  ship  canal,  and  that  they  can  do  much  tc 
encourage  its  construction  at  an  early  day.  Buffalo  is  moving, 
and  let  Monroe  and  Southern  Michigan  second  tiie  move.  The 
object  can  not  fail  to  enlist  the  hearty  co-operation  of  Southern 
Michigan,  and  we  call  upon  our  citizens  to  wake  up  to  tlie  great 
work.  It  is  not  only  a  feasible  improvement,  but  will  prove  an 
eminently  successful  one,  and  will  work  a  revolution  in  the 
commerce  of  the  Northwest  that  will  make  Monroe  one  of  the 
greatest  cities  of  the  lakes." 


DIEECT    TRANSPOETATION    FEOM    LAEIE    SUPEEIOE    TO 
LIYEEPOOL. 

From  Vie  St.  Paul  (Minnesota)  Adtertiser, 

"  An  article  from  the  European  Times  recites  the  arrival  at 
Liverpool,  direct  from  Chicago,  of  the  schr.  '  D^:A]v  Richmonp,' 
whose  departure  we  announced  some  three  months  ago.  In  this 
simple  announcement  is  contained  the  initial  fact  of  a  new  era 
in  commercial  history,  and  issues  of  startling  and  overwhelm- 
ing significance  crowd  upon  the  calmest  view  of  its  relations 
with  the  future  West.  It  seems  to  us — we  know  not  if  we  ap- 
prehend its  bearings  correctly — that  the  results  of  this  experi- 
ment must  be  an  eventual  revolution  of  the  internal  traffic  of 
the  Western  States.  It  virtually  makes  our  inland  lakes  the 
Mediterranean  Sea  of  North  America,  and  Chicago  becomes  the 
Alexandria  of  modern  times.  It  peels  off  the  littoral  rind  of  the 
New  World  at  a  stroke — and  splits  the  ripe  apple  of  the  conti- 
nent to  its  core.  Ocean  commerce  will  follow  that  entering 
wedge.  Direct  transportation  will  inevitably  supersede  the  ex- 
pensive and  complicated  machinery  employed  in  conveying 
Western  grain  through  its  present  channels — which,  besides  in- 
volving several  expensive  trans-shipments,  is  attended  with  an 
important  diminution  of  bulk.  The  Atlantic,  ttie  far  Bos- 
phorus,  the  Baltic,  and  the  seas  of  the  old  hemisphere,  Avill  flow 
in  through  the  rent  tora  by  the  keel  of  the  '  Dean  Richmond,' 
and  the  majestic  *commerce  of  the  ocean  overleaping  the  huge 
complications  of  human  ingenuity — passing  in  triumph  past  the 
monuments  of  Clinton's  genius,  past  canals  and  railroads,  rail- 
roads and  canals — through  rivers  and  lakes,  2,000  miles  into 
the  interior — will  plant  its  sea-worn  flags  upon  the  shores  of 
Lake  Michigan,  and  sit  in  royal  state  like  another  queen  of 
Sheba,  on  the  throne  that  Western  industry  shall  build  for  her 
in  the  chief  city  of  the  interior  plain  of  North  America.  No- 
body can  doubt  that  the  demonstrated  practicability  of  direct 
shipment  from  Chicago  to  Europe  will  eventually  transfer  the 


192         LAKE  AND  OCEAN  NAVIGATION'. 

business  of  transportation  to  this  channel.  An  inevitable  con- 
sequence of  this  will  be  the  enlargement  of  the  Weliand  Ship 
Canal,*  the  ring-bolt  in  the  chain  of  communication  from  the 
ocean  to  the  lakes,  to  a  capacity  sufficient  for  a  ship  of  any  re- 
quired size.  The  application  of  steam  will  overcome  the  delays 
of  navigation,  and  the  path  opened  by  the  '  Dean  Eichmond' 
will  be  thronged  with  the  flags  of  every  nation.  But  this  is  not 
all.  What  is  true  of  Lake  Michigan  is  true  of  Lake  Superior. 
What  is  possible  by  the  Weliand  Canal  is  equally  possible  with 
the  Saut  Ste  Marie.  The  splendid  chain  of  inland  navigation 
does  not  end  with  Chicago.  It  is  complete  to  the  extreme  west- 
ern end  of  Lake  Superior.  Here,  at  the  uttermost  limit  of 
ship-navigation,  the  town  of  Superior,  some  two  years  old,  and 
containing  not  more  than  1,000  inhabitants,  is  slowly  rising  on 
the  shores  of  the  queen  lake,  from  the  somber  woods  that  sur- 
round it,  to  meet  the  majestic  destiny  that  is  creeping  with 
slow  pace  up  the  St.  Lawrence  and  through  the  lakes  toward 
her,  to  cast  the  commerce  of  the  ocean  at  her  feet,  and  crown 
her  with  a  diadem  of  ocean  pearls.  Nor  is  this  all.  The  ocean 
highway,  extending  from  the  mouth  of  the  St.  Lawrence  to  the 
extremity  of  Lake  Superior,  will  be  the  basis  of  the  whole  sys- 
tem of  Western  railroads.  A  J\'^orthern  Pacific  Railroad,  with 
a  terminus  at  Superior,  is  the  necessary  supplement  of  the 
navigable  highway  we  have  described.  The  arguments  in  its 
favor  are  irresistible,  unanswerable.  It  is  a  logical  deduction 
from  the  whole  law  of  railroads.  The  paramount  purpose  of 
the  Pacific  Railroad,  we  take  to  be,  to  facilitate  the  commercial 
intercoiu'se  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  coasts,  in  other 
words,  to  facilitate  transportation.  Now  transportation  is  im- 
pelled by  an  irresistible  impulse  in  the  cheapest  route.  Hence 
gravitation  itself  is  scarcely  more  a  law  than  the  tendency  of 
railroads  to  the  nearest  water-course  in  the  dii-ection  of  their 
destination.  They  break  off  at  once  by  a  sort  of  physical  ne- 
cessity, as  transporting  agencies,  at  the  nearest  navigable  water 
communication.  One  always  ends  where  the  other  begins.  The 
commercial  apparatus  of  the  country  is  full  of  instances  per- 
tinent to  this.  By  this  long  chain  of  inland  lakes,  covering 
nearly  half  of  the  distance  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
coasts,  nature  seems  to  point  with  the  force  of  a  divine  decree 
to  a  supplementary  railroad  route  to  the  Pacific,  to  connect  at 
its  nearest  span  the  ocean  navigation  of  the  opposite  sides  of  the 
continent,  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  that,  other  things  being 
equal  in  feasibility  of  a  route  west  of  the  Mississippi,  the  first 
road  to  the  Pacific  will  abut  on  the  shore  of  Lake  Superior." 

*  Also  .the  construction  of  a  ship  canal  around  the  Falls  of  Niagara,  on 
the  American  or  New  York  side  of  the  river. 


THE  COMMERCE  OF  THE  LAKES. 


Extract^  from  the  Report  of  the  Congressional  Committee 
on  the  subject  of  the  Commerce  of  the  Lakes. 

The  following  (from  the  Cleveland  Herald)  is  the  total  Ton- 
nage of  the  Lakes  for  1854  and  1855,  including  the  steam  ton- 
nage for  the  same  years  : 

Districts.                                 Tonnage.  Steam  Tonnage. 

18.D4.  1855.  1S65. 

Sackett's  Harbor 7 ,570  6,227  1 ,944 

Oswego 24,365  42.460  5,199 

Genesee 233  128 

Niagara 868  468  128 

Oswegatchie 3,744  4,485  3,042 

Buffalo  Creek S2,678  76,952  38.262 

Cape  Vincent 4,866  6,609  1,143 

Presquelsle 8,210  9.269  4,720 

Cuyahoga 45,483  51,078  15,012 

Sandusky 6,084  8,051  300 

Miami 6,479  3,763  115 

Detroit 52,363  65.058  32.180 

Mackinac 4,393  4,431  2,397 

Milwaukee 14,117  15,673  288 

Chicago 31,041  50,972  3,207 

Total  tonnage 291,231  345,729  108,243 

"  Increase  of  lake  tonnage  (steam  and  sail)  from  June  oOth, 
1854,  to  June  30th,  1855,  a  fraction  over  18  8-.0  per  cent. 

"  Ratio  of  steam  to  sail  tonnage  for  1855,  a  small  fraction 
less  than  1-3. 

TOTAL  TONNAGE  OF  THE  UIsriTED  STATES  FOR  1854  AND  1855. 

Eegistered.  Enrolled.  Total  Tonnage. 

1854 2,333,819  2.469,083  4,802,902 

1855 2,535,136  2,676,864  5,212,000 

"  Ratio  of  increase  of  lake  tonnage  over  the  aggregate  total 
tonnage  of  the  United  States,  a  fraction  over  2  3-10  per  cent, 
per  annum  more  than  double;  or  as  18  8-10  to  8-12  in  favor  of 
lake  tonnage,  which  thus  constitutes  1  1-15  of  the  entire  ton- 
nage of  the  U.  States. 

"  The  clearances  of  vessels  from  ports  in  the  U,  S.  to  Canada, 
and  the  entries  of  vessels  from  Canada  to  ports  in  the  U.  S., 


194  COMMERCE    OF    THE    LAKES. 

during  the  year  1855,  show  a  greater  amount  of  tonnage  en- 
tered and  cleared  than  between  the  U.  States  a  id  any  other  for- 
eign cQuntry. 

"  From  the  U.  S.  to  Canada  there  were  2,369  clearances  of 
American  vessels,  and  6,638  of  Canadian,  making  a  total  of 
9,007.  The  total  tonnage  was  1,793,519.  The  clearances  from 
Canada  to  the  U.  S.  for  the  same  time  were  2,454  American 
vessels  and  4,194  Canadian,  making  a  total  of  ^.648,  with  a 
total  tonnage  of  1,767,730.  and  a  total  tonnage  back  and  forth 
of  3,561,249. 

"The  value  of  lake  tonnage  for  1854,  $10,185,000;  at  an 
average  of  $43  per  ton,  this  would  make  the  value  of  the  in- 
creased tonnage  for  1855  (viz.,  345,000  tons)  reach  $14,835,000. 

"  The  following  table  shows  the  value  of  the  lake  commerce 
for  1855,  excluding  the  districts  of  Presque  Isle  and  Mackinac, 
and  not  includins;  the  freight  and  passenger  trade : 

Districts.  Tonnage  Ent'd  &  Cleared.        Val.  of  Imp'ts.  &  Exp'ts. 

Cuyahoga 1,782,493  $162,185,640 

Buffalo  Creek 3,330,232  333,023,000 

Sandusky 59,966,000 

Maumee 1,034,644  94,107,000 

Chicago 2,632,000  233.878.000 

Detroit 1,538,000  140,000.000 

Milwaukee 35,000,000 

Oswego 1,607,000  145,235,000 

Sackett's  Harbor, 
Cape  Vincent, 

Oswegatchie,          )■ 42,226,000 

Genesee, 
Niagara, 


Exports  and  Imports $1,216,620,640 

Total  value  of  lake  commerce,  excluding  Presque 

Isle  and  Mackinac $608,310,390 

"  This  sum  may  seem  incredible  to  those  unacquainted  with 
the  immense  carrying  trade  of  these  lakes.  But  the  figures 
will  show  that  the  trade  between  the  U.  S.  and  Canada,  car- 
ried on  over  the  lakes,  is  in  value  next  to  that  between  France 
and  the  U.  S.  The  amount  of  American  goods  sent  to  Canada 
is  $9,950,764,  and  the  amount  of  foreign  goods,  but  passing 
through  American  hands,  is  $8,769,280 ;  while  the  amount  of 
goods  sent  from  Canada  to  the  States  is  $12,182,314,  making  a 
total  trade  between  the  two  countries  of  $30,902,658.* 

*  These  figures  are  very  convincing  of  the  fact  that  the  interests  of  the 
Canadas  with  the  United  States  are  oi  e  and  identical -and  the  commer- 
cial and  social  good  understanding  happily  existing  between  the  two 


COMMERCE    OF    TR  il    LAKES.  195 

"  The  actual  value  of  property  exposed  to  the  perils  of  lake 
navigation  is  considerably  greater  than  the  total  value  of  the 
merchandise  of  every  description  exported  from  the  U.  S  to  all 
foreign  countries,  added  to  the  total  value  of  merchandise  im- 
ported//ow  all  foreign  countries  into  the  United  States. 

"  The  dangers  to  which  our  lake  commerce  is  exposed  are 
three,  viz.,  shipwreck,  collisioc,  and  stranding.  These  are 
shown  to  be  in  a  great  measure  attributable  °o  the  narrow- 
area  over  which  this  commerce  is  carried  on,  the  stormy  char- 
acter of  the  lakes,  the  exposed  condition  of  the  lake  coasts,  and 
the  want  of  natural  or  artificial  harbors  of  commerce  or  of 
refuge  for  the  lake  shipping. 

"  The  following  are  the  dimensions  of  the  lakes  and  their 
connecting  rivers  : 

Lakes.         Length.         Greatest  breadth.     Av.  breadth.  Areas 

Ontario....    ISO     52     .  .    .         40  6  400 

g^^^ 240  67  38  ..::::   7,800 

H^^Z-.^ 2/0     105     70     20,400 

Michigan..    340     83     58     20,000 

St.  Clair...     20     25     25  300 


^,     ^,    .,^''^1?     461     53,900 

Str.  Detroit.    2/      

St.  Clair 38     _     


1,115  total  length. 

"Thus  a  vessel  sailing  from  Cape  Vincent,  Lake  Ontario,  to 
Chicago,  Lake  Michigan,  by  keeping  the  center  lines  of  the 
lakes  will  sail  1,115  miles;  and  yet  will  average  not  more 
than  2o  miles  from  shore  throughout  the  whole  distance 

"But  the  coast  Hue  of  the  lakes  on  the  American  side  is  much 
longer  and  excluding  Green  Bay  and  the  northwest  coast  of 
Lake  Michigan,  is  for  Lake  Ontario  200  miles;  Erie,  350  •  Hu- 
ron, 440 ;  Michigan,  850 ;  or  a  total  of  1,940  miles  ' 

"A  very  large  proportion  of  the  extensive  commerce  above 
set  forth  is  conducted  by  sail  and  steam  vessels,  at  but  a  few 
miles'  distance  from  the  American  coasts  of  these  lakes  and 
over  a  surface  not  exceeding  an  area  of  7,000  square  m'iles  • 
more  than  1,400  miles  of  this  coast  constitutes  to  the  numerous 
vessels  by  which  this  commerce  is  carried  on,  a  le-  shore  to  the 
fear  of  which  vessels  navigating  those  lakes  are  constantly  ex- 

"  No  reference  has  been  made  to  the  commerce  and  navigation 
countries  leaves  no  room  for  hope  on  the  part  of  the  OUgarchal  Mother 
dfsttn^m^^nkX^To'^  ^'"  ""^^°  ^^"^  ^'^  ^-^'"«  sub'ordinati^it'a^ 


IOC)  CoJ.rMKHCE    (<F    THE    LAKES. 

of  Lake  Suj)3rlor  from  tlie  want  cf  satisfactory  data.  In  1855, 
however,  the  exports  of  iron  and  coT'per  alone  from  Lake  Supe- 
rior ports  amounted  to  $2,700,000. 

'•  The  national  importance  of  the  lake  commerce  and  navi- 
gation is  clearly  set  forth — first  with  reference  to  the  population 
of  the  seven  States  bordering  on  these  lakes,  and  consequently 
interested  in  their  navigation  and  commerce.  Secondly,  the 
position  of  those  States  relatively  to  the  great  valley  of  the 
MississijDpi  Kiver;  and  the  extent  and  cost  of  their  railroads 
and  lands,  designed  to  open  and  facilitate  commei'cial  inter- 
course between  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  the  lakes,  and  navigable 
waters  and  tributaries  of  the  Mississippi  Eiver.  Thirdly,  the 
position  of  these  seven  lake  States  relatively  to  the  British  pos- 
sessions and  the  valley  of  the  St.  Lawrence  Eiver.  fourthly, 
the  importance  of  the  commerce  and  navigation  of  the  lakes  as 
a  nursery  of  seamen  from  which  the  navy  of  the  United  States 
may  be  supplied  with  the  first  class  of  seamen  in  the  time  of 
war,  in  which  the  tonnage  of  the  lakes  is  compared  with  the 
tonnage  engaged  in  the  whale,  cod,  and  mackerel  fisheries. 

"  The  white  population  of  the  United  States,  according  to  the 
census  of  1850,  was  19,553,038.  There  are  seven  States  bounded 
in  part  with  great  lakes,  with  a  population  as  follows  : 

New  York 3,048,325 

Pennsylvania 2,258,100 

Ohio 1,955,050 

Michigan • 395,071 

Indiana 977,154 

Illinois 846,034 

Wisconsin 804,756 


White  population  cf  the  7  lake  States. .   9,784,550 
"    24  other  States.  9,768,488 


Balance  in  favor  of  the  lake  States. . .         16,0G2 

"  Showing  that  the  white  population  of  the  seven  lake  States 
is  greater  by  16,062*  than  the  total  white  population  of  the  re- 
maining twenty-four  States ;  and  the  difference  has  probably 
been  still  more  increased  since  18j0. 

"  The  total  value  of  foreign  im}X)rts  for  1855  in  this  region 
is  $^274,403, 935.  If  the  seamen  engaged  in  the  lake  navigation 
or  in  the  fisheries  are  propoi'tionate  in  number  to  the  tonnage 
engaged  in  each,  then  those  engaged  in  the  navigation  of  the 
lakes  must  very  considerably  exceed  those  engaged  in  the  whale, 
cod,  and  mackerel  fisheries. 

*  The  population  of  Minnesota  (say  100,000)  should  be  added  to  the 
above  excess- of  white  population. 


COMMERCE    OF    THE    LAKjvS.  197 

**  The  amount  of  losses  sustained  by  vessels  and  cargoes  for 
want  of  suitable  river  and  harbor  improvements— number  and 
kind  of  vessels  sustaining  losses  on  the  lakes  by  "  shipwreck, 
stranding,  and  collision,"  from  1848  to  1855  inclusive,  with  the 
amount  of  damage  sustained  : 

STEAMBOATS. 

Shipwre^ck.  Stranding.  Collision. 

No.  Loss.  No.      Loss.  No.  Loss. 

1848 3  $25,000  9  $47,000     0   S 

1849 1  25,000  6   21,000     3  1.400 

1850 5  98,000  8   13,400     8  28,800 

1851 2  27,000  5   36,700     9  8,000 

1852 3  125,000  5   14.700  16  158,350 

1853 3  126,000  7   51.000  11  31,650 

1854 4  110,000  2  110,000     8  31,200 

1855 4  378,000  11   11,350  12  36,600 


1848 23  $128,500 

1849 10  56,900 

1850 20  89,600 

1851 34  132,700 

1852 30  183,100 

1853 27  175,400 

1854 52  407,626 

1855 40  418,300 


25  914,000  52  305,150  67  286,000 

PROPELLERS, 

1848 0        $ 1  $12,000  1  $400 

1849 0 1  5,000  0         

1850 0 4  2,500  3  2,400 

1851 2  55,000  6  32.800  10  40,400 

1852 4  85,000  5  6.900  9  73,000 

1853 1  42.000  7  28,000  4  39,000 

1854 5  370,000  0 8  69,500 

1855 7  351,000  11  9,950  19  557,750 


19  903,000     35   99,050    54  667,800 

SATL    VESSELS. 


65 

$73,020 

3 

S36,000 

30 

42,900 

10 

17,000 

64 

82,150 

11 

44,600 

86 

83,950 

22 

50,700 

62 

96,000 

85 

28,500 

62 

84,000 

15 

23,700 

0 



16 

90,650 

109 

184,650 

52 

121.800 

Sail 236  1,591 ,626        479     646,770        164    414,250 

Propellers  ...   19     903,000  35       99,050  54     667,800 

Steamboats  . .  25     914,500  52    305,150  67     286,000 


Total . .  .380  3,409,126        566  1,051,170        285  1,368,050 
17* 


198  COMMERCE    OF    THE    LAKES. 


TOTAL   LOSS    IN"    EIGHT    YEARS. 

Numbei  Damasres. 

By  Shipwreck 380  $o.4<.>9j26 

By  Stranding 566  1,051.170 

By  Collision 285  1,368,050 

Total 1,231  5,828,346 

"  Whole  number  of  disasters  to  vessels  and  cargoes,  or  either 
of  them,  during  these  eight  years,  2.117,  of  "which  1.231  con- 
sist of  siiipwreck,  stranding,  and  collision,  a  little  over  4-6  of 
the  whole,  while  the  damage  from  these  causes  during  the  same 
period  was  nearly  5-7  of  the  whole,  and  amounted  to  $5,828.346 ; 
the  total  damage  from  disasters  of  all  kinds  being  $8,852,649. 

"  The  amount  of  damages  to  the  commerce  of  the  lakes  dur- 
ing 1854,  from  the  difficulty  of  crossing  the  St.  Clair  Flats  with 
loaded  vessels,  was  as  follows  : 

VESSELS  E]VGAGED    IJV  1854   II\'    TRADE   TO  THE   UPPER  LAKES. 

Steamboats 8  Tonnage,  6,880 

Propellers 44          "  21,796 

Sail  Vessels  (Barques) 32          "  12,234 

Brigs 84          '«  24.757 

Schooners 198          "  48,323 

Total  Tons 110,990 

SAIL   VESSELS. 

Paid  towing  and  lighterage  on  Flats $163,686  56 

Time  detained— days,  5,566 220,640  00 

Damages  by  collision,  paid  for  repairs 62,800  00 

$452,146  56 
Steam  vessels  paid  for  like  damages 208,000  00 

Total  damage  on  St.  Clair  Flats  (for  the  season) . .  $660,146  56 

"  We  call  especial  attention  to  the  last  item. 

"  The  amount  of  duties  collected  in  the  fifteen  collection  dis- 
tricts of  the  Great  Lakes  from  1837  to  1855  was  $5,511,129  90, 
and  the  whole  amount  of  appropriations  that  have  been  made 
to  these  lakes  from  the  beginning  of  the  government  till  now  is 
$2,884,125,  showing  that  the  United  States  have  received  from 
the  lake  revenue  $2,267,004  98  more  than  it  has  given  back  to 
it  in  any  shape.  This  balance  will  cover  the  amount  expended 
on  the  light-houses  on  the  lakes,  with  repairs,  attendance  of 
keepers,  and  the  cost  of  the  ship  canal  around  the  St.  Mary's 
Falls,  and  stiU  leave  $1,000,000  for  the  U.  States  Ti-easury." 


POPULATIOSr,    COMMERCE,    ETC.  199 


WESTWAED  MOVEMENT  OF  THE  CENTEE  OF  POPULATION, 

COMMEECE,  AND  OF  INDUSTEIAL  POWER  IN  NOETH 

AMEEICA. 

Extract  from  HunPs  MerchanVs  Magazine. 

•'  In  the  rapidly  developing  greatness  of  Nortli  America,  it  is  interesting 
to  look  to  the  future,  and  speculate  on  the  most  probable  points  of  central- 
ization of  its  commercial  and  social  power. 

"  Including  with  our  nation,  as  forming  an  important  part  of  its  com- 
mercial community,  the  Canadas,  and  contiguous  Provinces,  the  center 
of  population,  white  and  black,  is  a  little  west  of  Pittsburgh,  situated  at 
the  head  of  navigation  on  the  Ohio  Eiver.  The  movement  of  this  center 
is  north  of  west,  about  in  the  direction  of  Chicago.  The  center  of  pro- 
ductive power  can  not  be  ascertained  with  any  degree  of  precision.  We 
know  it  must  be  a  considerable  distance  east,  and  north  of  the  center  of 
population.  That  center,  too,  is  on  its  grand  march  westward.  Both,  in 
their  regular  progress,  will  reach  Lake  Michigan.  The  center  of  indus- 
trial power  will  touch  Lake  Erie,  and  possibly,  but  not  probably,  the  cen- 
ter of  population  now  move  so  far  northward  as  to  reach  Lake  Erie  alsp. 
Their  tendency  will  be  to  come  together ;  but  a  considerable  time  will  be 
required  to  bring  them  into  near  proximity.  Will  the  movement  of  these 
centers  be  arrested  before  they  reach  Lake  Michigan  ?  I  think  no  one 
expects  it  to  stop  eastward  of  that  lake ;  few  will  claim  that  it  will  go  far 
beyond  it.  Is  it  not,  then,  as  certain  as  any  thing  in  the  future  can  be, 
that  the  central  power  of  the  continent  will  move  to,  and  become  perma- 
nent on,  the  border  of  the  Great  Lakes  ?  Around  these  pure  waters  will 
gather  the  densest  population,  and  on  their  borders  will  grow  up  the  best 
towns  and  cities.*  As  the  centers  of  population  and  wealth  approach,  and 
pass  Cleveland,  that  city  should  swell  to  large  size.  Toledo  will  be  stUI 
nearer  the  lines  of  their  movement,  and  should  be  more  favorably  afifected 
by  them,  as  the  aggregate  power  of  the  continent  will,  by  that  time,  be 
greatly  increased.  As  these  lines  move  westward  toward  Chicago,  the 
influence  of  their  position  will  be  divided  between  that  city  and  Toledo, 
distributing  benefits  according  to  the  degree  of  proximity. 

"  If  we  had  no  foreign  commerce,  and  all  other  circumstances  were 
equal,  the  greatest  cities  would  grow  up  along  the  line  of  the  central  in- 
dustrial power,  in  its  western  progress,  each  new  city  becoming  greater 
than  its  predecessor,  by  the  amount  of  power  accumulated  on  tlie  conti- 
nent for  concentration  from  point  to  point  of  its  progress.  But  as  there 
are  points  from  one  resting-place  to  another  possessing  greatly  superior 
advantages  for  commerce  over  all  others,  and  near  enough  the  center  line 
of  industrial  power  to  appropriate  the  commerce  which  it  offers,  to  these 
points  we  must  look  for  our  future  great  cities.  To  become  chief  of  these, 
there  must  be  united  in  them  the  best  facilities  for  transport,  by  water  and 
by  land.  It  is  too  plain  to  need  proof,  that  these  positions  are  occupied  by 
Cleveland,  Toledo,  and  Chicago. 

"  But  we  have  a  foreign  commerce  beyond  the  continent  of  North  Amer- 
ica, by  means  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  bearing  the  proportion,  we  will  allow, 
of  one  to  twenty  of  the  domestic  commerce  within  the  continent.  Thia 
proportion  will  seem  small  to  persons  who  have  not  directed  particular 
attention  to  the  subject.  It  is,  nevertheless,  within  the  truth.  The  proof 
of  this  is  diflacult,  only  because  we  can  not  get  the  figures  that  represent 
the  numberless  exchanges  of  equivalents  among  each  other,  in  such  a 
community  as  ours 
*********** 

"  It  can  scarcely  admit  of  a  doubt,  that  the  domestic  commerce  of  North 
America  bears  a  proportion  as  large  as  twenty  to  one  of  its  foreign  com- 
merce.   Has  internal  commerce  a  tendency  to  concentrate  in  few  points, 


POPULATION,    COMMERCE,    ETC. 

.Ke  foreign  commerce  Is  its  tendency  to  concentration  ess  faan  that  of 
foreign  commerce  ?  No  difference  in  this  respect  can  be  perceived.  All 
commerce  develops  that  law  of  its  nature  to  the  extent  of  its  means.  For- 
eign commerce  concentrates  chiefly  at  those  ports  where  it  meets  the 
greatest  internal  commerce.  The  domestic  commerce  being  the  great 
body,  draws  to  it  the  smaller  body  of  foreign  commerce.  New  York,  by 
her  canals,  her  railroads,  and  her  superior  position  for  coastwise  naviga- 
tion, has  drawn  to  herself  most  of  our  foreign  commerce,  because  she  has 
become  the  most  convenient  point  for  the  concentration  of  our  domestic 
trade.  It  is  absurd  to  suppose  she  can  always,  or  even  lor  half  a  century, 
remain  the  best  point  for  the  concentration  of  domestic  trade ;  and  as  the 
foreign  commerce  will  every  year  bear  a  less  and  less  proportion  to  the 
domestic  commerce,  it  can  hardly  be  doubted  that  before  the  end  of  one 
century  from  this  time  the  great  center  of  commerce  of  aU  kinds  for  North 
America  will  be  on  a  lake,  harbor.  Supposing  the  center  of  population 
(now  west  of  Pittsburgh)  shall  average  a  yearly  movement  westward,  for 
the  next  fifty  years,  of  twenty  miles,  this  would  carry  it  one  thousand 
miles  northwestward  from  Pittsburgh,  and  some  five  hundred  or  more 
miles  beyond  the  central  point  of  the  natural  resources  of  the  country.  It 
would  pass  Cleveland  in  five  years,  and  Toledo  in  eleven  years,  reaching 
Chicago,  or  some  point  south  of  it,  in  less  than  twenty-five  years.  The 
geographical  center  of  industrial  power  is  probably  now  in  northeastern 
Pennsylvania,  having  but  recently  left  the  city  of  New  York,  where  it 
partially  now  for  a  time  remains.  This  center  will  move  at  a  somewhat 
slower  rate  than  the  center  of  population.  Supposing  its  movement  to  be 
fifteen  miles  a  year,  it  will  reach  Cleveland  in  twenty  years,  Toledo  in 
twenty-seven  years,  and  Chicago  in  forty-five  years. 

*  *'*  *  *  *  *  *  *  * 

"At  the  present  rate  of  increase,  the  United  States  and  the  Canadas, 
fifty  years  from  this  time,  will  contain  over  one  hundred  and  twenty  mil- 
lions of  people.  If  we  suppose  it  to  be  one  hundred  and  five  millions,  and 
that  these  shall  be  distributed  so  that  the  Pacific  States  shall  have  ten  mil- 
lions, and  the  Atlantic  border  twenty-five  millions,  there  will  be  left  for  the 
great  interior  plain  seventy  millions.  These  seventy  millions  will  have 
twenty  times  as  much  commercial  intercourse  with  each  other  as  with  all 
the  world  besides.  It  is  obvious,  then,  that  there  must  be  built  up  in 
their  midst  the  great  city  of  the  continent ;  and  not  only  so,  but  that  they 
will  sustain  several  cities  greater  than  those  which  can  be  sustained  on 
the  ocean  border." 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


MICHIGAN  CENTRAL  RAILROAD  CO. 


NORTH    SHORE    LINE    STDilMBOATS. 
DETROIT    A^^^D    BUFFALO. 


The  new  and  magnincent  Steamers  PLYMOUTH  EOCK,  "WESTERN 
WORLD,  and  MISSISSIPPI  will  form  this  line  the  ensuing  season,  and 
commence  running  immediately  upon  the  opening  of  navigation,  as  fol- 
lows : 

PLYMOUTH  ROCK P.  J.  KALPH,  Commander, 

Will  leave  Detroit  —Mondays  and  Thursdays. 
"      "      Buffalo— Tuesdays  and  Fridays. 

WESTERN   WORLD J.  S.  RICHARDS,  Commander, 

Will  leave  Detroit— Wednesdays  and  Saturdays. 
"       "     Buffalo— Mondays  and  Thursdays. 

MISSISSIPPI S.  G.  LANG  LEY,  Commander, 

Will  leave  Detroit — Tuesdays  and  Fridays. 
"       "     Buffalo — Wednesdays  and  Saturdays. 

These  steamers  are  all  new,  of  the  largest  class,  being  about  2,000  tons 
each.  The  commanders  and  oflSoers  are  gentlemen  of  great  experience  and 
capability.  They  are  fitted  up  and  furnished  for  the  convenience  of  pas- 
sengers in  a  style  of  comfort  and  luxury  entirely  unequaled,  and  are  in  all 
respects  considered  the  safest  and  most  desirable  steamers  that  sail  upon 
the  Western  waters. 

For  the  transportation  of  Freight,  the  line  will  surpass  any  thing  ever 
before  offered  to  the  public,  having  arrangements  with  parties  between 
Boston  and  New  York,  and  all  points  west  of  Buffalo  to  St.  Louis,  which 
will  enable  them  to  forward  goods  and  merchandise  with  greater  dispatch 
than  has  ever  yet  been  attained. 

For  the  transportation  of  live  stock,  these  steamers  offer  facilities  to 
drovers  which  can  not  be  surpassed  or  equaled. 

^^"  Shippers  of  merchandise  from  the  East  should  mark  packages  to 
the  care  of  C.  L.  Setmotjk,  Buffalo ;  merchandise  frem  the  ^Velit  should  bo 
marked  to  the  care  of  John  Hosmee,  Freight  Agent,  Detroit 

C.  B.  SWAir^^  Agent, 

DETROIT,  MICH. 


ADVERTISEMKNTS. 


MICHIGAN  SOUTHERl 

kiijZ-ijK^  feaaluLj^  j^^^a.  ^^H^^ 

RAILROAD    LI]SrE. 

BUFFALO    TO    CHICAGO. 

Toledo,  MJIwankep,  Racine,   Kenosha,  Waukegao    Galena, 

Roik  Island,  Bnrimffton,  Dnbnqne,  Madison,  Iowa 

City,  St.  Louis,  St.  Paul,  and  all  Places  in 

the  West  and  Sonth  West. 


The  following  New  Low  Pressure  STE  AMEES  form  the  Line  from 
BUFFALO     TO     TOLEDO, 

CONNECTING   THERE   "WITH  THE 

MICHIGAN  SOrTeEO  AND  NORTHERN  IXDIANA  RA'LROAD. 

OXLT  242  MILES  TO  CHICAGO. 

WESTERN  METROPOLIS I.  T.   Pheatt,   Com'r. 

Leaves  Buffalo  Mondays  and  Thursdays. 

CITY  OF  BUFFALO A.  D.   Perkins,      " 

Leaves  Buffalo  Tuesdays  and  Fridavs. 

SOUTHERN  MICHIGAN  L.  B."Goldsmith,    " 

Leaves  Buffalo  Wednesdays  and  Saturdays. 
Leavinfj  Micliigan  Southern  Railroad  Dock,  foot  of  Main  Street,  Buffalo, 
every  evening  ^Sundays  excepted),  at  9  o'cloclv,  or  immediately  after  the 
arrival  of  the  Express  Train  from  Boston,  Albany,  and  New  York,  through 
to  Toledo  without  landing,  where  passengers  take  the  Lightning  Express 
Train  for  Chicago,  etc. 

J?^"  Passengers,  by  delivering  their  Checks  to  the  Agent  on  the  Cars, 
can  have  their 

Bagijage  Conveyed  to  tlie  Boat  fiee  of  Charge,  and  Checked 

Through 

At  Toledo  this  Line  of  Steamers  connects  with  the  TOLEDO,  WABASH, 
AND  WESTERN  RAILROAD. 

P.assengers  who  desire  to  go  all  the  way  by  Railroad,  can  take  the 
LAKE  SHORE  RAILROAD,  at  Buffalo,  for  Toledo,  or  GREAT  WEST- 
ERN RAILWAY,  at  Suspension  Bridae,  for  Detroit,  where  direct  con- 
nections are  made  with  tlie  MICHIGAN  SOUTHERN  AND  NORTH- 
ERN INDIANA  RAILROAD. 

THROUGH  TICKETS  can  be  purchased  at  all  Railroad  and  Steamboat 
OfiSces  East ;  of  the  Agents  of  the  Company,  John  F.  Porter,  193  Broad- 
way, Nc-.  York;  B.  F.  Fifield,  Detroit;  Geo.  M.  Gray,  Chicago;  II.  B. 
Ritchie,  foot  of  Main  Street,  Buffalo. 

SAM  BROWN,  General  Superintendent,  Toledo   0. 

EZEA  DOWNER,  Traveling  Agent. 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


CLEVELAND,  DETROIT,  AND 
LAKE  SUPERIOR  LINE. 


On  the  Opening  of  Navigation  three  first-class  Propellers, 
carrying  Freight  and  Passengers,  will  constitute  the  above  line, 
running  regularly  from  Cleveland  and  Detroit  to  Superior 
City,  stopping  at  all  intermediate  points  on  Lake  Superior 
The  line  will  be  composed  of  the 

IRON  CITY Capt.  J.  E.  Turxer. 

MANHATTAN "      C.  Ripley. 

(New  Boat) "      John  Spalding. 

The  "  Iron  City"  is  a  new  boat,  built  last  season,  and  is 
one  of  the  fastest  boats  on  the  Lake.  The  "  Manhattan"  has 
undergone  a  thorough  repair,  and  is  a  sound,  staunch  boat  in 
every  particular.  The  7iew  boat,  now  being  built  expressly  for 
the  trade,  with  all  the  modern  improvements  for  Freight  and 
Passengers.  These  boats  are  fitted  up  expressly  for  Freight 
and  Passengers.  Every  attention  will  be  given  to  the  comfort 
of  Passengers,  and  the  prompt  delivery  of  Freight  consigned  to 
their  care. 

^^*  For  Freight  or  Passage,  apply  to 

HANNA.  CtARRETSON  &  CO.,  Cleveland. 

J.  G.  HUSSEY,  Cleveland. 

G.  0.  WILLIAMS  &  CO.,  Detroit. 

WM.  P.  SPAULDING,  Saut  Ste  Marie. 

J.  P.  PENDELL,  Marquette. 

P.  M.  EVERETT, 

WM.  P.  RALEY,  Copper  Harbor. 

S.  LEOPOLD  &  CO..  Eagle  Harbor. 

PITTSBURGH  &  BOSTON  MINING  CO.,  Eagle  River. 

CARSON  &  CLOSE,  Ontonagon. 

E.  M.  LIVERMORE, 

J.  AUSTRIAN,  La  Pointe. 

C.  C.  CHILD,  Bayfield. 

H.  BOBBINS,  Superior 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


GALENA,  DUNLEITH,  AND  MINNESOTA 

PACKET    C(3MPANY. 


ORRIN   SMITH,   President,   Galena,   111. 
J.  P.  FARLEY,  Vice  President,  Dubuque. 
GEO.  C.  BLISH,  Secretary,  Galena. 


MO  INNING  AND   KVENLNG  LINE  TO  ST.  PAUL, 

AND  A  DAILY  LINE 


The  Boats  of  this  Company  will  make  regular  trips  between  GALENA, 
DUBUQUE,  DUNLEITH,  AND  ST.  PAUL,  connecting  at  Dunleith  with 
the  trains  of  the  ILLINOIS  CENTKAL  EAILEOAD  from  the  East  and 
South,  going  up  and  returning— stopping  at  all  intermediate  points,  and 
remaining  sufficiently  long  for  passengers  to  VISIT  THE  FALLS  OF  ST. 
ANTHONY. 

The  following  Boats  comprise  the  line  between  Galena,  Dubuque,  Dun- 
leith, and  St.  Paul : 

NOETHEEN  LIGHT Capt.  Preston  Lodwick. 

GEEY  EAGLE "  D.  S.  Harris. 

NOETHEEN  BELLE "  J.  Y.  Hurd. 

KEY  CITY "  J.  "WoRDEN. 

WAE  EAGLE "  A.T.Kingman. 

GALENA "  W,  H.  Latjghton. 

CITY  BELLE "  Kennedy  Lodwick. 

GOLDEN  EEA "  John  Scott. 

GEANITE   STATE "  W.  H.  Gabbeet. 

GOLDEN  STATE "  S.E.Harlow. 

ALHAMBEA "  E.  McGuiee, 

All  first-class  Steamers,  commanded  by  the  most  skillful  and  gentle- 
manly officers,  and  are  fitted  up  with  a  A'iew  to  the  safety  and  comfort  of 
Passengers. 

i^  Being  UNITED  STATES  MAIL  BOATS,  their  punctuality  can 
be  relied  upon. 

this  company  will  also  run  the 

FANNY  H AEEIS Capt.  E.  Andrews. 

KATE  CASSELL "     

Between  Galena  and  Eock  Island,  making  a  Dailv  Line,  connecting  at 
Eock  Island  with  the  CHICAGO  AND  EOCK  ISLAND  EAILEOAD, 
and  the  ST.  LOUIS,  KEOKUK,  -AND  EOCK  ISLAND  LINE  OF  FIEST- 
CLASS  STExYMEES.  and  at  Ful^n  City  with  the  trains  of  the  CHICAGO, 
FULTON,  AND  IOWA  EAILEOAD,  and  at  Galena  with  the  boats  of  the 
GAI^ENA,  DUBUQUE,  DUNLEITH,  AND  ST.  PAUL  LINE. 

J.  F.  HILLS,  FreigM  Agent,  Dunleith,  111. 


?6